Producten Mettler Toledo

Weighing Components
Catalog
2017/18
High Precision Weigh Modules

Precision Weighing Platforms
Load Cells
Weigh Modules
Weighing Electronics
Weighing Components
from a Global Supplier
World-Class Manufacturing
Automated Precision Weighing
and Logistics
Our state-of-the-art facilities build your weighing components and deliver

them according to your schedule. We operate logistics hubs in Europe, the
USA and Asia to guarantee fast delivery and spare parts availability.
Global headquarter in Greifensee,

Switzerland
R & D, load cell production for high
resolution Monobloc technology
Logistic hub for Europe.
METTLER TOLEDO Albstadt, Germany METTLER TOLEDO Columbus, Ohio, USA METTLER TOLEDO Changzhou, China
R & D and production of high precision weigh R & D and production of weigh modules and terminals. Production of load cells and terminals.
modules and terminals. Warehouse and distribution center for the Americas. Warehouse and distribution center for Asia.
2
Content
Fast High Precision Weigh Modules
• Increased productivity Overview 4
• Shorter cycle times High Precision Weigh Modules 10
• Faster filling process Ex-High Precision Weigh Modules 50
Connection and Connectivity Modules 72
Weigh Module Configuration Software 78

Overview 5
High Precision Weighing Platforms 56
Rugged Precision Weighing Platforms 64
• Developed for harsh environments Connection and Connectivity Modules 72
• High process reliability Power Supplies for Ex Platforms 68
• Long service life
Load Cells
Overview 6
Beam Load Cells 80
Canister Load Cells 116
Tension Load Cells 124
Precise Single Point Load Cells 132
• Milligram weighing in industrial environment
• Optimum use of materials
• Reliable quality control
Weigh Modules
Overview 7
Compression Weigh Modules 160
Tension Weigh Modules 200
Direct
Overview 8–9
• Flexible connectivity
Junction Boxes 208
• Simple implementation
Weight Transmitter 212
• Reduced investment costs Weighing Terminals 216
Global Service
• Factory trained service personal
• Installation, calibration and training
• Preventive maintenance and repair
3
High Precision Weigh Modules
Precision Weigh Modules
Tailor Made for Automation
Models and
Readability Capacities 0 kg 1 kg 6 kg Page
WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules 10

0.001* mg 22 g
0.001 / 0.01* mg 11 / 22 g
0.01* mg 220 g
0.1 / 0.01* mg 110 / 220 g
0.1* mg 220 g
WMC High-Precision Weigh Modules 18

0.01 mg 11 g, 21 g
0.1 mg 21 g
WMF High-Precision Weigh Modules 22

0.1 mg 220 g
1 mg 320 g
WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules 26

0.1 mg 120 g, 220 g, 410 g
1 mg 410 g, 820 g, 1,220 g
10 mg 4,200 g, 6,200 g
WKC High-Precision Weigh Modules 32

0.1 mg 220 g
1 mg 620 g
10 mg 6,200 g
WKR/WKL High-Precision Weigh Kits 36

0.1 mg 220 g
1 mg 620 g
10 mg 1,520 g
WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules 50

0.1 mg 120 g, 410 g
1 mg 1,220 g
10 mg 6,200 g
* Approved in combination with terminal
4
Engineering Handbook

for Automated Precision Weighing
The handbook educates engineers about selecting and

integrating high precision weigh modules into machines and
Handbook instruments to achieve the best weighing performance.
www.mt.com/ind-small-volume-filling-guideline
Models and
Readability Capacities 0 kg 500 kg 3,000 kg Page
SLF6 High-Precision Load Cell 42

0.01 g 6 kg
0.02 g 15 kg
0.05 g 32 kg
0.1 g 64 kg
PBK and PFK High-Resolution Platforms 56

0.005 g 3 kg
0.01 g 6 kg
0.02 g 15 kg
0.05 g 30 kg
0.1 g 60 kg
0.2 g 120 kg, 150 kg
0.5 g 300 kg
1g 600 kg
2g 1,500 kg
5g 3,000 kg
PBD655 Bench Scales 64

0.1 / 1* g 6 kg
0.2 / 2* g 12 kg
0.5 / 5* g 30 kg
1 / 10* g 60 kg
2 / 20* g 120 kg
5 / 50* g 300 kg
10 / 100* / 20 / 200* g 600 kg
* Approved in combination with terminal
5
Weigh Modules and Load Cells
To Design Customized Scales
Accuracy / Capacity
Approvals Range 0t 100 t 300 t Page
Beam Load Cells 80

MTB C3/C6 OIML, 5k NTEP 5 - 500 kg 80
0745A C3/C6 OIML, 110 - 4,400 kg
86
5k/10k NTEP
SLB215 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 220 - 4,400 kg 92
SLB615D C3/C6/C10 OIML, 220 - 4,400 kg 110
POWERCELL® 5k/10k NTEP
Canister Load Cells 116

SLC611 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 7.5 - 22.5 t 120
0782 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 20 - 300 t 116
Tension Load Cells 124

SLS410 0,03 % 50 - 7,500 kg 124
SLS510 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 50 - 10,000 kg 128
Single Point Aluminum Load Cells 132

MT1022 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 3 - 30 kg 132
MT1041 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 10 - 100 kg 136
MT1241 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 30 - 250 kg 140
MT1260 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 50 - 750 kg 144
Single Point Stainless Steel Load Cells 148

SLP845 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 15 - 200 kg 148
SSH C3 OIML 50 - 1,000 kg 152
IL C3 OIML 150 - 2,000 kg 156
Single Point Stainless Steel Smart Load Cell 46

SLP85xD C3 OIML 10 - 20 kg 46
6
Engineering Handbook about
Weigh Module Systems

Integration of Weigh Modules and Load Cells
The handbook is the most complete set of recommendations

regarding the application and use of weigh modules on tanks,
Weigh Module Systems
Handbook vessels, silos, hoppers, conveyors and customized platform scales.
www.mt.com/ind-system-handbook
Accuracy / Capacity
Approvals Range 0t 100 t 300 t Page
Compression Weigh Modules 160
SWB505 C3/C6 OIML, 5 - 4,400 kg

168
MultiMount™ 5k/10k NTEP
SWB605 C3/C6/C10 OIML, 220 - 4,400 kg

176
PowerMount™ 5k/10k NTEP
C3/C6 OIML, 250 - 10,000 kg

0970 RingMount™ 160
5k/10k NTEP
0970 RingMount™ C3/C6 OIML, 250 - 5,000 kg

164
Redundant 5k/10k NTEP
SWC515 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 7.5 - 100 t

190
PinMount™
SWC615 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 7.5 - 90 t

184
PowerMount™
3390 0.06 % 200 - 300 t

196
GageMount™
Tension Weigh Modules 200
SWS310/ 0.03% 50 - 7,500 kg

200
SLS410
SWS310/ C3/OIML, 5k NTEP 50 - 10,000 kg

204
SLS510
Precision Junction Boxes 208
Precision Junction Boxes

208
for analog load cells and weigh modules
7
Terminals and Transmitters
For Automated and Manual Weighing
Model IND110 ACT350 IND131/331
Application Simple weighing Simple weighing Simple weighing

Set-points for target control Set-points for target control Set-points for target control
Set-points for two speed filling
Legal for Trade OIML, NTEP OIML, MID, NTEP
Housing Material Plastic Plastic DIN-Rail model in plastic,

DIN-Rail mount DIN-Rail mount Panel Mount version in 304 stain-
less steel
Protection IP20, Type 1 IP20, Type 1 DIN-Rail mount: IP20, Type 1

Panel version: IP65, Type 4/12
Interfaces 4 - 20 mA PROFINET® IO, PROFIBUS® DP, PROFINET® IO, PROFIBUS® DP,

2 digital outputs EtherNet/IP™, Digital Inputs/Out- EtherNet/IP™, ControlNet,
puts DeviceNet™, Modbus TCP,
AB-RIO, Analog Output
Hazardous Area Approvals ATEX Zone 2/22

cULus Division 2
IECEx Zone 2/22
Power Supply 20 - 28 VDC, 0.3 A 12 - 30; nominal 24, 0.22 A 85 - 264 VAC or 24 VDC; IND131xx
available in 24VDC version only
Number of Scales 1 scale 1 scale 1 scale

and Load Cells 4 load cells Up to 8 load cells with 350 Ω Up to 4 load cells with 350 Ω
Page 212 214 216, 220
8
White Paper about
Data Connectivity
Integrating Process Data
Successful Weighing Data Integration

from Industrial Weighing
Efficient transfer of weighing process data to higher level MES or ERP systems can help
make manufacturing processes more transparent.
Increased transparency can improve asset use, reduce

operating costs, and make complying with certification
standards or industrial regulations easier. However,
The white paper provides important aspects for evaluating

identifying and implementing the most effective system
for data collection and integration can be challenging,
especially in a legacy manufacturing operation.
This paper explores weighing process integration

challenges and provides points to consider when
defining operating boundaries and data objectives.
Weighing and communication solutions are more
data-exchange needs early in the design process for successful

likely to meet objectives and produce measurable
ROI when these points are taken into account.
Contents
1 Defining data integration challenges
2 Determining data integration objectives
integration of weighing equipment into PLC/ERP systems.

3 Assessing data integration routes
4 Suggesting best practices
5 Troubleshooting communications
6 Summary
7 Additional resources
www.mt.com/ind-wp-data-integration
IND560Dyn IND560x IND570 IND780
Dynamic weighing for conveyors Simple weighing Simple weighing, Two speed filling, Simple weighing, two speed filling,
Two speed filling, recipe and data recipe and data management recipe and data management, batch-
management ing
OIML OIML, MID, NTEP OIML, MID, NTEP OIML, MID, NTEP
304 stainless steel 304 stainless steel 304 stainless steel 304 stainless steel
IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front), IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front), IP65, Type 4x and 12 (panel front), IP65, Type 4x and 12
IP69k (harsh) IP69k (harsh) IP69k (harsh)
4 - 20 mA/0-10V, AB RIO, PROFIBUS DP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET® IO, PROFIBUS® DP,
Device-Net, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP, ABRIO, EtherNet/IP, ControlNet, EtherNet/IP™, ControlNet,
Ethernet IP, Modbus TCP, Analog Output DeviceNet, Modbus TCP, DeviceNet™, Modbus TCP, ABRIO,
Ethernet TCP/IP, Serial and Solid state discrete I/O: Max in Analog Output, Relay and solid stat. Analog Output.
USB Master hazardous area 4 inputs, 6 outputs. discrete I/O: Max 14 inputs, Relay and solid state
Ethernet TCP/IP, USB Host, 20 outputs. Ethernet TCP/IP, USB discrete I/O: Max 40 inputs,
RS232/422/485. Host, RS232/422/485. 56 outputs. Ethernet TCP/IP,
USB Host, RS232/422/485.
ATEX Zone 1/21 ATEX Zone 2/22 ATEX Zone 2/22

cULus Division 1 cULus Division 2 cULus Division 2
IECEx Zone 1/21 IECEx Zone 2/22 IECEx Zone 2/22
NEPSI
100 - 240 VAC External power supply with ACM500 100 - 240 VAC 100 - 240 VAC
or battery pack required
1 scale 1 scale 1 scale 4 scales

Up to 4 load cells with 350 Ω Up to 4 load cells with 350 Ω Up to 8 load cells with 350 Ω Up to 8 load cells with 350 Ω
228 230, 234 224 236
9
Automated Weighing From Just 1 μg
Flexibility for Complex Solutions
Automated
Packaged in a compact and rugged
stainless steel housing, the WXS weigh-
ing module introduces state-of-the-art
technology to your automated process.
Customized
The adapter weighing pan allows for
customer-tailored system assemblies
with an additional pre-load of up to
13.8g.
WXS
High-Precision Weigh Modules
Quick to clean The sum of all advantages
Efficient cleaning of the entire system is
• Avoid cross-contamination
a common requirement in order to avoid
cross contamination when formats and • Increases speed and accuracy of automated
products change. The weighing pan is processes
easily removed for cleaning. The opening
exposed can be sealed with the cover • Reduces cycle times
supplied. Thanks to the rugged industrial • High availability
plug connectors with IP67 protection, the
• Minimum mounting space
weighing module can be rinsed with a
cleaning fluid. • Fits to plenty connectivity concepts
• Specific accessories
10
Model Specific Data WXS
Parameter 26 26DU
Maximum capacity nom. 22g 22g
Readability nom. 0.001mg 0.01mg
Maximum capacity, fine range nom. – 11g
Readability, fine range nom. – 0.001mg
Zero setting range (legal-for-trade versions) 20g 20g
Measurement properties (apply to environment conditions)

Specification temperature 10 ... 30 °C 10 ... 30 °C
Specification humidity 20 ... 80 %rH 20 ... 80 %rH
Specification pressure – –
Limit values
Repeatability (measured at) sd 0.003mg (20g) 0.006mg (20g)
Repeatability at low load (measured at) sd 0.002mg (1g) –
Repeatability at fine range (measured at) sd – 0.0035mg (10g)
Repeatability at low load, fine range (measured at) sd – 0.003mg (1g)
Linearity 0.02mg 0.03mg
Eccentric load deviation OIML R76 (measured at) 0.03mg (10g) 0.03mg (10g)
Sensitivity offset 4 x 10-6 • Rnt 4 x 10-6 • Rnt
Sensitivity temperature drift 1) 1.5 x 10-6/°C • Rnt 1.5 x 10-6/°C • Rnt
Sensitivity stability 2) 2.5 x 10-6/a • Rnt 2.5 x 10-6/a • Rnt
Typical values
Repeatability 1) typ. 0.0015mg + 2.5 x 10-8 • Rgr 0.004mg + 0 • Rgr
Repeatability, fine range 1) typ. – 0.002mg + 5 x 10-8 • Rgr
Differential linearity deviation typ. √ (3 x 10-13g • Rnt) √ (3 x 10-13g • Rnt)
Differential eccentric load deviation typ. 5 x 10-7 • Rnt 5 x 10-7 • Rnt
Sensitivity offset 2) typ. 1.5 x 10-6 • Rntr 1.5 x 10-6 • Rntr
Minimum weight (according to USP) 1) typ. 3mg + 5 x 10-5 • Rgr 8mg + 0 • Rgr
Minimum weight (according to USP), fine range 1) typ. – 4mg + 1 x 10-4 • Rgr
Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 1) typ. 0.3mg + 5 x 10-6 • Rgr 0.8mg + 0 • Rgr
Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) fine range 1) typ. – 0.4mg + 1 x 10-5 • Rgr
Dynamics
Settling time 3) typ. 5s 5s
Settling time fine range typ. – 2s
Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s
Interface update rate “FastHost”-mode max. 92/s 92/s
Weighing time 7s 7s/3s
Rgr = Gross weight; Rnt = Net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Temperature range 10 ... 30 °C; 2) Stability of sensitivity as from first installation with FACT.
3) The stabilization time is the time between applying the weighing object and output of a stable signal under optimum environmental conditions and parameter settings.
Depending on the required accuracy settling time down to 200 ms are possible as experience shows.
General Specifications
General data
Degree of protection Weigh module in use: IP30. Connector IP67
Weigh module with plastic cover: IP45 (wash-down configuration)
Electronic unit: IP40
Terminal SWT und PWT: IP54
Weight of weigh module with standard pan 3.415kg (nom.)
Materials
Housing of weigh module Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 (1.4404 resp. 316L)
Housing of electronic unit Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 (1.4404 resp. 316L)
Housing of terminal Coated die-cast zinc and plastic
Standard weighing pan Stainless steel X2CrNiMo-17-13-2 and plastic
Power supply
External power supply: 11107909, HEG 42-120200-7; Primary: 100-240V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A;
Secondary: 12VDC +/-3%, 2A (electronically protected from overload)
Cable for power supply Three-prong with country-specific plug
Power feed-in at electronic unit 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply
with a limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity.
Ambient conditions
Height above sea level to 4000m
Ambient temperature 5-40 °C
Relative humidity Max. 80% at 31°C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 °C, non-condensing
Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply;
the weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode.
METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules 11

Dimensions WXS (mm)
12 METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules

Typical Configuration
Available from
METTLER TOLEDO
1 2 3 4 5
6
Pos Item Description Item number

1 Load Cell WXS
2 WX Cable 90/0.5 0.5m; right angle connector <–> 25 pin D-sub (accessory) 11 121 422
WX Cable 90/1.5 1.5m, right angle connector <–> 25 pin D-sub (incl. in delivery) 11 121 440
WX Cable 90/5 5m, right angle connector <–> 25 pin D-sub (accessory) 11 121 441
3 Electronic Unit Stainless steel housing / integrated RS232 interface (incl. in delivery)
4 Cable Terminal 0.575m (accessory) 11 132 124
Cable Terminal 0.945m (accessory) 11 132 129
Cable Terminal 2m (incl. when delivered with SWT terminal) 11 132 133
5 Terminal SWT Monochrome touch screen display (incl. in WXSS delivery) 11 121 057
6 Terminal PWT Color touch screen display, multi-user functionalities (accessory) 11 121 058
Accessories Scope of delivery

n Weigh module, cables and terminal (WXSS)
n Standard weighing pan 32 mm
n Adapter weighing pan 32 mm with 3xM3
threaded holes
n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter, incl.
country specific power cable
n Mounting bracket (incl. DIN clip)
Flexible glass draft shield with Second RS232C 11 132 500 Weighing below adapter
sliding door Ethernet 11 132 515 11 121 081 n Production certificate
11 121 071 Other interface options also available n Quick guide
Order Information
WXS Model 26 26DU
Standard SI units * Standard SI units *
No Terminal WXS26S/15 WXS26SV/15 WSX26SDU/15 WXS26SDUV/15
11121390 11121398 11121467 11121475
Monochrome Terminal WXSS26 WXSS26V WXSS26DU WXSS26DUV
SWT 11121388 11121396 11121465 11121473
”EU” legal-for-trade version. WXSS26/M WXSS26DU/M
With SWT Terminal. 11121412 11121484
”Non-EU” legal-for-trade WXSS26/A WXSS26DU/A
version. With SWT Terminal. 11121418 11121490
* Only SI units are displayed: g, mg, ct
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
For more information
CH-8606 Nänikon, Switzerland
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11
Local contact: www.mt.com/contacts
Subject to technical changes

© 11/2013 Mettler-Toledo AG
MTSI 30313183
13
Designed for Automation
Flexibility for Complex Solutions
Automated
Packaged in a compact and rugged
stainless steel housing, the WXS weigh-
ing module introduces state-of-the-art
technology to your automated process.
Customized
The adapter weighing pan allows for
customer-tailored system assemblies
with an additional pre-load of up to 78g.
WXS
High-Precision Weigh Modules
Flexible The sum of all advantages
Thanks to the cable length of up to 5m
• Avoid cross-contamination
and the supplied DIN rail clips, the elec-
tronic unit can be attached almost • Increases speed and accuracy of automated
anywhere. processes
• Reduces cycle times
• High availability
• Minimum mounting space
• Fits to plenty connectivity concepts
Also available without terminal • Specific accessories
Thanks to its ultra-low profile and un-
limited accessibility, the load cell can be
integrated virtually anywhere, while the
electronic unit and the optional terminal
can be placed in any convenient location.
The application decides whether and how
a terminal will be used.
14
Model Specific Data WXS
Parameter (nominal) 205 205DU 204
Maximum capacity nom. 220g 220g 220g
Readability nom. 0.01mg 0.1mg 0.1mg
Maximum capacity, fine range nom. – 111g –
Readability, fine range nom. – 0.01mg –
Zero setting range (legal-for-trade versions) 20g 20g 20g

Specification temperature 10 ... 30 °C 10 ... 30 °C 10 ... 30 °C
Specification humidity 20 ... 80 %rH 20 ... 80 %rH 20 ... 80 %rH
Specification pressure – – –
Limit values
Repeatability (measured at) sd 0.04mg (200g) 0.07mg (200g) 0.1mg (200g)
Repeatability at low load (measured at) sd 0.02mg (10g) – 0.07mg (10g)
Repeatability at fine range (measured at) sd – 0.03mg (100g) –
Repeatability at low load, fine range (measured at) sd – 0.02mg (10g) –
Linearity 0.15mg 0.2mg 0.25mg
Eccentric load deviation OIML R76 (measured at) 0.3mg (100g) 0.3mg (100g) 0.4mg (100g)
Sensitivity offset 2.5 x 10-6 • Rnt 3 x 10-6 • Rnt 4 x 10-6 • Rnt
Sensitivity temperature drift 1) 1.5 x 10-6/°C • Rnt 1.5 x 10-6/°C • Rnt 1.5 x 10-6/°C • Rnt
Sensitivity stability 2) 2.5 x 10-6/a • Rnt 2.5 x 10-6/a • Rnt 2.5 x 10-6/a • Rnt
Typical values
Repeatability 1) typ. 0.015mg + 8 x 10-8 • Rgr 0.04mg + 1.2 x 10-7 • Rgr 0.05mg + 1.5 x 10-7 • Rgr
Repeatability, fine range 1) typ. – 0.025mg + 5 x 10-8 • Rgr –
Differential linearity deviation typ. √ (5 x 10-12g • Rnt) √ (2 x 10-11g • Rnt) √ (5 x 10-11g • Rnt)
Differential eccentric load deviation typ. 6 x 10-7 • Rnt 8 x 10-7 • Rnt 1 x 10-6 • Rnt
Sensitivity offset 2) typ. 5 x 10-7 • Rntr 7 x 10-7 • Rntr 1 x 10-6 • Rnt
Minimum weight (according to USP) 1) typ. 30mg + 1.6 x 10-4 • Rgr 80mg + 2.4 x 10-4 • Rgr 100mg + 3 x 10-4 • Rgr
Minimum weight (according to USP), fine range 1) typ. – 50mg + 1 x 10-4 • Rgr –
Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 1) typ. 3mg + 1.6 x 10-5 • Rgr 8mg + 2.4 x 10-5 • Rgr 10mg + 3 x 10-5 • Rgr
Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) fine range 1) typ. – 5mg + 1 x 10-5 • Rgr –
Dynamics
Settling time typ. 3s 2s 2s
Settling time fine range typ. – 3s –
Setting time under good conditions 3) 0.2s 0.2s 0.2s
Interface update rate max. 23/s 23/s 23/s
Interface update rate “FastHost”-mode max. 92/s 92/s 92/s
Rgr = Gross weight; Rnt = Net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum); 1) Temperature range 10 ... 30 °C; 2) Stability of sensitivity as from first installation with FACT.
3) The stabilization time is the time between applying the weighing object and output of a stable signal under optimum environmental conditions and parameter settings. Depending on
the required accuracy settling time down to 200 ms are possible as experience shows.
General data
Degree of protection Weigh module in use: IP30. Connector IP67
Weigh module with plastic cover: IP45 (wash-down configuration)
Weight of weigh module with standard pan 3.415kg (nom.)
Materials
Housing of weigh module Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 (1.4404 resp. 316L)
Housing of terminal Coated die-cast zinc and plastic
Standard weighing pan Stainless steel X2CrNiMo-17-13-2 and plastic
Power supply
External power supply: 11107909, HEG 42-120200-7; Primary: 100-240V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A;
Power feed-in at electronic unit 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a
limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity.
Ambient conditions
Warm-up time At least 60 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the weigh
module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode.
METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules 15

Dimensions WXS (mm)
Scope of delivery
n Weigh module, cables and terminal
(WXSS)
n Standard weighing pan 50 mm
n Adapter weighing pan 36 mm with
3xM3 threaded holes
n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter,
incl. country specific power cable
n Production certificate
n Quick guide
16 METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules

Available from
METTLER TOLEDO
1 2 3 4 5
6

1 Load Cell WXS
2 WX Cable 90/0.5 0.5m; right angle connector <–> 25 pin D-sub (accessory) 11 121 422
WX Cable 90/1.5 1.5m, right angle connector <–> 25 pin D-sub (incl. in delivery) 11 121 440
WX Cable 90/5 5m, right angle connector <–> 25 pin D-sub (accessory) 11 121 441
3 Electronic Unit Stainless steel housing / integrated RS232 interface (incl. in delivery)
4 Cable Terminal 0.575m (accessory) 11 132 124
Cable Terminal 0.945m (accessory) 11 132 129
Cable Terminal 2m (incl. when delivered with SWT terminal) 11 132 133
5 Terminal SWT Monochrome touch screen display (incl. in WXSS delivery) 11 121 057
6 Terminal PWT Color touch screen display, multi-user functionalities (accessory) 11 121 058
Accessories
Pipette calibration set with Flexible glass draft shield with Second RS232C 11 132 500 Weighing below adapter
evaporation trap sliding door Ethernet 11 132 515 11 121 081
11 138 010 11 121 071 Other interface options also available
Order Information
WXS Model 205 205DU 204
Standard SI units* Standard SI units* Standard SI units*
No Terminal WXS205S/15 WXS205SV/15 WXS205SDU/15 WXS205SDUV/15 WXS204S/15 WXS204SV/15
11 121 003 11 121 303 11 121 008 11 121 308 11 121 023 11 121 323
Monochrome Terminal WXSS205 WXSS205V WXSS205DU WXSS205DUV WXSS204 WXSS204V
SWT 11 121 001 11 121 301 11 121 006 11 121 306 11 121 021 11 121 321
“EU” legal-for-trade version. WXSS205/M WXSS205DU/M WXSS204/M
With SWT Terminal. 11 121 261 11 121 266 11 121 281
“Non-EU” legal-for-trade WXSS205/A WXSS205DU/A WXSS204/A
version. With SWT Terminal. 11 121 351 11 121 356 11 121 371
* Only SI units are displayed: g, mg, ct
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-WXS
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313184
17
The New Dimension
in Automated Precision Weighing
Ultra-Compact
The WMC weighing modules fea-
ture state-of-the-art weighing per-
formance in a sensor with a revo-
lutionary 1 inch width.
Precise
Do not let size deceive you:
this sensor resolves 2,000,000
divisions with highest precision
and quick stabilization.
High IP Rating
With the optional wash-down
module, an increased IP rating
of IP54 becomes possible when
weighing and IP56 when using
the wash-down protection. Thus,
it becomes possible to weigh in
WMC
a dusty environment and use Ultra-Compact Precision Weigh Modules
a wash-down cleaning process.
Highest degree of miniaturization supports single or

Expandable multi-sensor integration in precision weighing
Integrate these sensors as single applications where installation space is a premium.
units or as parallel weighing arrays
and achieve highest throughput.
The WMC features a revolutionary design and is believed
to be the smallest high-precision weighing sensor in the
world. In-process control and embedded weighing is now
possible in any critical operation in your instrument or
system.
18
Model Specific Data WMC
Parameter (nominal) WMC24-SH WMC15-SH WMC25-SH
Maximum capacity nom. 21g 11g 21g
Readability nom. 0.1mg 0.01mg 0.01mg
Specification temperature 10 ... 30 °C 10 ... 30 °C 10 ... 30 °C

Specification humidity 20 ... 80 %rH 20 ... 80 %rH 20 ... 80 %rH
Specification pressure – – –
Limit values
Repeatability (measured at) sd 0.1mg (20g) 0.02mg / 0.05mg (with 0.02mg / 0.05mg (with
wash-down module) wash-down module)
Repeatability at low load (measured at) sd 0.08mg (5g) 0.01mg / 0.03mg (with 0.01mg / 0.03mg (with
Linearity ±0.2mg ±0.05mg / ±0.1 mg (with ±0.05mg / ±0.1 mg (with
Eccentric load deviation, 2mm offset (measured at) 0.4mg (10g) 0.12mg/0.15mg (with 0.12mg/0.15mg (with
Sensitivity offset 1) 4 x 10-6 • Rnt 4 x 10-6 • Rnt 4 x 10-6 • Rnt
Sensitivity temperature drift 2) 2 x 10-6/°C • Rnt 2 x 10-6/°C • Rnt 2 x 10-6/°C • Rnt
Dynamics
Settling time 3) 2.5 s (typ.) / 0.6 s (3 x sd) 2.5 s (typ.) / 0.6 s (3 x sd) 3 s (typ.) / 0.7 s (3 x sd)
Interface update rate max. 23/s (with terminal); 23/s (with terminal); 23/s (with terminal);
92/s (without terminal) 92/s (without terminal) 92/s (without terminal)
Rnt = net weight (of sample);
1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight.
2) Temperature range 10 ... 30 °C.
3) The time between placing the weighed object on the weigh module and indication of a stabilized weight value under optimal and environmental conditions.
General data
Degree of protection Load cell in use: IP30 / (IP54 with wash-down module)
Load cell in wash-down mode: IP56 (wash-down configuration)
Weight of load cell with standard pan and cable 413g (nom.)
Materials
Housing of load cell Polished chromium steel X2CrNiMo17-12 (1.4404 resp. 316L)
Housing of terminal (option) Coated die-cast zinc and plastic
Standard weighing pan Chromium steel X2CrNiMo-17-13-2 and plastic
Adapter weighing pan Plastic (PEEK CF30)
Wash-down head: PEEK CA30 Bio USP Class VI Bellows: Silicone 40 ShA FDA approved
(adhesive Bio USP) Weighing pan adapter: PEEK CA30 Bio USP Class VI
Connection fitting: Stainless steel Class XX (Festo)
Stainless stell cover: X2CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4404)
Power supply
External power supply 11107909, HEG 42-120200-7; Primary: 100-240V, -15%/+10%, 50/60Hz, 0.5A;
Power feed-in at electronic unit 12 VDC +/-3%, 5W, max. ripple: 80mVpp. Operate only with a certified power supply with a
limited SELV circuit output. Pay special attention to polarity.
Ambient conditions
Warm-up time At least 180 minutes after the weigh module has been connected to the power supply; the
weigh module can be used immediately if it is turned on from standby mode.
METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2015 - WMC Ultra-Compact Precision Weigh Modules 19

Dimensions WMC mm (inch)
Scope of delivery
n Load cell with 3m cable
n Electronic unit
n Adapter weighing pan 14mm
n Standard weighing pan 15mm
n Power Supply with AC/DC adapter,
incl. Country specific power cable
n Production certificate
n Quick guide
Possible Configurations
PC WMC Electronics Communication

PLC Unit Module
or
RS232
RS232
Ethernet (optional) PLC
RS232
Fieldbus
RS232
WMC Electronics Unit
20 METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2015 - WMC Ultra-Compact Precision Weigh Modules

Accessories
Accessories Description Item number
Wash-down module Including Wash-down head, Weighing pan adapter, 30236376
O-ring, Sealing gasket and 4 screws M2.5 (Torx T8)
Stainless steel cover Including Sealing (O-ring) and 4 screws (M2.5 Torx T8) to 30252374
attach wash-down head
Weighing Pan Adapter 30278648
Interfaces Second RS232C 11 132 500

Other interface options
also available Ethernet 11 132 515
SWT Terminal Touchscreen, monochrome display, including 2 terminal 11 121 057

cables (0.575m and 2m long), including protective cover-
ing and documentation.
E2 Weight in plastic box, 5 g 158417

including certificate
10 g 158427
20 g 158437
Model Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 115 mm 15900
Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 220 mm 11 116 544
Straight tips, for weights 20 mg – 200 g, length 140 mm 11 116 543
Bent tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 200 mm 15901
Bent tips, for weights 1 mg – 200 g, length 130 mm 11 116 540
Order Information
Model Item number
WMC25-SH 11 149 000
WMC15-SH 11 149 009
WMC24-SH 11 149 002
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
CH-8606 Nänikon, Switzerland For more information
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30249883
21
Tailored for Multi-Line Weighing
Compact Size
The small width of 25 mm enables
to build arrays with a minimal pitch to
allow parallel multi-line weighing on
small space to achieve highest through-
put in production and research.
All Inclusive
Fieldbus connectivity, power over Ether-
net, calibration weight and electronics.
All parts are incorporated in the rugged
stainless steel housing with optional
IP65 protection for cleaning.
Overload Protection WMF

The weigh module benefits from com-
prehensive overload protection. This High-Precision Weigh Modules
protects the weigh module in the event
of malfunction of handling devices or
mistakes during installation. Industrial automation applications require multiple
lines connected to a single control system, which
makes it necessary to have sensors that can support
that requirement.
Functionality Test WMF weigh modules are designed with that in mind
The module can be verified at any time
with the internal calibration weight. The and are tailored for multi-line automation systems.
adapters on the weighing pan don't Fully integrated Industrial Ethernet interface (EtherNet/IP
have to be removed if they weigh less
than 50% of full load. and PROFINET IO RT) allows integration into a real-time
automation network.
22
WMF Model Specific Data
Parameter WMF204C WMF303C
Maximum capacity nominal 220 g 320 g
Readability nominal 0.1 mg 1 mg
Measurement properties (properties apply to environmental conditions)

Specification temperatures 10 … 30 °C
Specification humidity 20 … 80 % rH
Limit values
Repeatability (at nominal load) standard deviation 0.13 mg 1 mg
Linearity deviation standard deviation 0.4 mg 2 mg
Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 standard deviation 1 mg 2 mg
Sensitivity offset (test load) 1) 0.8 mg (150 g) 2.0 mg (300g)
Sensitivity temperature drift 0.00015 % / °C x Rnt 0.00015 % / °C x Rnt
Sensitivity stability 0.00025 % / a x Rnt 0.00025 % / a x Rnt
Typical values
Repeatability typical 0.08 mg 0.4 mg
Eccentric load deviation (test load) typical 0.4 mg (200 g) 1 mg (300g)
Sensitivity offset 1) (test load) typical 0.5 mg (150 g) 0.8 mg (300g)
Minimum weight (according to USP) 160 mg 800 mg
Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 16 mg 80 mg
Dynamics
Signal processing output rate max. 92 / s 92 / s
Settling time 2) typical < 0.4 s < 0.4 s
(@ 0.1 % tolerance of applied load)
Rnt = net weight (of sample); sd = standard deviation; a = year (annum); 1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight;
2)
Under optimal environmental conditions
WMF General Specifications

Power supply
Power supply voltage Power over Ethernet (PoE); Mode A (end span);
Class 1 PD (under 3.84 Watt); According IEEE Std 802.3af
Electrical connection
Weigh module connector M12, 4 pins, D-coded, male
Interfaces EtherNet TCP/IP - Adapter;
PROFINET IO RT - Device, RT_CLASS_1, Conformance Class CC-B
Air connection
Tube diameter external 4 mm (5/32 inch)
Tube diameter internal 2.5 mm (1/10 inch)
Air pressure for wash-down 0.6 ± 0.1 bar
Air flow for cooling function 15 l / min +/- 2 l / min
IP protection
When weighing IP44
When cleaning, wash down (seal activated with 0.6 bar IP65
air pressure)
Typical service life of seals (normal environmental conditions) 2 years
Allowable ambient conditions

Operating temperature range +10 ° to +30 °C
Allowable ambient temperature range +5 ° to +40 °C
Height above mean sea level Max. 4000 m
Relative air humidity Max. 80 % at 31 °C, decreasing linearly to 50 % at 40 °C,
non-condensing
Warm-up time At least 45 minutes after connected to power
Materials
Housing, baseplate Stainless steel (1.4404-316L)
Weighing platform Stainless steel (1.4404-316L)
Seal between flange and upper part of housing FPM, FDA-compliant
Seal between base plate and lower part of housing Silicone, FDA-compliant
Wash-down bellows Silicone, FDA-compliant
Seal below base plate Silicone, FDA-compliant
Scope of Delivery: WMF weigh module with weighing platform, production certificate, declaration of conformity, user manual
METTLER TOLEDO © 01/2016 - WMF High-Precision Weigh Modules 23

Mechanical Drawings
Max screwing depth 6
Accessories
The following accessories can be ordered separately:
Accessory Order Number
Gasket bottom WMF 30307195
Air connector WMF (for cooling function) 30307194
Weighing platform (without threaded holes) 30300173
PoE injector (to supply power to the weigh module) 30326111
Ethernet/USB converter (to connect to a service PC or laptop) 30326110
Connection cable for the weigh module (M12 – RJ45, 2 m) 30326112
24 METTLER TOLEDO © 01/2016 - WMF High-Precision Weigh Modules

Typical Configurations
1
4
3a
7
±
1
3b
5
2 4
Available from METTLER TOLEDO 3rd party product
Pos Item Description Order number

1 WMF weigh module Different models available (incl. weighing platform) See order information
2 Connection cable Weigh module connection: M12-4 Position, D-Coded, Female 3rd party item
3a PoE Ethernet switch For multiple point connection 3rd party item
3b Power injector For single point connection to a PC or laptop 3rd party item
4 Ethernet cable To connect to a PC or laptop 3rd party item
5 PC or Laptop For service and test purpose 3rd party item
6 PLC Control system 3rd party item

Human-Machine-Interface
7 HMI 3rd party item
Customer interface to operate on weigh module
Order Information
Module Capacity / Resolution Wash Down Interface Type
Ethernet/ IP PROFINET IO RT
220 g / 0.1 mg Yes 30282230 30282232
WMF204C
220 g / 0.1 mg No 30282219 30282231
320 g / 1 mg Yes 30282234 30282236
WMF303C
320 g / 1 mg No 30282233 30282235
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/WMF
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

© 01/2016 Mettler-Toledo GmbH
MTSI 30259932 25
Compact Precision Weighing
High Precision
Designed to meet the most demanding
customer specifications. The WMS is a
high speed high accuracy weigh module
with a readability up to 0.1 mg
Rugged Design
The 316L (1.4404) stainless steel hous-
ing with FDA-compliant seal and the rug-
ged industrial plug connector with IP67
protection ensure high levels of reliability.
WMS
Flexible Platforms Precision Weigh Modules
Customer specific adapters can easily
be fixed to the square shaped weighing
platform which is rigidly connected by Automated processes with their demanding standards
means of a patented locking device to and quality requirements ask more and more for high-
the weigh module.
resolution weigh modules.
These modules must be easily integrated into plants,

machines and instruments.
Functionality Test
The module can be checked at any The WMS precision weigh modules meet these
time with the internal calibration weight.
Adapters on weighing pan don’t have to customer demands simply and effectively.
be removed for calibration if they weigh
less than 50% of full load.
26
Model Specific Data WMS
Models with internal adjustment
Parameter WMS104C WMS404C WMS1203C WMS6002C
Maximum Capacity nom. 120 g 410 g 1220 g 6200 g
Readability nom. 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Specification temperatures 10 … 30 °C 10 … 30 °C 10 … 30 °C 10 … 30 °C
Specification humidity 20 … 80 %rH 20 … 80 %rH 20 … 80 %rH 20 … 80 %rH
Limit values
Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.12 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Linearity deviation sd 0.25 mg 0.4 mg 3 mg 30 mg
Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 sd 0.5 mg (50 g) 1 mg (200 g) 5 mg (500 g) 50 mg (2000 g)
Sensitivity offset (test load) 0.5 mg (100 g) 2 mg (400 g) 10 mg (1200 g) 80 mg (6000 g)
Sensitivity temperature drift 0.00015 %/°C 0.00015 %/°C 0.00015 %/°C 0.00015 %/°C
Sensitivity stability 0.00025 %/a 0.00025 %/a 0.00025 %/a 0.00025 %/a
Typical values
Repeatability typ. 0.08 mg 0.08 mg 0.8 mg 6 mg
Differential linearity deviation typ. 0.08 mg 0.25 mg 2 mg 19 mg
Eccentric load deviation (test load) typ. 0.2 mg (100 g) 0.6 mg (200 g) 3 mg (500 g) 32 mg (2000 g)
Sensitivity offset 1) typ. 0.24 mg (100 g) 0.95 mg (400 g) 2.9 mg (1200 g) 24 mg (6000 g)
Minimum weight (according to USP) 160 mg 160 mg 1600 mg 12000 mg
Minimum weight (@ U=1%, 2 sd) 16 mg 16 mg 160 mg 1200 mg
Dynamics
Settting time 2) typ. 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s 0.8s
Setting time under good conditions 2) 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s
Interface update rate max. 92/s 92/s 92/s 92/s
Models without internal adjustment

Parameter WMS204 WMS403 WMS803 WMS4002
Readability nom. 0.1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Limit values
Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.2 mg 1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Linearity deviation sd 0.4 mg 2 mg 3 mg 30 mg
Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 sd 1 mg (100 g) 2 mg (200 g) 5 mg (500 g) 50 mg (2000 g)
Sensitivity offset (test load) 1 mg (200 g) 2 mg (400 g) 7 mg (800 g) 50 mg (4000 g)
Sensitivity temperature drift 0.00015 %/°C 0.00015 %/°C 0.00015 %/°C 0.00015 %/°C
Sensitivity stability 0.00025 %/a 0.00025 %/a 0.00025 %/a 0.00025 %/a
Typical values
Eccentric load deviation (test load) typ. 0.6 mg (100 g) 1 mg (200 g) 3 mg (500 g) 32 mg (2000 g)
Dynamics
Setting time under good conditions 2) 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s
Rnt = net weight (of sample);
1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight;
2) The time between placing the weighed object on the weighing module and indication of a stabilized weighing value under optimal environmental conditions.
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Precision Weigh Modules 27

Power supply
Power supply voltage 12 to 24 V DC nominal (10 - 29 V DC)
Power requirement at 24 VDC (typical)
In operation 2.5 W
Connector 19pin male, Typ Binder, series 423
Interfaces 2400 to 38400 baud, 7 or 8 bits, parity: no, even, odd, 1 or 2 stop bits, handshake: no,
hardware, Xoff/Xon
RS-232C bidirectional, full duplex
RS-422 bidirectional, full duplex, bus-capable, termination with 120 ohms
Digital Input 10-30 VDC, 5mA
Digital Output 10-30 VDC, 0.5A
Air connection (wash-down version)
Nominal (recommended) 1.0 bar (14.5 psi)
IP protection (in operational state with weighing plate/platform in place)
When weighing (protected with double-labyrinth) IP54
When cleaning wash-down (seal activated with 1 bar air pressure) IP66
Typical service life of seals (normal environmental conditions) 2 years
Operating temperature range +10 to +30 °C
Allowable ambient temperature range +5 to +40 °C (40 to 105 °F)
Height above mean sea level max. 4000 m (13,330 feet)
Relative air humidity (at 30°C / 85°F) Max. 80% at 31°C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 °C, non-condensing
Warm-up time At least 30 minutes after the WMS weigh module has been connected to the mains
Materials
Housing, baseplate Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 (1.4404 resp. 316L)
Weighing platform ø 54mm, 58x58mm Aluminum, chrome plated or Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404 or 316L)
Seal between flange and housing FPM 50 Shore A, black, FDA-compliant
Seal between baseplate and housing FPM 65° Shore A, black FDA-compliant
Bellows of wash-down version NBR 50 Shore, black, antistatic mixture no. 13-NBR/033-50A-0099
Surface roughness of housing N7 or better
Order Information
With internal adjustment Without internal adjustment
Long base plate Short base plate Long base plate Short base plate
Labyrinth Below connector WMS104C-L WMS104C-L/10 WMS204-L WMS204-L/10
30’008’490 30’008’493 11'149'500 11'149'510
WMS404C-L WMS404C-L/10 WMS403-L WMS403-L/10
11'152'100 11'152'110 11'149'600 11'149'610
11'152'200 11'152'210 11'149'700 11'149'710
11'152'300 11'152'310 11'149'800 11'149'810
Rear connector WMS104C-L/01 WMS104C-L/11 WMS204-L/01 WMS204-L/11
30’008’492 30’008’495 11'149'504 11'149'514
WMS404C-L/01 WMS404C-L/11 WMS403-L/01 WMS403-L/11
11'152'104 11'152'114 11'149'604 11'149'614
11'152'204 11'152'214 11'149'704 11'149'714
11'152'304 11'152'314 11'149'804 11'149'814
“Wash-Down” Below connector WMS104C-W WMS104C-W/10 WMS204-W WMS204-W/10
30'008'491 30'008'494 11'149'501 11'149'511
WMS404C-W WMS404C-W/10 WMS403-W WMS403-W/10
11'152'101 11'152'111 11'149'601 11'149'611
11'152'201 11'152'211 11'149'701 11'149'711
11'152'301 11'152'311 11'149'801 11'149'811
Scope of delivery: • WMS weigh module • Weighing platform (if included in the order) • WMS short instruction • Production certificate • CE Declaration of Conformity
28 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Precision Weigh Modules

Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom
Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom
Connector on
the bottom
(Top view)
WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m)
11 138 860 11 138 862 11 138 864 11 138 865
WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) WM Cable 90M/10 (10m)
11 138 861 11 138 863
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Precision Weigh Modules 29

Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear
Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear
Connector on
the rear
(Back view)
11 138 860 11 138 862 11 138 865 11 138 864
11 138 861 11 138 863
30 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Precision Weigh Modules

Accessories
7 Extension arms
WMS Adapter pan,
8 stainless steel
X2CrNiMo17-12-2
(1.4404 or 316L)
4 30 095 946
9 6
WMS Adapter
55mm, aluminum,
chrome plated
30 069 348
5
WMS Adapter
1 2 3a/3b 80mm, aluminum,
chrome plated
30 069 347
8
7
Weighing platforms
Round weighing
9 platform, ø 54mm
30 007 732
Square weighing
platform
10 58 x 58 mm
Aluminum, chrome
1 2 3a/3b plated
30 007 731
Available from METTLER TOLEDO Third party product Stainless Steel

1.4404
30 090 567
Pos Item Description Item number Stainless steel cover

1 Weigh Module WMS Different models available (without weighing platform) see order inform. for top weighing
interface
2 Connection Cable 19 pin Connector <–> open leads see accessories
30 005 924
3a WMS ConBlock Connection Module 11 152 000
3b ConBlock IP66 Connection Module with IP66 housing 30 092 965
4 Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration 42 102 809
4 Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration 42 102 859
Connection module
4 DeviceNet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration 42 102 810 WMS ConBlock
4 Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration 42 102 860 11 152 000
4 CC-Link Incl. connection cable for configuration 30 038 775
5 Cable, 1 m D-Sub 9 male <–> open leads 11 141 979
WMS ConBlock IP66
6 Customer cable Fieldbus cable
30 092 965
7 PLC
8 PC or Laptop For configuration and service purpose
9 Standard RS232 cable DB9 male/female
10 Customer cable Connection to PLC through RS232 or RS422 Leveling aid
WM levelling bubble
42 102 807
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/WMS
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30242883
31
Compact Precision Weighing
Compact Design
Fully integrated electronics help to
save space in the machine/instrument
design. No additional unit is needed for
communication. Weigh module can be
integrated in machines/instruments with
tightest space requirements.
Easy Configuration
A computer-based software for param-
eterization, diagnostics, and data backup
makes getting started easy. This allows
the WKC weigh module to be customized
for virtually any application.
Robust WKC
Stainless steel housing and coated
connection cable protect the weigh Precision Weigh Modules
module against external physical and
electromagnetic influences. This ensures
reliability of weight values and extends WKC weigh modules offer a compact and cost-effective
the product life.
solution for on-board weighing in automated applica-
tions where high resolution is needed.
Standard M12 connector and the fully integrated elec-

Quick
Functionality Test tronics minimize integration efforts, and enable an easy
Thanks to the internal weight, and quick installation.
it is possible to check cor-
rect functioning of the weigh
module at any time, even WKC product line offers the most economical way of
with preloads. This saves high performance on board weighing with minimized
time for calibration and re-
duces down-time. engineering efforts.
32
WKC Model Specific Data
Parameter WKC204C WKC603C WKC6002C
Maximum capacity nom. 220 g 620 g 6200 g
Readability nom. 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Measurement properties
Specification temperatures 10 … 30 °C
Specification humidity 20 … 80 % rH
Limit values
Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Linearity deviation sd 0.2 mg 2 mg 20 mg
Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 0.4 mg (100 g) 4 mg (200 g) 30 mg (2000 g)
Sensitivity offset (test load) 1) 1 mg (200 g) 15 mg (600 g) 300 mg (6000 g)
Sensitivity temperature drift 0.00015 % / °C x Rnt 0.0003 % / °C x Rnt 0.0003 % / °C x Rnt
Sensitivity stability 0.00025 % / a x Rnt 0.00025 % / a x Rnt 0.00025 % / a x Rnt
Dynamics
Settling time 2) typ. 2s 1.5s 1s
Rnt = net weight (of sample); nom. = nominal; sd = standard deviation; typ. = typical; a = year (annum);
1)
Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight;
2)
Time between placing the weighed object on the weighing pan and indication of a stable weighing value under optimal environmental conditions
Scope of Delivery
All models are supplied by default with the following items:
• WKC weigh module together with adapter weighing pan (with threaded holes)
• Production Test Certificate
• Declaration of Conformity
• User manual
WKC General Specifications

Dimensions
Weigh module (L x W x H) 245 x 112 x 80.5 mm (WKC204C / WKC603C)
245 x 112 x 87 mm (WKC6002C)
Interfaces
Interfaces RS422, bidirectional, full duplex, 2400 to 38,400 bps
Interface update rate (max.) 92 Hz
Connector M12, 12 p, male, A-coded
Power supply
Power supply voltage 12 V DC nominal
Materials
Housing, base plate Stainless steel (EN 1.4307 / 304L)
Weighing pan Stainless steel (EN 1.4307 / 304L)
Seal between base plate and housing NBR 60° Shore A, black, 100O Ω
Surface roughness of housing N7 (Ra1.6) or better

Allowable ambient temperature range +5 to +40 °C
Height above sea level (max.) 4000 m
Relative air humidity Max. 80 % at 31 °C, decreasing linearly to 50 % at 40 °C,
non-condensing
Warm-up time At least 30 minutes after power up
IP protection
When weighing IP42
METTLER TOLEDO © 02/2016 - WKC Precision Weigh Modules 33

Order Information
Module Order Number
WKC204C 30248307
WKC603C 30248308
WKC6002C 30248309
Accessories
Accessory Order Number
Connection cable (1.5 m) 30295819
Connection cable (5 m) 30295821
Standard weighing pan (without threaded holes) 30315518
Profibus module 42102809
Profinet module 42102859
DeviceNet module 42102810
Ethernet IP module 42102860
CC-Link module 30038775
RS422-RS232 Converter 30315526
Test Weight, 100 g E2 30315527
Test Weight, 1 kg E2 30315530
Mechanical Drawings Ø40

80.5 / 87 ± 0.5
59.5 / 67
45
WKC204C / WKC603C
WKC6002C
142 / 136
)
x
(4
M3
Ø 34 ± 0.1
82 ± 0.1
112
18
6 233 ± 0.1
245
34 METTLER TOLEDO © 02/2016 - WKC Precision Weigh Modules

7
11
10
8
8
5
1 4
Available from METTLER TOLEDO 3rd party product

1 WKC weigh module Different models available, weighing platform included See order information
M12 female molded cable connector, 12 pins, 6 connected
2 Connection cable positions, shielded, right angled, free cable end, Cable length: See accessories
1.5 / 5 m, Cable jacket: PUR / PVC
3 Terminal strip In order to make wiring easily 3rd party item
To connect the weigh module to a fieldbus module:
4 Subnet cable 11141979
D-Sub 9 male < - > open leads
Different models available,
5 Fieldbus module See accessories
incl. connection cable for configuration
6 Customer cable Fieldbus cable
7 PLC Control system
8 RS422 cable Customer cable

RS422 / RS232 or 3rd party item
9 Conversion to RS232 or USB interface if needed
RS422 / USB converter
10 RS232 or USB cable Customer interface for configuration and service
11 PC or laptop For configuration and service purpose
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/WKC
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30282029
35
Cost-Effective Weighing Solution
Flexible Deployment
The weigh kit’s peripheral
circuit boards can be placed where they
fit best. This enables maximum utiliza-
tion of the limited space inside a ma-
chine or instrument.
Functionality Testing
Check the module any time with the inte-
grated calibration weight. Adapters on
the weighing pan don’t have to be re-
moved for calibration if they weigh less WKR/WKL
than 25% of the full load.
Precision Weigh Kits
The weigh kit WKR/WKL is specially designed as a

lean, standard OEM weighing cell for mounting into
Suspended Loads machines or instruments. It provides accurate and fast
A hook is attached to the bottom of the results at optimal speed. The kit offers the most eco-
weigh module. It can be used for tensile
loading such as density determination. nomical way of high performance on board weighing.
Overload protection is still ensured.
Configuration Tool
A computer-based software for parame-
terization, diagnostics, and data backup
makes getting started easy. This allows
the WKR/WKL kit to be customized for
virtually any application.
36
Model Specific Data WKR/WKL
Parameter WKR204C-S WKR603C-S WKL1502-S
Maximum capacity nom. 220 g 620 g 1520 g
Readability nom. 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Repeatability (at nom. load) sd 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Linearity deviation sd 0.2 mg 2 mg 20 mg

Eccentricity deviation (test load) 0.4 mg (100 g) 4 mg (200 g) 30 mg (1000 g)
Sensitivity offset (test load) 1 mg (200 g) 15 mg (600 g) 300 mg (1500 g)
Sensitivity temperature drift 0.00015 % / °C 0.0003 % / °C 0.0003 % / °C
Minimum weight (acc. to USP) 0.2 g 2g 14 g
Minimum weight (U=1%, k=2) 0.02 g 0.2 g 0.14 g
Settling time * typ. 2s 1.5 s 1s
External adjustment weight 100…220 g 100…620 g 1000 g
Built-in calibration weight yes yes no
* The time between placing the weighed object on the weighing module and indication of a stabilized weighing value under optimal environmental conditions.
Dimensions [mm]
Load cell (LxWxH) 171.5 x 92 x 65
Mainboard (LxW) 110 x 70
Connector board (LxW) 65.5 x 40
Interfaces
Interfaces RS-232C (bi-directional, full duplex)
Interface update rate (max.) 23 updates/s
Power supply
Power supply voltage 12 VDC, 0.84 ADC
Power consumption Typical: 2.5 W, Adjustment: 6 W, At power-on: 20 W (<100ms)
Materials
Protection housing material Plastic LPS-V2
Ambient Conditions
Operating temperature 10 – 30 °C
Allowable ambient temperature 5 – 40 °C
Relative humidity 15 % - 80 %, non-condensing
Max. height above sea level 4000 m
Order Information Scope of delivery

Item number Model Internal Technology All WKR/WKL models are supplied by default
Adjustment
with the following items:
30 208 305 WKR204C-S Yes MFR
n Load cell
30 208 306 WKR603C-S Yes MFR
30 208 307 WKL1502-S No Strain Gage
n Main board
n Connector board
n Connection cables
n WKR/WKL short instructions
n CE declaration of conformity
n Quick guide
Accessories
Power Supply Display with Keypad Weighing Pan 2nd RS232 Interface
Universal AC adapter: Auxiliary display including Ø 90 mm for WKR204C-S: To connect a second control
Input: 100-240VAC, 50-60Hz, keypad to show weight values 30060934 device to the weigh kit
0.8AAC 30 208 123 Ø 120 mm for WKR603C-S & 30 208 196
Output: 12 VDC, 0.84 ADC WKL1502-S:
11 120 270 30060936
METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WKR/WKL Precision Weigh Kits 37

Dimensions WKR/WKL (mm)
Weigh Kit Weighing Pans
120 mm
90 mm
Display
Thickness of the
display: 15 mm
38 METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WKR/WKL Precision Weigh Kits

Connector Board
2nd Interface
Main Board
Thickness of
the Main Board:
10 mm
METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WKR/WKL Precision Weigh Kits 39

4
3
5
1
2
Pos. Item Description Item number

1 Load Cell WKR204C-S, WKR603C-S or WKL1502-S Included in the
scope of delivery of
the load cell
2 Main Board Provides the connection of the load cell to the
RS232 interface, power supply and auxiliary display
(if ordered)
3 Connector Board Provides the RS232 interface and power connection for
the load cell
4 Protection Housing Protects the load cell from damages.
Made of electrically conductive plastic
5 Weighing Pan Weighing pan support and stainless steel pan
Ø 90 mm for WKR204-S 30060934
Ø 120 mm for WKR603C-S & WKL1502-S 30060936
6 Display Auxiliary display which shows weight values and the 30 208 123
responses of the load cell to user generated actions
7 Keypad for Display Contains buttons to interact with the load cell Included in the
scope of delivery of
the display
40 METTLER TOLEDO © 11/2013 - WKR/WKL Precision Weigh Kits

Cable Lengths
2
3
Pos. Item Description Length

1 Internal adjustment This cable provides the connection for the internal 150 mm
cable calibration feature of the weigh kit. It is not present by
WKL1502-S.
2 Connection cable This cable provides the connection of the weigh kit 280 mm
to the mainboard.
3 Power cable This cable provides the connection between the 340 mm
connector board and the mainboard.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-WKR
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313185
41
30.4
High Precision Load Cells
Smart Load-Cell Technology
The load cell, with Monobloc technology,
is at the core of the SLF6-Series load
cells and guarantees the highest preci-
sion and reliability. A robust load cell
housing features integrated overload
protection and durable mechanical
interfaces. This ensures stable weight
values for many years of intensive use.
High Resolution
SLF6 load cells have a resolution up to
750`000 points. With this high precision,
it is possible to measure even the
slightest change in the weight; thus
unnecessary waste can be minimized
and cost savings realized by optimizing
the material quantity. SLF6-Series Load Cells
Accurate – Reliable – Robust – Versatile
Connect to PLC With capacities of 6, 15, 32 and 64 kilograms, it is
All load cells can easily be connected to
popular fieldbus systems. Add-on soft- suitable for a variety of applications and industries.
ware modules facilitate seamless inte- These load cells form a compact solution for integration
gration into automated environment.
This allows machine builders to
into machines or instruments, and can support
standardize on SLF6-Series load cells various applications with an industry-leading accuracy.
for weighing connected to PLC systems.
The SLF6-Series load cells provide benefits such as:

• 750`000 points of resolution
Hazardous Environments • Directly connects to control systems
When working in a hazardous environ-
ment, safety is key. The SLF6-Series • Increases speed of filling processes with up to 92
load cells are approved for the use in updates per second
hazardous areas for Category 3 for top
• For safe as well as hazardous areas (Category 3)
performance in gaseous and dusty
environments. • IP66/IP68 Ingress Protection
• Minimizes downtimes by checking the platform
periodically with the internal weight
42
68
87
29.75
Model Specific Data
Parameter Unit SLF606 SLF615 SLF630 SLF660

Load Cell Dimensions [LxWxH] mm 237 x 180.5 x 87.4
Maximum capacity kg 6 15 32 64
Preload range kg 1.08 2.7 5.4 10.8

Readability g 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1
Repeatability s (at max. load)* g 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1
Linearity deviation (at half load)* g 0.04 0.08 0.2 0.4
* At room temperature and stable environmental conditions without vibration and draft, with automated weight placement
Degree of protection IP66/68

Material of housing Stainless steel (AISI304), brushed, e-polished
Permissible temperature range -20°C to + 60 °C in operation / 20°C to + 70 °C for storage
Data transmission rate Up to 92 update values per second
Tare & zero setting range Full weighing range
RS232, RS422/RS485 / MT-SICS command set / Fieldbus interfaces available as accessories
Data interfaces (Profibus DP, DeviceNet, Ethernet/IP, Profinet IO and CC-Link)
Power supply 12-24 volt nominal range (10-29 V DC)
Electrical connection M12 connector,12 pins
Warm up time Typically 30 minutes
Hazardous Area Approvals

ATEX II 3G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc / II 3D Ex tc IIIC T60°C Dc / -10°C ≤ Ta ≤ +40°C / BVS 10 ATEX E 131
IECEx Ex nA IIC T6 Gc / Ex tc IIIC T60°C Dc / -10°C ≤ Ta ≤ +40°C
Drawings
34.19
95
202.3
180.5
155.8
131
222.75
237
252 252
12.75
12.75
35° 35°
30.4
30.4
68
68
87
29.75
29.75
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - SLF6-Series Load Cells 43

Non-Hazardous / Standard
8 Available from
1 7 METTLER TOLEDO
6 Third party product

9
4
2
3
Hazardous Area Safe Area
Cat. 3
8 7
1
6
9 4
2
11 5
Hazardous Area 3 10 Safe Area
Pos. Item Item Number(s)

1 SLF6 Series Load Cell See order information
2 Connection cable
3 ConBlock or ConBlock IP66 or ConBlock Cat. 3
See accessories
4 Fieldbus Module
5 Fieldbus connection cable
6 Fieldbus cable to PLC
7 PLC
8 PC (for service & configuration purpose)
3rd party product
9 Standard RS232 cable
10 Safety barrier / isolator
11 Data cable (RS232 or RS422/RS485)
Order Information Scope of Delivery:
Model Version Item Number • Load Cell

Standard 30263711
SLF606 • User Manual
Cat. 3 30364213
Standard 30263712 • Declaration of Conformity
SLF615
Cat. 3 30364214
Standard 30263713
SLF630
Cat. 3 30364215
Standard 30263714
SLF660
Cat. 3 30364216
44 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - SLF6-Series Load Cells

Accessories
Order Number Designation Description
30244446 Cable M12 12Pin - open leads 10m Cable for safe area
30244447 Cable M12 12Pin - open leads 10m Cable for Hazardous area (Cat. 3)
11152000 ConBlock Connection Module
30092965 ConBlock IP66 Connection module with IP66 housing
Connection Module for Cat. 3

30374066 ConBlock-X ATEX: II 2G Ex eb IIC T6 Gb; II2D Ex tb IIC
T 85°C Db
42102809 Profibus Module
42102859 Profinet Module
42102810 DeviceNet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
41102860 Ethernet IP Module
30038775 CC-Link Module
11141979 Fieldbus connection cable 1 m D-Sub 9 male – open leads
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-SLF6
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30246725
45
Automated Precision Weighinng
Tailored for Fast Weighing
Fast Filling
Up to 1`200 weight values per second
can be delivered from the load cell,
making it possible to support high speed
filling processes.
Easy Cleaning
Stainless steel counterforce (17-4PH) and
high ingress protection (IP69K) permit
disinfection procedures with acidic agents
and high pressure water jets.
Overload Protection
Load cell is protected against overloads
up to 100 kg with no shift in performance
characteristics. SLP85xD Family
Hermetic Single Point Load Cells
Automated filling of liquid food products sets high

standards for the sensors used inside the filling
machines in terms of fast filling, easy cleaning and
Diagnostic Features robust design.
Load cell continuosly monitors its health
and issues warning messages if there is
an error potential which can turn into a SLP85xD family is specifically designed to address
failure in the future; thus, downtime can
be minimized.
these special needs in an easy and efficient way.
With PROFIBUS DP®, PROFINET IO RT® and EtherNet/IP™

as main communication interfaces, SLP85xD Family
enables a seamless integration with most popular
PLC systems.
46
SLP85xD Family Load Cell Specifications
Parameter unit of measure Specification
Model No. SLP 850/852/854
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg 10 20
Zero Load Output ppm R.C ≤ 1000
Combined Error 1) 2) ppm R.C ≤ 180
Repeatability Error ppm A.L. ≤ 122.5
Eccentric loading error according to OIML R76 ppm A.L. 3) ≤ 200
Creep error, 30 minute ppm A.L. ≤ 230
Zero return deviation from R.C: ppm A.L. ≤ 167
Min. Dead Load Output ppm R.C./ °C ≤ 16
Temperature Effect on
Sensitivity 2) ppm A.L./ °C (../°F) ≤ 13.3
Compensated -10 ... +40
Temperature Range Operating °C -10 ... +50
Safe Storage -20 ... +80
Class C3
nmax 3000
Vmin g 1 2
OIML / European Approval 4)
Apportionment factor (PLC) 0.8
Humidity classification CH
Min. dead load kg 0
Z 3000
Approvals OIML R60
Input Voltage Requirements V DC +10 ... +30
Power consumption W ≤2
Spring element Stainless steel 17-4 PH
Material Connector Stainless steel SUS304
Cable PU
Typ sealed
Protection
IP Rating IP68/69K
Maximum Static Safe Central Load kg 100
Maximum Static Safe Side Load 5) % R.C 150
Direction of Loading beam
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm 0.05
Length m 6
Cable
Diameter mm 7.8/10
1)
Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis
2)
Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
See certificate for complete information
5)
Measured with maximum platter size (40 x 40 cm)
SLP85xD Family Load Cell Specifications

Overload Protection Integrated internally
Max Platter Size cm x cm 40 x 40
Size / thread mm M6/1
Mounting Screw Engaged Length mm 12
Torque, nominal Nm 10
Maximum Interface Update Rate Values per second 1200
Data Interfaces PROFIBUS DP®, PROFINET IO RT®, EtherNet/IP™
Data Interface Protocol SAI
Service Interface RS-232C
Service Interface Protocol MT-SICS
Number 3
Permissible input voltage V 0 ... + 30
Digital Inputs Low-level V < 1.5
High-level V > 10
Input resistance kΩ > 1.2
Number 5
External supply voltage V +11 ... + 30
Digital Outputs Max. current of one output A < 0.5
Accumulated current of all outputs A < 1.2
Voltage drop V <1
Scope of Delivery – Load Cell – Quick Guide
All SLP85xD Family models are supplied by default – Production Certificate
with the following items: – Declaration of Conformity
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - SLP85xD Family Hermetic Single Point Load Cells 47
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SLP85xD Family Load Cell Dimensions mm [inch]
6 x M6
Specification Model SLP854D

1. Rated Capacity: 10 kg D
2. Accuracy: C3
3. Rated Output: 100000 d @ R.C.
4. Zero Output: < 0.1% R.C.
5. Safe overload: 1000% R.C.
C
6. Excitation Voltage: 10~30V
7. Ingress Protection: IP68/IP69K
8. Humiolity Classification: CH
B
MTCN /MTCT / MTCZ
SLP85xD Family Electrical Connections
A
Communication Connector Pin number Industrial Ethernet Profibus DP Cable color
“A“ UB1 UB1 Red
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
“B“ GND1 GND1 Black
“C“ RS232-RxD RS232-RxD Blue
“D“ RS232-TxD RS232-TxD White
“E“ RX- RxD/TxD – P (RS485-B) Green
“F“ TX- ISO GND Orange
“G“ TX+ ISO VCC White / Orange
“H“ RX+ RxD/TxD – N (RS485 – A) Wihte / Green
IO Connector Pin number Signal Cable color

“A“ OUT1 White
“B“ OUT2 Blue
“C“ OUT3 Brown
“D“ OUT4 Yellow
“E“ IN3 Green
“F“ IN1 Gray
“G“ GND2 Black
“H“ UB2 Red
“J“ OUT5 Purple
“K“ IN2 Orange
Order Information SLP85xD Family Load Cell

Order Information Interface Type
Use Mode Integrated Application Physical IOs Capacity Profibus DP Ethernet IP Profinet IO
10 kg 30219360 30219372 30219384
SLP850D None None
20 kg 30219362 30219374 30219386
10 kg 30219364 30219376 30219388
SLP852D Filling None
20 kg 30219366 30219378 30219390
10 kg 30219368 30219380 30219392
SLP854D Filling Yes
20 kg 30219370 30219382 30219394
Bolded entries are stocked
48 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - SLP85xD Family Hermetic Single Point Load Cells
SLP85xD Family
Typical Configurations 10
9 8
3
1
Available from METTLER TOLEDO
7 6
Third party product
5
4a
2 4b
4c

1 Load Cell Different models available See order information
2 Communication cable 6-pin / 6 m cable for the communication with the control system
3 Input / Output cable 10 pin / 6 m cable for the digital inputs / outputs; Only available for SLP854
4a Adapter cable without power socket Y-type / 8 pin, 1 m cable which separates the pins for the service and communication interface See accessories
4b Adapter cable with power socket Y-type / 8 pin, 1 m cable which separates the pins for the service interface and power supply
4c Power supply set 12 V DC standard power adapter (2 poles) with country-specific power cable
5 Standard RS232 cable DB9 male / female
6 PC or Laptop For configuration or service purposes
7 Terminal strip In order to make the wiring of the communicatiion and power pins
3rd party product
8 Power supply 2 wires for 24 V DC and ground
9 Customer cable Fieldbus cable with 4 pins
10 PLC
Order Information SLP85xD Family Accessories

Order Information
Accessory Description Version Order number
Data cables
Data cable Straight connector 30219421
For the communication with the control system (PLC or PC)
(6-pins, 6 m) Right-angle connector 30219417
IO cable Straight connector 30219422
For the connection with digital inputs/outputs
(10-pins, 6 m) Right-angle connector 30219418
Adapter cables
With power socket Provides RS232 interface (DSUB9) and a socket for connecting power adapter Straight connector 30219420
Off-line (8 pins, 0.8 m) No connection possible with control system Right-angle connector 30219416
With power socket Provides RS232 interface (DSUB9) and a bus-capable data interface Straight connector 30219423
On-line (8 pins, 0.8 m) Connection possible with control system Right-angle connector 30219419
Power Adapter
AC adapter
Power Adapter • Input: 100 to 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 0.3 A None 46001802
• Output: 12 V, 0.84 A
Valid for Europe 46001774
Valid for Australia, New Zealand and China 46001775
Power Plug
Valid for USA, Canada and Japan 46001776
Valid for UK 46001777
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/SLP85xD
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30246743
49
in Hazardous Environment, Zone 2
High Precision
Designed to meet the most demanding
customer specifications. The WMS is a
high speed high accuracy weigh mod-
ule with a readability up to 0.1 mg
Rugged Design
The 316L (1.4404) stainless steel hous-
ing with FDA-compliant seal and the
rugged industrial plug connector with
IP67 protection ensure high levels of
reliability.
Flexible Platforms WMS Ex Zone 2

Customer specific adapters can easily
be fixed to the square shaped weighing Precision Weigh Modules
platform which is rigidly connected by
means of a patented locking device to
the weigh module. Automated processes with their demanding standards
and quality requirements ask more and more for high-
resolution weigh modules.
These modules must be easily integrated into plants,

Functionality Test machines and instruments.
The module can be checked at any time
with the internal calibration weight.
Adapters on weighing pan don’t have to The WMS precision weigh modules meet these
be removed for calibration if they weigh
less than 50% of full load. customer demands simply and effectively.
50
Model Specific Data WMS Ex Zone 2
Models with internal adjustment

Parameter WMS104C-LX WMS404C-LX WMS1203C-LX WMS6002C-LX
Readability nom. 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg

Limit values
Repeatability (at nominal load) sd 0.12 mg 0.1 mg 1 mg 10 mg
Linearity deviation sd 0.25 mg 0.4 mg 3 mg 30 mg
Eccentricity deviation (test load) OIML R76 sd 0.5 mg (50 g) 1 mg (200 g) 5 mg (500 g) 50 mg (2000 g)
Sensitivity offset (test load) 0.5 mg (100 g) 2 mg (400 g) 10 mg (1200 g) 80 mg (6000 g)
Sensitivity temperature drift 0.00015 %/°C · Rnt 0.00015 %/°C · Rnt 0.00015 %/°C · Rnt 0.00015 %/°C · Rnt
Sensitivity stability 0.00025 %/a · Rnt 0.00025 %/a · Rnt 0.00025 %/a · Rnt 0.00025 %/a · Rnt
Typical values
Eccentric load deviation (test load) typ. 0.2 mg (100 g) 0.6 mg (200 g) 3 mg (500 g) 32 mg (2000 g)
Sensitivity offset 1) typ. 0.24 mg (100 g) 0.95 mg (400 g) 2.9 mg (1200 g) 24 mg (6000 g)
Dynamics
Setting time (at 3 x specified repeatability) 2) 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s 0.15s
Rnt = net weight (of sample); sd = Standard deviation; a = Year (annum);
1) Applies only after adjustment at nominal capacity with an OIML E2 weight;
2) The time between placing the weighed object on the weighing module and indication of a stabilized weighing value under optimal environmental conditions.
Order Information Scope of delivery:

With internal adjustment • WMS weigh module
Long base plate Flush base plate • Square weighing platform
Labyrinth Below connector WMS104C-LX WMS104C-LX/10 (Aluminum, chrome plated)
30047028 30047070
• WMS short instruction
WMS404C-LX WMS404C-LX/10
30047072 30047074 • Production certificate
WMS1203C-LX WMS1203C-LX/10 • CE Declaration of Conformity
30047076 30047078
WMS6002C-LX WMS6002C-LX/10
30047080 30047082
Rear connector WMS104C-LX/01 WMS104C-LX/11
30047029 30047071
WMS404C-LX/01 WMS404C-LX/11
30047073 30047075
30047077 30047079
30047081 30047083
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Ex Zone 2 Precision Weigh Modules 51

Compliance
Protection type according to ATEX II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T6 Gc
Power supply
Power supply voltage 12...24 VDC +20% / -15% (min. 10...max. 29 VDC)
Power requirement at 24 VDC (typical)
During normal weighing <= 1.5 W
During calibration <= 3.0 W
Connector 19pin male, Typ Binder, series 423
Interfaces 2400 to 38400 baud, 7 or 8 bits, parity: no, even, odd, 1 or 2 stop bits, handshake:
no, hardware, Xoff/Xon
RS-232C Bidirectional, full duplex
RS-422 Bidirectional, full duplex, bus-capable, termination with 120 ohms
Digital Input 10-30 VDC, 5mA
Digital Output 10-30 VDC, 0.5A
Air connection (wash-down version)
Nominal (recommended) 1.0 bar (14.5 psi)
IP protection (in operational state with weighing plate/platform in place)
Degree of protection IP44
Application range – For use only in closed and clean interior rooms
– Ex hazardous area, Zone 2 Gas Groups IIA, IIB and IIC, T6
Typical service life of seals (normal environmental 2 years
conditions)
Allowable ambient temperature range +5 to +40 °C (40 to 105 °F)
Height above mean sea level Max. 4000 m (13,330 feet)
Relative air humidity (at 30°C / 85°F) Max. 80% at 31°C, decreasing lineraly to 50% at 40 °C, non-condensing
Warm-up time At least 30 minutes after the WMS weigh module has been connected to the mains
Materials
Housing, baseplate Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12 (1.4404 resp. 316L)
Weighing platform 58x58mm Aluminum, chrome plated or Stainless steel X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404 or 316L)
Seal between flange and housing FPM 50 Shore A, black, FDA-compliant
Seal between baseplate and housing FPM 65° Shore A, black, FDA-compliant
Surface roughness of housing N7 or better
Accessories
WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) Square weighing Connection Module
11 138 860 platform for Cat-3
WM Cable 180M/10 (10m) 58 x 58 mm 30 374 066
11 138 861 Aluminum, chrome
plated
WM Cable 90M/5 (5m)
30 007 731
11 138 862
WM Cable 90M/10 (10m) Stainless Steel
11 138 863 1.4404*
30 090 567
WM Cable 90H/10 (10m)
11 138 864
WM Cable 90B/10 (10m) Leveling aid

11 138 865 WM levelling bubble
42 102 807
* Stainless steel weighing pan reduces the weighing range by 108 g.
52 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Ex Zone 2 Precision Weigh Modules

Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom
Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the bottom
Connector on
the bottom
(Top view)
11 138 860 11 138 862 11 138 864 11 138 865
11 138 861 11 138 863
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Ex Zone 2 Precision Weigh Modules 53

Short base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear
Long base plate and square weighing platform with connector on the rear
Connector on
the rear
(Back view)
WM Cable 180M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90M/5 (5m) WM Cable 90B/10 (10m) WM Cable 90H/10 (10m)
11 138 860 11 138 862 11 138 865 11 138 864
11 138 861 11 138 863
54 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - WMS Ex Zone 2 Precision Weigh Modules

Available from
8 7 METTLER TOLEDO
1
6 Third party product
9
2 3 4
11 5
10
Hazardous Area Safe Area
8 7
9
2 3
11 11
Hazardous Area 10 Safe Area
Pos Item Description Item number(s)

1 WMS weigh module Different models available, including weighing platform See order inform.
2 Connection cable 19 pin Connector <–> open leads
3 ConBlock-X Connection Module for Cat. 3 See accessories
ATEX: II 2G Ex eb IIC T6 Gb; II2D Ex tb IIC T 85°C Db
Profibus: 42 102 809
Profinet: 42 102 859
Incl. connection cable for configuration
4 Fieldbus Module DeviceNet: 42 102 810
Different models available
Ethernet IP: 42 102 860
CC-Link: 30 038 775
Fieldbus connection Cable, 1 m
5 11 141 979
cable D-Sub 9 male <–> open leads
6 Customer cable Fieldbus cable to PLC
7 PLC
8 PC or laptop For service & configuration purpose
PC side: D89 female
9 RS232 cable 3rd party product
Terminal strip side: Open leads
Safety barrier / iso-
10
lator
11 Customer cable Connection to PLC through RS232 or RS422
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/WMS-Ex2
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30254022
55
High-Precision Bench Platforms
Direct Connection Weighing Platforms
Reliable Process
PBK9 sensors always deliver reliable
and exact results – even in the
most difficult environments. Ensuring
you are always on the safe side
with formula, dosing and quality check
applications.

is at the core of the PBK9 Weighing
Platforms and guarantees the highest
precision and reliability. A robust load –
cell housing features integrated over-
load protection and durable mechanical
Connect to PLC PBK9 Bench Platforms

All platforms can easily be connected
to popular fieldbus systems. Add-on Accurate – Reliable – Robust – Versatile
software modules facilitate seamless
integration into automated environment.
This allows machine builders to stan- Accurate weighing helps you manage raw materials,
dardize on PBK platforms for weighing ensure compliance with regulations and improve your
connected to PLC systems.
product quality. For bench scale applications that
require reliability with the best accuracy available, the
PBK9 Weighing Platforms provide industry-leading
Hazardous Environments performance. The wide range of platforms with nine
When working in a hazardous environ-
ment, safety is key. The PBK9 Weighing capacities from 3 to 300 kilograms in four different
Platforms are approved for the use sizes makes it suitable for a variety of applications
in hazardous areas for Category 3 /
Division 2 and Category2 / Division 1 for and industries. The PFK9 Weighing platforms provide
top performance in gaseous and dusty benefits such as
environments.
• Up to 750 000d resolution for non-approved

applications
• Directly connects to control systems
• Increases speed of filling processes with up
to 92 updates per second
• For safe as well as hazardous areas Category 3 /
Division 2 and Category 2 / Division 1
• IP66/IP68 Ingress Protection
56
High Precision Bench Platforms
Model Specific Data
Models A AB B CC
unit A3 A6 AB15 AB30 AB60 B60 B120 CC150 CC300
Maximum Capacity [kg] 3 6 15 30 60 60 120 150 300
Readability
Non-Approved, Single Range
750 000d / 600 000d [g] 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5
300 000d / 240 000d [g] 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 1
75 000d / 60 000d [g] 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 2 5
Maximum Permissable Error at maximum load (Limit Values, approved platforms only)
Single Range [g] 0.15 0.3 0.75 1.5 3 3 7.5 7.5 15
Minimum Capacities (approved platforms only)
Zero-setting and Preload Range
Zero-setting range [kg ±] full range
Preload range [kg] 0.54 1.08 2.7 5.4 10.8 10.8 21.6 27 54
Maximum Static Safe Load
Central load [kg] 20 20 50 50 80 150 150 500 500
Side load [kg] 15 15 40 40 60 100 100 300 300
Corner load [kg] 10 10 30 30 40 50 50 150 150
Typical Values*
Repeatability s (at max. load) [g] 0.007 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.3 0.3 0.5
Linearity deviation (at half load) [g] 0.028 0.04 0.08 0.2 0.4 0.6 1.2 1.2 2
Eccentric deviation (at 1/3 of max. load in the middle of one quadrant)
Single Range [g] 0.07 0.14 0.35 0.7 1.4 1.6 3.5 3.5 7
* at room temperature and stable environmental conditions without vibration and draft, with automated weight placement
High Precision Bench Platforms

Models A AB B CC
Material
Stainless steel AISI304 Standard • • • •
Weighing Platform Material
Mild steel powder coated, blue Standard • •
Stainless steel models: Glas bead blasted Ra < 3 μm Standard • • • •
Weighing Platform Surface
Stainless steel: brushed Ra < 0.8 μm Standard
Load Plate Material
Stainless steel AISI316 Option • • • •
Load Plate Surface Brushed Ra < 0,8 μm Standard • • • •
Shock absorber Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) Standard • • • •
Chloroprene - Caoutchouc (CR) Standard • •
Foot
Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer Rubber (EPDM) Standard • •
Membrane Silicone Standard • • • •
Connecting Cable safe area Polyurethane (PU) Standard • • • •
Connecting Cable hazardous area Thermoplastic Polyether-Polyurethanytpe-U
Standard • • • •
Category 2, DIV 1 and Category 3, DIV 2
Load Cell Stainless Steel (AISI304), brushed, e-polished Standard • • • •
Power supply voltage
12 to 24 V DC nominal (10 – 29 V DC)
Ingress Protection
Other standard weighing platforms IP66/68 Standard • • • •
Hazardous Area Approval**
Cat. 3GD BVS 10 ATEX E131 Option • • • •
ATEX
Cat. 2GD BVS 10ATEX E131 Option • • • •
FM Division 2 Option • • • •
Division 1 Option • • • •
Resolution (The resolution is dependend on the weighing platform model)
Non-approved, 1 x 60 000d / 1 x 75 000d Standard • • • •
Non-approved, 1 x 300 000d / 1 x 240 000d Option • • • •
Temperature Range
Non-Approved Application
In Operation - 20°C … + 60°C • • • •
In Operation Category 2 DIV1 -10°C ... + 40°C • • • •
For Storage - 20°C … +70°C • • • •
Warm up time (dependend on resolution)
Typically 30 min
Scale Interfaces
RS232, RS422/RS485 MT - SICS command set Standard
Cable length
Safe Area: Cable M12, 12 pin - open leads, 10 m Option
Category 2 / DIV 1: Cable M12, 6 Pin, 10m Option
Category 3 / DIV 2: Cable M12, 12 Pin-open leads, 10m Option
Model designation examples:
PBK989APW-AB15 bench platform with frame in stainless steel, direct connectivity version, AB-Size (280 mm x 350 mm), capacity 15 kg
PBK987APW-CC300 bench platform with frame in mild steel powder coated, direct connectivity version, CC-Size (600 mm x 800 mm), capacity 300 kg
** In the hazardous area, you can use powder coated platforms only if intense electrostatic charges do not accumulate on the platform during the application or process.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - PBK9 Bench Platforms 57

Non-Hazardous
7
6
8
1
2 9
4
Category 3
8
7
1
9 6
2
4
3 11 10 5
Hazardous area Safe area
Pos Item Pos Item Available from METTLER TOLEDO

1 PBK-9 APW platform 7 PLC
3rd party product
2 Connection cable 8 PC (for service & configuration purpose)
3 ConBlock or ConBlock IP66 or ConBlock Cat. 3 9 Standard RS232 cable
4 Fieldbus Module 10 Safety barrier / isolator
5 Fieldbus connection cable 11 Data cable (RS232 or RS422/RS485)
Category 2
12
11
10
1 6
9
2
4 6 8
3 5 7

1 PBK9-APW platform (Cat. 2) 7 Gender Changer
3rd party product
2 Ex-i cable for Cat. 2, 6 pin, 10m 8 RS232 cable M-to-M
3 APS768x 9 Fieldbus module
4 Ex-i cable, for Cat. 2 4 pin, 10 m 10 Fieldbus cable to PC
5 ACM200 11 PLC
6 Data cable 12 PC or Laptop (for service and configuration)
58 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - PBK9 Bench Platforms

Dimensional Drawings
A A
Dimensions [mm] AB B CC
weighing platform load plate
A 275 240 280 400 600
B 345 300 350 500 800
C 231 – 231 337 503
D 305 – 305 431 724
E 135-147 – 132-144 127-152 130-155
F 40 – 40 35 35
Accessories
Articel Number Designation Description
00503631 Bench Stand B powder coated For B-Model: Rigid frame construction, 2 feet with casters,
00503632 Bench Stand B stainless steel 1 fixed foot with screw adjustment. Height approx. 560 mm
00504853 Bench Stand CC powder coated For CC-Model: Rigid frame construction, 2 feet with casters,
00504854 Bench Stand CC stainless steel 1 fixed foot with screw adjustment. Height approx. 560 mm
Bench Stand
For B-Model: Steel-clad rollers with rust protection,
00503640 Roller Track B mild steel galvanized
for dry environments, lengthwise motion. (8 rollers)
For CC-Model: Steel-clad rollers with rust protection,
00504852 Roller Track CC mild steel galvanized
for dry environments, lengthwise motion. (9 rollers)
For B-Model: Steel-clad rollers with rust protection,
22001647 Roller Track B stainless steel
for wet surroundings, lengthwise motion. (8 rollers)
For CC-Model: Steel-clad rollers with rust protection, Roller Track
22001648 Roller Track CC stainless steel
for wet surroundings, lengthwise motion. (9 rollers)
30244446 Cable M12 12Pin - open leads 10m Cables for safe area
30244447 Cable M12 12Pin - open leads 10m Cable for Hazardous area (Cat3, DIV2)
30267190 Cable M12 6 Pin 10m Ex1 Cable for Hazardous area (Cat2, DIV1)
11152000 ConBlock Connection module
30374066 ConBlock-X
42102809 Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
42102859 Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
42102860 Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
30038775 CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
11141979 Fieldbus connection cable 1m D-Sub 9 male – open leads
20026724 APS768x power supply (120 V AC)
Power supply unit in hazardous area
22026695 AC supply / RS232
22026696 AC supply / RS422 , RS485 ACM200
22026692 DC supply / RS232 Interface converter (CL to serial) in safe area
22026693 DC supply / RS422 , RS485
22016791 Longer Ex-i cable, 4 pin (up to 100 m) for Cat. 2 For connection betwwen APS768x and ACM200
Our extensive service network is among the best in the world and
ensures maximum availability and service life of your product.
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30237995
59
High-Precision Floor Platforms
Direct Connection Weighing Platforms
Filling
GMP-compatible filling of active
substances – 92 updates per second,
flexible configuration options and
monitoring functions for optimum filling
processes.

is at the core of the PFK9 Weighing
Platforms and guarantees the highest
precision and reliability. A robust load –
cell housing features integrated over-
load protection and durable mechanical
Connect to PLC PFK9 Floor Platforms

All platforms can easily be connected
to popular fieldbus systems. Add-on Accurate – Reliable – Robust – Versatile
software modules facilitate seamless
integration into automated environment. Accurate weighing helps you manage raw materi-
This allows machine builders to stan-
dardize on PFK platforms for weighing als, ensure compliance with regulations and improve
connected to PLC systems. your product quality. For floor scale applications that
require reliability with the best accuracy available, the
PFK9 Weighing Platforms provide industry-leading
Hazardous Environments performance. The wide range of platforms with four
When working in a hazardous environ- capacities from 300 to 3000 kilograms in four different
ment, safety is key. The PFK9 Weighing
Platforms are approved for the use in sizes makes it suitable for a variety of applications and
hazardous areas for Category 3 / Division industries. The PFK9 Weighing platforms provide ben-
2 and Category 2 / Division 1 for top
performance in gaseous and dusty envi-
efits such as
ronments.
• Up to 750 000d resolution for non-approved
applications
• Directly connects to control systems
• Increases speed of filling processes with up
to 92 updates per second
• For safe as well as hazardous areas Category 3 /
Division 2 and Category 2 / Division 1
• IP66/IP68 Ingress Protection
60
High Precision Floor Platforms Model Specific Data
Models C D E ES
unit C300 C600 D600 D1500 E1500 E3000 ES1500 ES3000
Maximum Capacity [kg] 300 600 600 1500 1500 3000 1500 3000
Readability
Non-Approved, Single Range
750 000d / 600 000d [g] 0.5 1 1 2 2 5 2 5
300 000d / 240 000d [g] 1 2 2 5 5 10 5 10
75 000d / 60 000d [g] 5 10 10 20 20 50 20 50
Maximum Permissable Error at maximum load (Limit Values, approved platforms only)
Single Range [g] 15 30 30 75 75 150 75 150
Minimum Capacities (approved platforms only)
Zero-setting and Preload Range
Zero-setting range [kg ±] full range
Preload range [kg] 54 108 108 270 270 540 270 540
Maximum Static Safe Load
Central load [kg] 1000 1000 3500 3500 4500 4500 4500 4500
Side load [kg] 650 650 2300 2300 3000 3000 3000 3000
Corner load [kg] 330 330 1150 1150 1500 1500 1500 1500
Typical Values*
Repeatability s (at max. load) [g] 0.6 1.2 2 4 5 10 5 10
Linearity deviation (at half load) [g] 2.4 4.8 8 16 20 40 20 40
Typical eccentric deviation (at 1/3 of max. load in the middle of one quadrant)
Single Range [g] 7 14 14 35 35 70 35 70
* at room temperature and stable environmental conditions without vibration and draft, with automated weight placement
High Precision Floor Platforms General Specifications

Models C D E ES
Material
Platform Material Mild steel powder coated, blue Standard •
Mild steel galvanized Standard • • •
Platform Surface Stainless Steel AISI304, glas bead blasted Ra < 3 μm Standard • • • •
Load Plate Material Mild steel galvanized Option • • • •
Stainless steel AISI304, raisable Option • • •
Stainless steel AISI304, glas bead blasted, Ra < 3 μm Standard • • • •
Load Plate Surface Stainless steel brushed Ra < 0.8 μm Option • • •
Stainless steel AISI304 pattern Option • • •
Desmopan (DP) Standard •
Foot
Stainless Steel AISI304 Standard • • •
Membrane Silicone Standard • • • •
Connecting Cable Polyurethane (PU) Standard • • • •
Connecting Cable Hazardous Area Category 2, DIV 1 Thermoplastic Polyether-Polyurethanytpe-U Standard
• • • •
and Category 3, DIV 2
Load Cell Stainless Steel (AISI304), brushed, e-polished Standard • • • •
Power supply voltage
12 to 24 V DC nominal (10 – 29 V DC)
Ingress Protection
All PFK9 Weighing Platforms IP66/68 Standard • • • •
Resolution (The resolution is dependend on the weighing platform model)
Non-approved, 1 x 60 000d / 1 x 75 000d Standard • • • •
Temperature Range
Non-Approved Application
In Operation - 20°C … + 60°C
In Operation Category 2 DIV1 -10°C ... + 40°C
For Storage - 20°C … + 70°C
Warm up time (dependend on resolution)
typically 30 min
Hazardous Area Approval**
ATEX Cat. 3GD BVS 10 ATEX E131
Option
Cat. 2GD BVS 10ATEX E131
FM Division 2
Option
Division 1
Scale Interfaces
RS232, RS422/RS485 MT - SICS command set Standard
Cable length
Safe Area: Cable M12, 12 pin - open leads, 10 m Option
Category 2 / DIV 1: Cable M12, 6 Pin, 10m Option
Category 3 / DIV 2: Cable M12, 12 Pin-open leads, 10m Option
In the hazardous area, you can use powder coated platforms only if intense electrostatic charges do not accumulate on the platform during the application or process.
Model designation examples:
PFK989APW-C600 floor platform with frame in stainless steel, direct connectivity version, C-Size (800 mm x 1000 mm), capacity 600kg
PFK988APW-E3000 floor platform with frame in mild steel galvanized, direct connectivity version, E-Size (1250 mm x 1500 mm), capacity 3000kg
** In the hazardous area, you can use powder coated platforms only if intense electrostatic charges do not accumulate on the platform during the application or process.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - PFK9 Floor Platforms 61

Non-Hazardous
7
6
8
1
2 9
4
Category 3
8
7
1
9 6
2
4
3 11 10 5

1 PFK-9 APW platform 7 PLC
3rd party product
2 Connection cable 8 PC (for service & configuration purpose)
3 ConBlock or ConBlock IP66 or ConBlock Cat. 3 9 Standard RS232 cable
4 Fieldbus Module 10 Safety barrier / isolator
5 Fieldbus connection cable 11 Data cable (RS232 or RS422/RS485)
Category 2
12
11
10
1 6
9
2
4 6 8
3 5 7

1 PFK9-APW platform (Cat. 2) 7 Gender Changer
3rd party product
2 Ex-i cable for Cat. 2, 6 pin, 10m 8 RS232 cable M-to-M
3 APS768x 9 Fieldbus module
4 Ex-i cable, for Cat. 2 4 pin, 10 m 10 Fieldbus cable to PC
5 ACM200 11 PLC
6 Data cable 12 PC or Laptop (for service and configuration)
62 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - PFK9 Floor Platforms

Dimensional Drawings
Models
Dimensions [mm] C D E ES
A 800 1000 1250 1500
B 1000 1250 1500 1500
C 625 890 1140 1390
D 932 1110 1360 1360
E 115-140 180-205 182-207 197-222
F 40 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60
Accessories
Articel Number Designation Description
30242214 Quick Pit C Model galvanized 930 x 1210 mm
30242215 Quik PIt C Model stainless steel 930 x 1210 mm
30242216 Quick Pit D Model galvanized 1130 x 1380 mm
30242217 Quick Pit D Model stainless steel 1130 x 1380 mm
30242218 Quick Pit E Model galvanized 1390 x 1640 mm
30242219 Quick Pit E Model stainless steel 1390 x 1640 mm
30242220 Quick Pit ES Model galvanized 1640 x 1640 mm
Quick Pit
30242221 Quick Pit ES Model stainless steel 1640 x 1640 mm
503638 Ramp C Model galvanized pattern
599204 Ramp C Model stainless steel pattern For C Model only
599198 Ramp C Model stainless steel smooth
00503617 Load plate, D-size, mild steel powder coated
00503618 Load plate, D-size, mild steel galvanized
00503619 Load plate, D-size, stainless steel
00503620 Load plate, E-size, mild steel powder coated Ramp
00503621 Load plate, E-size, mild steel galvanized
00503622 Load plate, E-size, stainless steel
00504504 Load plate, ES-size, mild steel powder coated
00504505 Load plate, ES-size, mild steel galvanized
00504506 Load plate, ES-size, stainless steel
30244446 Cable M12 12Pin - open leads 10m Cable for safe area Load Plate
30244447 Cable M12 12Pin - open leads 10m Cable for Hazardous area (Cat3, DIV2)
30267190 Cable M12 6 Pin - 10m Ex1 Cable for hazardous area (Cat .2)
11152000 ConBlock Connection module
30374066 ConBlock-X
42102809 Profibus Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
42102859 Profinet Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
42102860 Ethernet IP Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
30038775 CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration
11141979 Fieldbus connection cable 1m D-Sub 9 male – open leads
Power supply unit in hazardous area
22026695 AC supply / RS232
22026696 AC supply / RS422 , RS485 ACM200
22026692 DC supply / RS232 Interface converter (CL to serial) in safe area
22026693 DC supply / RS422 , RS485
22016791 Longer Ex-i cable, 4 pin (up to 100 m) for Cat. 2 For connection betwwen APS768x and ACM200
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-pfk-apw
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30237996
63
Automated Precision Weighinng
Versatile Product Range
The PBD655 is a family consisting of
different platform sizes and capacities.
In combination with accessories, it offers
flexibility for the designing customized
solutions.
Protected Against Damage

The weighing platform is protected against
strong lateral and vertical forces that
result during loading, unloading or even
a malfunction of an automated handling PBD655
device.
The PBD655 precision weighing platforms are

designed for easy integration into filling machines,
Fast Communication feeders, conveyors and control or counting devices.
with Control System
Fieldbus modules with parameter detec-
Their truly digital weighing technology has an excellent
tion and integrated command set facilitate
commissioning. Direct connection with immunity against electromagnetic influences.
90 updates per second is available via
RS422.
All platforms provide fast and accurate weight results,
which can be approved to 6000e according to OIML
and 10000d according to NTEP.
Convenient Software
Configuration Tool
Computer-based software for parameter-
ization, diagnostics, and data backup
makes getting started easy.
It allows you to customize the weighing
platform for your specific needs.
4.12 kg
64
Resolution up to 60'000d
OIML Class III, 6’000e (600kg - 2x3’000e MR) (default at delivery 6’000d)
NTEP Class III, 10’000d (600kg - not approvable) (default at delivery 10’000d)
Ingress Protection IP65
Material Platform frame: Powder coated, carbon steel / Load plate: Brushed stainless steel (AISI304)
Load cell Aluminum potted
Nominal temperature range -10°C to 40°C according OIML & NTEP Class III
Update rate Up to 90 values per second
Tare range From zero to maximum load
Zero range 18% of the maximum load
Data interface protocol RS422 Standard. With additional modules (accessories), RS232, Profibus DP, Device Net and Ethernet
Input voltage 6 to 18 V DC
Electrical connection 6 pin plug or 6 wire pig tail with 5 m extension cable (accessory)
Cable length (ex Load Cell) 2.5 m (7.5 m incl. the pig tail extension cable)
Power consumtion In operation: 0.6 Watt
Data PBD655
Parameter PBD655-A6 PBD655-A12 PBD655-BB30 PBD655-BB60 PBD655-B60 PBD655-B120
Maximum capacity nom. 6 kg 12 kg 30 kg 60 kg 60 kg 120 kg
Approvable readability nom. 1 g 2g 5g 10 g 10 g 20 g
Preload range* 0.72 kg 4.64 kg 8.1 kg 23.6 kg 17.8 kg 47 kg
Platform size 240x300 mm 300x400 mm 400x500 mm
Platform heights 80 to 90 mm 86 to 96 mm
Limit values
Repeatability, Linearity, Eccentricity According OIML 6’000e / NTEP 10’000d, Class III
Nominal temperature range -10°C…+40°C
Maximum humidity 85% not condensing
Max. static safe central load** 40 kg 40 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 200 kg
Max. static safe side load** 30 kg 30 kg 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 140 kg
Max. static safe corner load** 15 kg 15 kg 35 kg 35 kg 75 kg 75 kg
Typical values (at environmental conditions)
Repeatability (at full load) sd 0.04 g 0.1 g 0.3 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 1.2 g
Error of Indication (at half load) typ. 0.1 g 0.3 g 0.6 g 1g 1.1 g 1.6 g
Parameter PBD655- PBD655- PBD655- PBD655- PBD655- PBD655- PBD655-

BC60 BC120 BC300 CC60 CC120 CC300 CC600
Maximum capacity nom. 60 kg 120 kg 300 kg 60 kg 120 kg 300 kg 600 kg
Approvable readability nom. 10 g 20 g 50 g 10 g 20 g 50 g 100/200 g
Preload range* 14.7 kg 93.9 kg 131.5 kg 6.4 kg 85.6 kg 123.2 kg 19.2 kg
Platform size 500x650 mm 600x800 mm
Platform heights 110 to 120 mm 120 to 130 mm
Limit values
Repeatability, Linearity, Eccentricity According OIML 6’000e / NTEP 10’000d, Class III
Nominal temperature range -10°C…+40°C
Maximum humidity 85% not condensing
Max. static safe central load** 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg 700 kg 700 kg 700 kg 700 kg
Max. static safe side load** 300 kg 300 kg 300 kg 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg 400 kg
Max. static safe corner load** 150 kg 150 kg 150 kg 200 kg 200 kg 200 kg 200 kg
Typical values (at environmental conditions)
Repeatability (at full load) sd 0.6 g 1.2 g 1.3 g 0.6 g 1.2 g 1.3 g 6.6 g
Error of Indication (at half load) typ. 2g 4g 18 g 2g 3g 16.2 g 15.5 g
*These preloads can be added without reducing the nominal maximum capacity
**No damage on the mechanical construction
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - PBD655 Weighing Platforms 65

Available from METTLER TOLEDO

8
Third party product
2
1
2 5
1 4
6 5
7
2
1 4

1 Platform PBD655 (incl. ~2.5 meter cable and M12 connector) see order information
2 5 meter cable M12 female to open leads 30 024 768
3 10 meter cable extension M12 female to M12 male 30 024 759
4 Clamps Clamps for wiring Third-party product
5 Cable Connection to PLC Third-party product
6 Profibus Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration 42 102 809
6 Profinet Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration 42 102 859
6 DeviceNet Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration 42 102 810
6 Ethernet IP Module Incl. Connection cable for configuration 42 102 860
6 CC-Link Module Incl. connection cable for configuration 30 038 775
7 Cable, 1 m D-Sub 9 male to open leads 11 141 979
8 PLC Third-party product
66 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - PBD655 Weighing Platforms

Dimensions
FFFrrooronnntt tvvviieeiew
ww SSidideevvieieww
ddd
ccc
aa eee ggg
bb hhh
f ff
Model – Dimension a b c d e f g h
PBD655-A... mm 175 240 62 80 235 300 22 42

PBD655-BB… mm 235 300 66 86 335 400 22 42
PBD655-B… mm 335 400 66 86 435 500 22 42
PBD655-BC… mm 435 500 85 110 587 650 22 42
PBD655-CC… mm 503 600 97 120 724 800 21 42
Order Information Scope of delivery

Type Order Number n PBD655 platform incl. load plate
EU & Asia Americas n Instruction for installation and operation
PBD655-A6 30 024 705 30 024 718
PBD655-A12 30 024 706 30 024 719
PBD655-BB30 30 024 707 30 024 720
PBD655-BB60 30 024 708 30 024 721
PBD655-B60 30 024 709 30 024 722
PBD655-B120 30 024 710 30 024 723
PBD655-BC60 30 024 711 30 024 724
PBD655-BC120 30 024 712 30 024 725
PBD655-BC300 30 024 713 30 024 726
PBD655-CC60 30 024 714 30 024 727
PBD655-CC120 30 024 715 30 024 728
PBD655-CC300 30 024 716 30 024 729
PBD655-CC600 30 024 717 99 30 024 730
Accessories 9
5 Meter cable extension (M12 plug to pig tail) 30 024 768
10 meter cable extension (two M12 plugs) 30 024 759
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-PBD655
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313186
67
Designed for Integration
Power Supply Unit
for Power Supply in Hazardous Areas
PBK/PFK-APW-Ex
For use in automated processes in
hazardous environments (Zone 1, 21;
Class I, II, III, Div. 1) – connectable
without terminal.
Modular
Free places for additional slot cards
to connect an additional interface at
ACM200.
Industrial Housing APS768x & ACM200

Is constructed of stainless steel and certi-
fied IP66. The housing will withstand New solution for connecting weigh
harsh environments, and includes inte-
grated mounting brackets to simplify
modules in the hazardous area
installation.
Customer benefits
• Transmission distance between the weighing sensor
and the data processor (PLC) has increased from
100 m to 400 m which ensures enhanced safety for
the application.
• The modular design allows being flexible and
expandable not only to power the application terminal
and the weighing platforms which have intrinsically
safe outputs, but also to exchange data.
68
General Specifications APS768x-230V
Mains connection 230 V +10 % / –15 %; 50 Hz; 0,160 A; Um ≤ 250 V
Mains connection cable 1,9 m; H 05 RN
5 m cable with 6 wires, intrinsically safe connection, M16x1,5 cable
Cables (factory configuration) glands pre-assembled on both sides, longer cable is available if
Load Cells
required (up to 100 m)

Weigh module to APS768x for direct connection 100 m. APS768x
Maximum cable lengths will be delivered without cable. It has to be ordered with the weighing
sensor.
IP protection type IP66
Temperature range –10 °C – +40 °C
Relative humidity 20 % – 80 %, non-condensing
Degree of pollution 2
Overvoltage category II
303 x 172 x 80 mm (without connectors)
Dimensions (L x W x H)
320 x 172 x 80 mm (incl. connectors)
Weight (incl. cables) 4,1 kg (net)
Maximum altitude Up to 4000 m height above sea level
Sites of operation Indoor usage only
Number of attachable weighing sensors 1
1: CL/CL interface can be added to the APS768x as an optional slot
Available interface slots card to enable communication with the ACM200 communication
module in the safe area.
ATEX/IEC Ex: II 2G Ex e mb [ib] IIC T4 Gb-10 °C … +40 °C
Hazardous area approvals II 2D Ex t IIIC [ib] IP66 T70 °C
FM: Class I, II, III Div. 1Group A-G / T4
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - APS768x /ACM200 69

General Specifications ACM200
AC power supply DC power supply
Mains connection 100 V – 240V, 50 / 60 Hz 24 VDC
Power connection cable has to be defined
Mains connection cable mains cord connected and provided by the end user. Claimed outer
cable diameter is then 4 – 8 mm.
Cables (factory configuration) 10 m cable with 4-wires for the connection with APS768x, intrinsically safe connection.
Maximum cable lengths APS768x to ACM200 for direct connection maximum 300 m.
IP protection type IP66
Temperature range –10 °C – +40 °C
Relative humidity 20 % – 80 %, non-condensing
Degree of pollution 2
Overvoltage category II
Dimensions (L x W x H) 175x160x69,5 mm
Weight (incl. cables) 3,4 kg
Maximum altitude Up to 4000 m height above sea level
Sites of operation Indoor usage only
Number of attachable power supplies 1
1 intrinsically safe current loop interface for the communication with APS768x; RS232 data
interface with mounted 10 m cable (9-pin SubD) as standard for the communication with
Available interface slots a fieldbus or PLC; RS422 interface as option for the communication with a fieldbus or PLC,
data cable has to be defined and provided by the end user. Claimed outer cable diameter is
then 4 - 8 mm.
ATEX/IEC Ex: II (2) G [Ex ib Gb] IIC –10 °C … +40 °C
Hazardous area approvals II (2) D [Ex ib Db] IIIC
FM: AIS Class I, II, III Div. 1 Group A-G / T4
Order Information
Item Description Item number

Power supply unit in the hazardous area with attached power 120 V (USA) 22 026 724
APS768x
connection cable: 120 and 230 V versions 230 V (Europe) 22 026 728
RS232 22 026 695
AC
Interface converter from current loop (CL) to RS232 or RS422/485. RS422/485 22 026 696
ACM200
AC and DC power supply options are available RS232 22 026 692
DC
RS422/485 22 026 693
Longer Ex-Cable 100m cable with 4-wires for the connection with APS768x, intrinsically
22 016 791
(Accessory) safe connection, 2x2x0,5qmm
70 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - APS768x /ACM200

Dimensions APS768x-230 V (mm)
80
30
255 24
41
Ø10
172
100
68
284
303
320
Dimensions ACM200 (mm)
160 R3.5 R5
175
81
69.5
200
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-APS768x
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098368
71
Designed for Easy Integration
ConBlock
Efficient Wiring and Logic Control
Matching weigh modules:
WMS and WMH
The ConBlock can be used for econimical
installation of the WMS weigh modules
and WMH weighing platforms.
Status LED
The ConBlock shows the status of the
3 digital Inputs and Outputs and power
supply of the WMS Weigh module with
yellow and green LEDs.
Easy Access for Configuration ConBlock – for economical installation

WMS Weigh modules and WMH plat-
forms can be easily configured over the of WMS Weigh Module
service RS232 plug.
This is also a fast service access
interface
Customer benefits
for the field service technician. • Digital input and output for WMS weigh module
• 24 VDC output power supply with voltage surge filter
and peak current-limitation for direct connection of
actuators with maximum of 2,5 A
Error free wiring • Contact clamps with tension spring connections for
All contacts are clearly and individually
labeled to avoid wiring errors on installa- efficient and secure wiring
tion. It is easy to identify contacts. • DIN- and G-rail mounting for easy installation
• On-board status LEDs for digital inputs and outputs
always show status of I/O without any service tool
• RS232 interface socket for fast service access
• Clearly labeled contacts to avoid wiring errors on
installation
• Separated RS422 contact clamps for easy wiring of
in and through connections
• Integrated PE contact to the mounting rail for reliable
grounding of the module
72
ConBlock / ConBlock IP66
Dimensions and functions
Power Supply Power Supply

Digital Inputs and Outputs WMS Weigh module
Digital Digital RS422 in RS232
Inputs Outputs and
only for only for through
WMS weigh WMS weigh
module module
90 mm
DIN-rail mounting
LED Power with integrated PE
Supply, Digi- contact
tal Inputs and IP protection
Outputs
RS232 Service Plug IP66
Material
ABS, transparent cover
Height from Dimension (with cable connector)
the top DIN-rail:
71 mm
l = 125 mm (175 mm)
Tension spring connections
for the WMS weigh module
b = 125 mm
h = 100 mm
82 mm
Specifications of digital inputs Specifications of digital outputs

– Input voltage range 10 - 30 V DC – Output voltage range 10 - 30 V DC
– Nominal input voltage 24 V DC – Maximum output current 0.5 A
– Typical input current at 24 V 5 mA – Surge voltage protection 45 V
– Protection against polarity reversal – Protection against polarity reversal
Scope of delivery Power supply for weigh module

– ConBlock or ConBlock IP66 12 to 24 V DC nominal (10 - 29 V DC)
– Short instruction with CE Declaration of Conformity
Order Information
Model Item number
ConBlock 11 152 000
ConBlock IP66 30 092 965
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313187
73
Unlimited Connectivity
Fieldbus Modules
Connections to Fieldbus Systems
Ultra Compact
The WMC weigh module has a width of
25mm allowing integration of high-resolu-
tion weighing where space is limited.
Capacities: 10 g - 20 g.
Readabilities: 0.01 mg - 0.1 mg.
For Smallest Samples

The WXS and WXT weigh modules are
made for accurate automated weighing of
smallest samples in industrial environ-
ments.
Capacities: 22 g - 220g.
Readabilities: 1 μg - 0.01mg.
Accurate and Versatile

The slim WMS weigh module has adapt-
able platforms, incorporated calibration
weight and IP66 for wash down. Fieldbus Modules – for direct
Capacities 120 g - 6200 g. Readabilities:
0.1 mg - 10 mg.
communication with weigh modules
The modules have automatic parameter detection fea-

tures and an integrated command set for weigh modules
to facilitate commissioning. DIN rail assembly enables
Large Precision Platforms efficient installation in the control cabinet.
The WMH weigh modules offer high-
accuracy and high-capacity combined
with large platform sizes for carrying A BASIC operation mode supports all frequently used
customized load adapters. commands such as transferring weight result, zero set-
Capacities: 15 kg - 3000 kg.
Readabilities: 0.1 g - 50 g ting, status information, identification and calibration.
Enhanced applications can be realized with the

EXTENDED operation mode. It supports all interface
commands and allows configuration of weigh module
via fieldbus.
74
Fast and Convenient Integration
of Weigh Modules Into Most Common PLC
Rockwell Automation Logix5000

Fieldbus Modules
As of RSLogix5000 Version 16, a complimentary open-source

Rockwell Automation Logix5000 function block and faceplates
specific to METTLER TOLEDO products with SICS communica-
tion protocol will be available. They will significantly shorten
integration time and save valuable resources and develop-
ment time for system integrators and end users.
Siemens STEP 7
METTER TOLEDO offers the user of Profibus and ProfiNet IO modules an
example for Siemens Step 7. Engineering notes explain the configuration
to ensure a fast start and correct integration.
SIWAREX FTA
As an alternative to Fieldbus the
weigh modules WM, WMS and
WMH can directly be connected to
the SIWAREX FTA module. Siemens
and METTLER TOLEDO commonly
certified communication between
these weigh modules and the
SIWAREX FTA within the “Totally
Integrated Automation” program.
CC Link
METTER TOLEDO offers the users of CC-Link modules an Engineering Note
which explains the configuration to ensure a fast start and correct integra-
tion into a Mitsubishi PLC.
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - Fieldbus Modules 75

Technical Data Fieldbus Modules
Interface Profibus DP slave (DPVO) Profinet IO slave accord- DeviceNet adapter Ethernet/IP adapter CC-Link Slave according
according to EN 50170 ing to IEC 61784 (CPF- according to EN 50325-2 according to EN 50325-2 to BTP-05026-D
3/3)
Baud rate 9.6 kbit/s – 12 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 125, 250 or 500 kbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s DHCP 156 kbit/s - 10Mbit/s.
Address range 0–99 Full IP address range, MAC ID 0-63 Full IP address range 1-64 (Basic Mode),
DHCP 1-61 (Extended Mode)
Connector SUB D9 female RJ-45 Terminal block with RJ-45 Terminal block with
5 connectors 5 connectors
Scale: SUB D9 female
Power: Terminal block with 2 connectors
Subnet connection RS232, RS422, and RS485, up to 57.6 kbit/s
Housing Plastic housing with snap-on connection to DIN-Rail
Dimensions 120 mm x 75 mm x 27 mm / 4.7 in x 2.0 in x 1.1 in
Mounting DIN rail
Power supply 24 V DC ± 10% / typically 100 mA
Protection IP 20
Temperature +5 °C to +55 °C / 41 to 131 degrees Fahrenheit
Relative humidity The product is designed for a relative humidity of 0 to 95 %, non-condensing
Weight value Single floating point number according to IEEE 754 (Motorola word)
Included in delivery Module, including configuration software, configuration cable, detailed instruction and installation manual
Compatibility Automated precision weighing modules: WX, WM, and WMH
All METTLER TOLEDO MT-SICS-compatible scales
CE mark Certified according to European standards unless otherwise stated.
Emission According to EN 50081-2:1993
Immunity According to EN 61000-6-2:1999
UL/c-UL compliance The units are open type listed by the Underwriters Laboratories. The certificate is valid when the unit is
installed in a switch cabinet or equivalent. The certification has been documented by UL in file E214107.
Order information Scope of delivery

Model Item number n Fieldbus module
Profibus DP Module 42 102 809 n Configuration cable
Profinet IO Module 42 102 859 n Quick guide
DeviceNet Module 42 102 810
EtherNet/IP Module 42 102 860
CC-Link Module 30 038 775
D-Sub 9 male – open leads, 1 m 11 141 979
D-Sub 9 male – male, 1.8 m 11 601 007
76 METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - Fieldbus Modules

Configuration overview
PLC Legend
Included in delivery of Fieldbus module 1 Fieldbus Connector
(e.g. Siemens
S7 or Rockwell 2 PC Connector
RSLogix) 3 Subnet Connector
4 Power Connector
Fieldbus cable
Configuration cable
Power
Connector
30313190
Power cable
Power supply
+24 VDC
D-Sub 9 D-Sub 9 D-Sub 9 D-Sub 9 D-Sub 9

male male male male male
RS232 RS232 RS232

Connection Connection Connection
cable cable cable
11141979 11601007 11601007 11141979 11601007
open D-Sub 9 D-Sub 9 open

wires male male wires
D-Sub 9
ConModule ConBlock male
WMH WMC WXS WMS Industry Scale

Weigh Platform Weigh Module Weigh Module Weigh Module e.g. BBK
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/ind-APW-fieldbus
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313190
77
One Configuration Software for All
Software
For Optimizing Your Throughput
Throughput Optimization
Conveniently optimize filters for eliminating
impacts of vibration and draft. This allows
improved accuracy and speed for achiev-
ing high throughput rates.
Convenient Configuration
Target values, tolerances, delays and du-
ration for digital outputs can be set con-
veniently as well as rising or falling edge
for signal transition of digital inputs.
Easy Operation
The software offers configurable soft
keys for frequently used functions. This
speeds up installation and reduces
repetitive manual input of instructions.
4.12 kg
APW-Link™
Zoom Function Weigh Module Configuration Software
APW-Link records and displays weight
values in graphical charts. A zoom func-
tion allows a close look. This facilitates The APW-Link™ software is an easy-to-use configura-
optimization of filling and check-weigh- tion tool for fast and comfortable commissioning and
ing processes.
maintenance of high-precision weigh modules. It allows
communication among a multitude of weigh modules.
APW-Link™ is designed for use by engineering and field
service personnel of machine and instrument manufac-
turers as well as end users’ maintenance staff.
The software facilitates calibration and allows configu-

ration data storage for backup and duplication to other
weigh modules for similar applications.
78
Configuration for applications with one weigh module
2
1 3
Configuration for applications with multiple weigh modules
2
1 3
Pos. Item and Description Item number

1 High-precision weigh module See datasheet for weigh module
Direct connection between weigh module and computer via RS232
or Ethernet cable. See Datasheet of weigh module or
2
Connection between weigh module and computer via combination third- party products
of RS232, USB or Ethernet in using converters or switches.
3 Computer with APW-Link software Third party
Specifications APW-Link
Windows XP – Professional – SP3
Windows 7 – Professional / Enterprise / Ultimate
Operating System
Windows 8 / 8.1 – Professional / Enterprise
Windows Server 2003
Supported Interfaces RS232, USB to RS232 converter and Ethernet TCP/IP
RS232 Parameters APW-Links has automatic parameter search for RS232
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Polish, Japanese,
Languages
Chinese simplified, Chinese traditional, Korean
Supported Weigh Modules WXS, WXT, WMC, WMS, WM, WMH, WKR, WKL
Registration to receive link for downloading of APW-Link: www.mt.com/apw-link
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/apw-link
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313188
79
Globally Approved
MTB Load Cell
for Accuracy and Safety
Process Weighing
Due to the hermetically sealed design,
MTB is ideal for harsh environments
in process or food applications. The
full set of approvals makes it the right
choice for your application.
Tank Weighing MTB Load Cell

The capacity range from 5kg to 500kg
makes the weighing of small vessels Fully Approved
possible. The stainless steel design,
hermetic sealing and IP68/IP69K
protection provides the best reliability
The MTB is approved for use in various applications in
in these applications. Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else in
the world. If an approval is required, the MTB probably
already complies. If ever needed for hazardous areas
later, the MTB is already prepared.
SWB505 MultiMount™
Weigh Module The MTB load cell features:
With the optional SWB505 MultiMount™
weigh module METTLER TOLEDO • OIML C3, C6, NTEP IIIM 5,000d and IIIS 3,000d
provides a complete solution for vessel approvals
weighing in harsh environments.
MultiMount™ is available in zinc plated • ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals
and stainless steel version. • FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals for USA & Canada
• Stainless steel
• Hermetically sealed design
Hermetically Sealed • IP68/IP69K protection class
MTB load cells are made from stainless
• All approvals standard on every Load Cell
steel and hermetically sealed by laser
welding. This protects the load cell from
damp for the best stability and measuring
performance.
80
MTB Load Cell Specifications
Parameter Unit of measure Specification

Model No. MTB
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 5 (11) 10 (22) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (441) 300 (661) 500 (1102)
Rated Output mV/V @R.C. 2 ± 0.1%
Zero load Output %R.C. ≤1
Combined Error 1), 2) %R.C. C3: ≤ 0.018 / C6: ≤ 0.012
Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) C3: ≤ 0.01 / C6: ≤ 0.005
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. ≤ 0.05 5) C3: ≤ 0.017 / C6: ≤ 0.008
Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. – C3: ≤ 0.017 / C6: ≤ 0.008
Temperature Min Dead load Output %R.C./°C (../°F) C3: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) / C6: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006)
Effect on Sensitivity 2) %A.L./°C (../°F) C3: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) / C6: ≤ 0.0005 (0.0003)
Compensated –10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Temperature
Operating °C (°F) –40 ~ +65 (–40 ~ +150)
Range
Safe Storage –40 ~ +80 (–40 ~ +176)
Number, OIML / Europe – R60/2000-NL 1-05.18 / NMi TC6035
Class – C3 C6 C3 / C6 C3
n max – 3000 6000 3000 / 6000 3000
OIML / European Y – 12000
Approval 4) P LC – 0.7
Humidity Symbol – none
Min. dead load kg (lb) – 0 (0)
Z – 3000 6000 3000 / 6000 3000
Barometric Pressure Effect Vmin/kPa – none
Number 06-045
Class IIIS / III M
NTEP Approval 4) n max 3000 / 5000
V min kg (lb) R.C. / 12000
Min. dead load kg (lb) 0 (0)
Number KEMA 05ATEX1178 X / KEMA 05ATEX1179
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 / II 2 D ibD 21 IP6X T 135°C
ATEX Approval 4) Rating
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 / II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4 / II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP6X T 135°C
Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, Ii = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0.2 nF/m 6), Li = 1µH/m 6)
Number IECEx DEK 16.0031X
IECEx Approval 4) Rating Ex ib IIC T4 Gb, Ex ib IIIC T135°C Db, Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc, Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, li = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0.2nF/m, Li = 1müH/m / Un = 25V
Number, USA / Canada 3005885 / 3025753C
IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4
Rating, USA
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / S / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Factory Mutual IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4
Rating, Canada
Approval 4) NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / DIP / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Entity Parameters Vmax = 25V, Imax = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0, Li = 0
System Drawing No, USA 72184367
System Drawing No, CDN 72189337
Recommended 5-15
Excitation Voltage V AC/DC
Maximum 20
Terminal Excitation ≥ 383
Ω
Resistance Output 350 ± 1
Insulation Resistance @50VDC MΩ > 5000
Breakdown Voltage V AC > 500
Spring Element stainless steel
Enclosure 316 stainless steel
Material
Cable entry fitting 304 stainless steel
Cable PVC
Type welded
Protection IP Rating IP68/IP69K
NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Safe Side Load %R.C. 100
Safe Dynamic Load %R.C. 70
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. >1,000,000
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.25 (0.01) 0.36 (0.014) 0.43 (0.017) 0.59 (0.023)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.6 (1.3)
Length m (ft) 3 (9.8); 5 (16.4)
Cable Length
Diameter mm (in) 5.8 (0.23)
Grade 8.8 (grade 5) or 10.9 (grade 8)
M8x1.25 (5/16-18 UNC) M10x1.5
Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in)
(3 ⁄ 8-16 UNC)
Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 15 (13) 20 (14.5)
Dimensions TB601173
Drawing No.
To-Scale TA601199
1) Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis
2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
3) A.L. = Applied Load
4) See certificate for complete information.
5) 60 minutes
6) / m Load Cell Cable
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - MTB Load Cell 81

45 [1.77]
45 [1.77]
MTB Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
Ø 34 [1.34]
20 [0.79]20 [0.79]
20 [0.79]20 [0.79]
45 [1.77]
Ø 34 [1.34] Ø 34 [1.34]
20 [0.79]
20 [0.79]
2–Ø 8.2 [0.32]
123 [4.84]
Ø 11 [0.44] for 500kg
2–Ø 8.2 [0.32]
123 [4.84]
Ø 11 [0.44] for 500kg
2–Ø 8.2 [0.32]
2–Ø 8.2 [0.32]

2–Ø 10.5 [0.41] for 500kg
[1.77] (5,10kg)
123 [4.84] 2–Ø 8.2 [0.32]

Ø 11 [0.44] for 500kg
Ø 26 [1.02]
Ø 42 [1.66]
2–Ø 10.5 [0.41] for 500kg

Ø 45(5,10kg)
Ø 26 [1.02] Ø 26 [1.02]
Ø 42 [1.66] Ø 42 [1.66]
2–Ø 8.2 [0.32]
[0.26] [0.26]
Ø 45 [1.77]
6.6
2–Ø 10.5 [0.41] for 500kg
Ø 45 [1.77] (5,10kg)
6.6
10 [0.39] 82 [3.23] 18 [0.71]
[0.26]
6.6
10 [0.39] 82 [3.23] 18 [0.71]
MTB 5, 10, 20 , 50, 100, 200, 300, 500

10 [0.39] 82 [3.23] 18 [0.71]
MTB 5, 10, 20 , 50, 100, 200, 300, 500
MTB Expansion Kit EK mm [in] MTB Spacer mm [in]

MTB 5, 10, 20 , 50, 100, 200, 300, 500
ø 7[0.28’’]
18.5 [0.73’’]
18 [0.71’’]
44 [1.73’’]
9.5 [0.37’’]
43.7 [1.72’’]
2 – ø 9[ø0.35’’]
27 [1.06’’]
ø 8.2[0.32’’]
82 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - MTB Load Cell

MTB Expansion + Vibration Kit EVK mm [in]
MA
Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70
Capacity Dimensions and Locations

L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 Smax1 Fs max2 Ft3 MA
5–300 kg ø74 M12 17 M8 87 56 40 76 14 ±3 450 N 500 N 20 Nm
[ø2.91] [0.67] [3.43] [2.20] [1.57] [2.99] [0.55] [±0.12] [14.5 lb-ft]
500 kg ø74 M12 17 M10 87 56 40 76 14 ±3 450 N 500 N 20 Nm
[ø2.91] [0.67] [3.43] [2.20] [1.57] [2.99] [0.55] [±0.12] [14.5 lb-ft]
1) Max lateral displacement 2) Max lateral force at Smax 3) Max Tension Force
MTB Foot Kit FTK mm [in]
MA
+4[0.16]
+4[0.16]

L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 MA
5–300 kg ø80 M12 M8 21 76 16 32 64 20 Nm
[ø3.15] [0.83] [2.99] [0.63] [1.26] [2.52] [14.5 ft–lb]
500 kg ø80 M12 M10 21 76 16 32 64 20 Nm
[ø3.15] [0.83] [2.99] [0.63] [1.26] [2.52] [14.5 ft–lb]
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - MTB Load Cell 83

H4 H3
H
MTB Base Plate Kit BPK mm [in]
L1
L3 L2
W2
W1
4 – øD
MA
Materials: Stainless steel
H1
H2
H4 H3
L1
L3 L1 L2L2 L3 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D MACS 1 MASS 2
5–300 kg 165 145 10 102 82 56.5 51.2 18.5 12.7 10 17Nm 17Nm
[6.5] [5.7] [0.] [4.0] [3.2] [2.22] [2.02] [0.73] [0.5] [0.4] [12.5lb–ft] [12.5lb–ft]
1 Torque carbon steel version
2 Torque steinless steel version
W2
W1
4 – øD
84 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - MTB Load Cell

MTB Load Cell Order Information
Order Information Item No., Load Cell Item No., Options

Cable, Material / Length Expansion Base Plate Kit Expansion+Vibr
Rated Capacity Class Spacer Foot Kit FTK
PVC / 3 m (9.8 ft) PVC / 5 m (16.4 ft) Kit EK BPK, 304 Kit EVK
5kg / 11lb 0.05% 71209934 72208033
10kg / 22lb C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71209642 72208034
20kg / 44lb C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71201556 72208035
30kg / 66lb C6 30212721 30226939
C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71201557 72208036
50kg / 110lb
C6 30212722 30226940
30265375 30265376 30265368 72208678 72208680
C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71201558 72208037
100kg / 220lb
C6 30212723 30226941
C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71201559 72208038
200kg / 441lb
C6 31212724 30226942
C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71201560 72208039
300kg / 661lb
C6 30212725 30226943
500kg / 1102lb C3 / III S n:3 / III M n:5 71209472 72208040 – – – 72208679 72208681
MTB Load Cell Cable Colours

Colour Function
Green + Excitation
Black – Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense
Blue – Sense
Yellow (Long) Shield
Global Approvals Weighing Electronics

The MTB is provided with all listed approvals. No need to think METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
about options and additional charges. Simplifies the conduct of weighing to application solutions for filling, stock control, batching,
global business, order processing and service-part stocking. formulation, counting, checkweighing.
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099191
85
Global Usage
0745A Load Cell
Fully Approved for Accuracy and Safety
Floor Scales
Use the 0745A load cell in platform
and floor scales. Due to the hermetic
welded design the 0745A is ideal for
harsh environments in process and
food applications. The full set of appro-
vals provides maximum applicability
and safety in these applications.
Tank Weighing
The capacity range from 110kg to 4.4t
allows the weighing of tanks and silos. 0745A Beam Load Cell
The stainless steel design, hermetic Fully Approved
sealing and IP68 protection provides
the best reliability in tank and hopper
weighing applications in harsh envi- The 0745A is approved for use in various applications
ronments in process and food appli-
in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else
cations.
in the world. If an approval is required, the 0745A
probably already complies. Even if needed for hazardous
MultiMount™ areas later, the 0745A is already prepared.
Weigh Module
The optional METTLER TOLEDO
MultiMount™ weigh module allows one 0745A beam load cell features:
to convert an existing system into a • OIML C3/C6 and NTEP III M 5000/10000 approvals
precise weighing system. It is ideal for
applications such as tank scales, belt • ATEX/IECEx Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals
scales and conveyor scales. Available • FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals for USA & Canada
in zinc plated steel or stainless steel.
• Stainless steel
Hermetically Sealed • IP68, IP69K protection class
0745A load cells are made from stain-
less steel and hermetically sealed by
laser welding. This protects the load
cell from damp for the best stability and
measuring performance.
86
0745A Load Cell Specifications

Model No. 0745A
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 110 (250) 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000)
mV/V @R.C.-kg 0.970 ± 0.2% 1.940 ± 0.1%
Rated Output
mV/V @R.C.-lb 1.000 ± 0.2% 2.000 ± 0.1%
Zero load Output %R.C. ≤2 ≤1
Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.03 C3: ≤ 0.018 / C6: ≤ 0.012
Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) ≤ 0.01 C3: ≤ 0.01 / C6: ≤ 0.005
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. ≤ 0.03 C3: ≤ 0.017 / C6: ≤ 0.008
Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. ≤ 0.03 C3: ≤ 0.017 / C6: ≤ 0.008
Min. Dead load Output %R.C./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0027 (0.0015) C3: ≤ 0.0013 (0.0007) / C6: ≤ 0.0013 (0.0007)
Sensitivity 2) %A.L./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0014 (0.0008) C3: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) / C6: ≤ 0.0005 (0.0003)
Compensated -10 to +40 (+14 to +104)
Temperature Range Operating °C (°F) -40 to +65 (-40 to +150)
Safe Storage -40 to +80 (-40 to +176)
Number, OIML / Europe R60/2000-NL1-09.07 / NMi TC2154
Class C3 / C6
nmax 3000 / 6000
Y 11000
OIML / European
PLC – 0.7
Approval 4)
Humidity Symbol none
Z 3000 / 6000
Barometric Pressure Effect Vmin/kPa none
Number 92-108
Class III M / III M
NTEP Approval 4) nmax – 5000 / 10000
Vmin kg (lb) 0.022 (0.05) 0.056 (0.125) 0.114 (0.25) 0.227 (0.50) 0.454 (1.0)
Number KEMA 03ATEX1069 / KEMA 03ATEX1070
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb / II 2 D Ex ia IIIC T100°C Db
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc / II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc / II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Entity Parameters Ui/Un = 25V, Ii = 600mA, Pi =1.25W, Ci = 5nF, Li = 30µH
Number IECEx DEK 15.0017
Ex ia IIC T4 Gb / Ex ia IIIC T100°C Db
IECEx Approval 4) Rating
Ex ic IIC T4 Gc / Ex nA IIC T4 Gc / Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, Ii = 600mA, Pi =1.25W, Ci = 5nF, Li = 30µH / Un = 25V, Ci = 5 nF
IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4
Rating, USA
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / S / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Factory Mutual IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4
Rating, Canada
Approval 4) NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / DIP / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Entity Parameters Vmax = 25V, Imax = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0, Li = 29µH
System Drawing No, USA 158574R, 42111392
System Drawing No, Canada 30062229
Recommended C3: 5 ~ 15 / C6: 5 ~ 10
Max. 15
Excitation 384 ± 10
Terminal Resistance Ω
Output 350 ± 2
Material
Cable Polyurethane (PU) & FEP
Type welded
Protection IP Rating IP68, IP69K
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Safe Side Load 5) %R.C. 100
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.11 (0.004) 0.21 (0.008) 0.23 (0.009) 0.31 (0.012) 0.50 (0.02) 0.82 (0.032)
Overload Protection yes no
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.9 (2) 1.3 (2.9) 2 (4.4)
Length m (ft) PU: 2 (6.6), 3 (9.8), 5 (16.4), 10 (32.8) / FEP: 3 (9.8), 5 (16.4), 10 (32.8)
Cable Length
Diameter mm (in) PU: 5.2 (0.2) / FEP: 5.3 (0.21)
Grade 10.9 (Grade 8)
M18x1.5
Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M12 (1/2-13 UNC)
(3/4-10 UNC)
Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 98 (70) 270 (200)
Dimensions 30214325
Drawing No.
To-Scale 30214326
1)
Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and 3)
A.L. = Applied Load
hysteresis 4)
See certificate for complete information.
2)
Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined 5)
Protect mounting screws from shear.
Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply
with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - 0745A Beam Load Cell 87

D (2x)
D1
0745A Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [in]

W1
D (2x)
D1
L4 D2
L3
W1
W Detail A
L2
H1
L4 D2
L3
L
4 Detail A
Ø 3 Thru L2
H6
L5
L H
H5 H4 H1
H3
Ø 3 Thru
L5 L1 H6
H2
L5
H
H1
H3
L5 L1
H6 (GAP) Notes:
- Dimensions are in mm [inches]
- Overload stop on 110 kg–1100 kg [250–2500 lb] only.
Dimensions and locations

Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 W W1
110–550 kg 13.0 22.2 15.9 30.2 1.8 17.3 16 4.8 7.9 0.38 133.4 57.7 101.6 25.4 15.4 6.4 30.7 6.48
[250–1250 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.19] [0.07] [0.68] [0.63] [0.19] [0.31] [0.015] [5.25] [2.27] [4.00] [1.00] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.26]
1100 kg 13.0 22.2 15.9 30.2 1.8 17.3 16 4.8 7.9 0.51 133.4 57.7 101.6 25.4 15.4 6.4 30.7 6.48
[2500 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.19] [0.07] [0.68] [0.63] [0.19] [0.31] [0.02] [5.25] [2.27] [4.00] [1.00] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.26]
0745A
2200 kg 13.0 22.2 15.9 36.6 4 22.9 20.3 9.5 12.7 4 136.6 57.9 101.6 25.4 18.4 36.7 6.48
[5000 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.44] [0.16] [0.90] [0.80] [0.37] [0.50] [0.16] [5.38] [2.28] [4.00] [1.00] [0.72] [1.44] [0.26]
4400 kg 19.3 34.9 22.2 42.9 2.3 20 29.3 11 17.4 2.3 171.5 73.8 133.3 38.1 21.5 42.9 6.48
[10 000 lb] [0.76] [1.38] [0.88] [1.69] [0.09] [0.79] [1.16] [0.43] [0.68] [0.09] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.26]
88 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - 0745A Beam Load Cell

0745A Foot Kit FTK mm [in]
+4[0.16]
+4[0.16]
A
H1

L L1 H H1 H2 H3
110 kg–1.1 t ø50 ø15 66.8 54.3 24.2 9
[ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35]
2.2 t ø50 ø15 66.5 54.3 24.2 9
[ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35]
4.4 t ø70 ø15 91.2 80 38.5 17
[ø2.76] [ø0.59] [3.59] [3.15] [1.52] [0.67]
0745A Expansion Kit EK mm [in]
Materials: Stainless steel, Polyethylene foam

L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 Smax*
110 kg–1.1 t ø50 34 M8 ø15 59.6 47.1 24 14 ±3 mm
[ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.35] [1.85] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12]
2.2 t ø50 34 M8 ø15 63.5 52.3 24 14 ±3 mm
[ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.50] [2.06] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12]
4.4 t ø60 45 M10 ø21.5 73.6 62.4 28 17 ±3 mm
[ø2.36] [1.77] [ø0.85] [2.90] [2.46] [1.10] [0.67] [±0.12]
* Max lateral displacement
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - 0745A Beam Load Cell 89

0745A Expansion + Vibration Kit EVK mm [in]
Smax
Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70, Polyethylene foam

D L L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 SHmax* SVmax** Max. Side load ratings
110 kg–1.1 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø15 58 56.6 44.1 21.5 5 ±2.8 mm 1 mm 2100N
[ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.23] [1.74] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.11] [0.04]
2.2 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø15 58 60.5 49.3 21.5 5 ±3 mm 1.6 mm 2400N
[ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.38] [1.94] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] [0.07]
4.4 t
1
Washerø11 ø100 MAø72 ø21.5 76 75.6 64.4 30 10 ±3 mm 2.2 mm 2800N
[ø0.43] [ø3.94] [ø2.83] [ø0.85] [2.99] [2.98] [2.54] [1.18] [0.39] [±0.12] [0.09]
* Max lateral displacement ** Max vertical displacement incl. load cell
0745A Base Plate Kit BPK mm [in]
1
Washer
MA
Materials: Stainless steel or zinc plated steel

L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D 2
MACS 3
MASS
110 kg–1.1 t 15.88
[250–2500 lb] 177.9 152.4 12.7 114.4 89.0 72.6 65.1 19.1 [0.625] 11.2 98Nm 98Nm
2.2 t [7.00] [6.00] [0.50] [4.50] [3.50] [2.86] [2.56] [0.75] 12.7 [0.44] [72lb–ft] [72lb–ft]
[5000 lb] [0.5]
4.4 t 235.0 184.2 25.4 152.4 101.6 105.0 90.5 25.4 22.2 17.5 270Nm 270Nm
[10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1.00] [6.00] [4.00] [4.13] [3.56] [1.00] [0.87] [0.69] [200lb–ft] [200lb–ft]
1
Two washers only for 4.4t
2
Torque carbon steel version
3
Torque stainless steel version
90 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - 0745A Beam Load Cell

0745A Load Cell Order Information
Cable Material and Length

Rated Capacity Class PU 2m (6.6ft) PU 3m (10ft) PU 5m (16.6ft) PU 10m (33ft) FEP 3m (10ft) FEP 5m (16.6ft) FEP 10m (33ft)
110kg/250lb 0.03% 30129790 30129729 30129791 30129792 30129793 30129794 30129795
220kg/500lb C3/N5K 30091034 30129604 30091046 30094384 42111204 30094412 30094432
220kg/500lb C6/N10K 30091035 30129605 30091047 30094385 42111205 30094413 30094433
550kg/1.25klb C3/N5K 30091038 30129606 30091050 30094388 42111224 30094416 30094436
550kg/1.25klb C6/N10K 30091039 30129607 30091051 30094389 42111225 30094417 30094437
1.1t/2.5klb C3/N5K 30091042 30129608 30091054 30094392 42111244 30094420 30094440
1.1t/2.5klb C6/N10K 30091043 30129609 30091055 30094393 42111245 30094421 30094441
2.2t/5klb C3/N5K 30091026 30039031 30039033 30094396 30094404 30094424 30094444
2.2t/5klb C6/N10K 30091027 30039032 30039034 30094397 30094405 30094425 30094445
4.4t/10klb C3/N5K 30091030 30039041 30039043 30094400 30094408 30094428 30094448
4.4t/10klb C6/N10K 30091031 30039042 30039044 30094401 30094409 30094429 30094449
0745A Load Cell Options 0745A Load Cell

Cable Colours
Item No.
Rated Capacity Base Plate Kit Base Plate Kit Expansion Kit Expansion + Vibr Foot Kit FTK Adapter, Conduit Colour Function
BPK, CS BPK, 304 EK Kit EVK Green + Excitation
110kg/250lb Black – Excitation
White + Signal
220kg/500lb
30265369 30265370 Red – Signal
550kg/1250lb 72208662 72208670 72208674
30095581 Yellow Shield*
1100kg/2500lb
* Connected to Spring Element
2200kg/5000lb 30265371 30265372
4400kg/10000lb 30265373 30265374 72208663 72208671 72208675

The 0745A is provided with all listed approvals. No need to think METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099791
91
Global Usage
SLB215 Load Cell
No Compromise on Performance
Floor Scales
Use the SLB215 load cell in platform
and floor scales. With threaded load-
introduction hole, the load cell can
be used with a threaded foot for easy
levelling. Due to the hermetic welded
design reliability in most industrial en-
vironments is guaranteed. The full set of
approvals provides maximum applica-
bility and safety in these applications.
Tank Weighing
The capacity range from 220kg to 4.4t SLB215 Beam Load Cells
allows the weighing of tanks, hoppers
and silos. Various accessories are
Easy Integration with Threaded Load
available to ease installation and to Introduction
ensure good performance
The SLB215 is approved for use in various applica-

tions in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere
else in the world. If an approval is required, the
Hermetically Sealed SLB215 probably already complies.
SLB215 load cells are made from
nickel plated tool steel but are her-
metically sealed, something normally Every SLB215 beam load cell features:
available only on higher end stainless • Threaded load introduction hole
models. This protects the load cell from
• OIML C3 and NTEP III M 5,000d approvals
damp for the best stability and measu-
ring performance. (up to 2.2t)
• ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals
• FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals
Accessories • Nickel plated steel
The optional accessories for proper • Hermetically sealed design
load introduction guarantee the optimal
performance in conjunction with
• IP67 protection class
thermal expansion and vibration.
92
SLB215 Load Cell Specifications

Model No. SLB215
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000)
mV/V @R.C. - kg 1.940 ± 0.002
Rated Output
mV/V @R.C. - lb 2.000 ± 0.002
Zero load Output %R.C. ≤ 1.0
Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.03
Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) ≤ 0.01 ≤ 0.02
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. ≤ 0.0167 ≤ 0.0167
Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. ≤0.0167 ≤ 0.0167
Min. Dead load Output %R.C./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0023 (0.0013)
Sensitivity 2) %A.L./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005) ≤ 0.002 (0.001)
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Temperature Range Operating °C (°F) -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL1-13.19
European Cert. No. TC8311
Class C3 C1
nmax 3000 1000
OIML / European
Y 6000
Approval 4) PLC 0.7
Min. dead load kg (lb) 0.4 (0.88)
Z 3000 1000
Number 13-081
Class III M
NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000 1600
Vmin kg (lb) 0.037 (0.08) 0.092 (0.20) 0.183 (0.40) 0.367 (0.81) 0.73 (1.62)
Number, cat. 2 DEKRA 13ATEX0081
Rating II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T100°C Db
ATEX Approval 4) II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Ta: -40°C to +60°C
Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0.2nF/m (5), Li=1µH/m (5)
Number, USA 3005885
IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Ta =50°C
Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Ta = 50°C
Factory Mutual Approval 4)
S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Ta = 50°C
Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=0
Recommended V DC 5~15
Excitation Voltage
Max. 20
Terminal Resistance Excitation 382±4
Ω
Output 350±1
Insulation Resistance @50VDC MΩ >5000
Breakdown Voltage V AC >500
Spring Element Alloy Steel
Material
Cable PVC
Finish nickel plated
Type welded
Protection IP Rating IP67
NEMA Rating NEMA 6
Safe %R.C. 150
Load Limit
Ultimate 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. > 1,000,000
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.14 (0.005) 0.23 (0.009) 0.26 (0.01) 0.37(0.015) 0.6(0.024)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1 (2.2) 1.4 (3.1) 2.4 (5.3)
Length m (ft) 3, 5,10 (9.8, 16.4, 32.8)
Cable
Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kPa (lb/in.Hg) none
Size/thread mm (in) M12 (1/2-13 UNC) M20 (3/4-10 UNC)
Mounting Screw
Engaged Length mm (in) -
Dimensions 30076301
Drawing No. 2D 30094485
3D 30094486
2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44
5) /m Load Cell Cable
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB215 Beam Load Cells 93

SLB215 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
L 20 Notes:
Notes:
1) - Dimensionsareareininmm
Dimensions mm[inch]
[in]
2) - Cable length 3m, 5m, 10m
Ø D2 Cable length 3m, 5m, 10m
- Overload
3) Overload stoponon220-1100kg
stop 220-1100kg
1/4–18 NPT
[500-2500lb]only
[500-2500lb] only
H2
H
H3
Detail A
Detail A Ø D1
H1
H1
H6
L5 L1
Ø D (2x)
H6
W
L5
L3
W1
L4 L2

Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H6 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 W W1
SLB215 220–1100 kg 13.0 12.5 M12 30.2 1.8 20 16.0 0.48 133.4 56.5 101.6 25.4 15.4 6.4 30.7 6.5
[500–2500 lb] [0.51] [0.49] [1.19] [0.07] [0.79] [0.63] [0.02] [5.25] [2.22] [4.00] [1.00] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.26]
SLB215 2200 kg 13.0 12.5 M12 36.6 2.6 20 19.6 2.6 136.7 55.6 101.6 25.4 18.4 36.8 6.0
[5000 lb] [0.51] [0.49] [1.44] [0.10] [0.79] [0.77] [0.10] [5.38] [2.19] [4.00] [1.00] [0.72] [1.45] [0.24]
SLB215 4400 kg 20.5 22.2 M20 42.9 2.5 20 22.7 2.5 171.5 73.8 133.4 38.1 21.4 42.9 6.0
[10 000 lb] [0.81] [0.87] [1.69] [0.10] [0.79] [0.89] [0.10] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.24]
94 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB215 Beam Load Cells

SLB215 Foot Kit FTKT mm [in]
H
D
H4
H1
A A
H2
H3
A-A
R
L
Notes:
Dimensions are in mm [inch]
1)

L1

L L1 D H H1 H2 H3 H4 R W
Model Capacity min max min max
FTKT 220–1100 kg Ø50 101.6 M12 60 72 29.8 41.8 18.2 9 58.2 7.5 12.8
[500–2500 lb] [Ø1.97] [4.00] [2.36] [2.84] [1.17] [1.65] [0.72] [0.35] [2.29] [0.30] [0.50]
FTKT 2200 kg Ø50 101.6 M12 66.4 78.4 29.8 41.8 18.2 9 58.2 7.5 12.8
[5000 lb] [Ø1.97] [4.00] [2.61] [3.09] [1.17] [1.65] [0.72] [0.35] [2.29] [0.30] [0.50]
FTKT 4400 kg Ø70 133.4 M20 91 110 48.1 67.1 29.5 17 87.5 10 20.8
[10 000 lb] [Ø2.76] [5.25] [3.58] [4.33] [1.89] [2.64] [1.16] [0.67] [3.44] [0.39] [0.82]

SLB215 Expansion + Vibration Kit EVKT mm [in]
L A-A
R
L3 L1 4 - Ø D1 L LL A-A
A-A A-A
H3
H3
H3
R RR
L3 L3L3 L1 L1L1 4 - Ø44
-Ø
D1- ØD1
D1
H2
H2
H2
W
A AA A AA
H1
H1
H1
W WW
D3 D3
D3
H4
H4
H4
L1
H
H
H
L1
L1
L1
L
L
L
Ø D2
L3
Ø D2ØØD2
D2
L2
L3
L3
L3
L2 L2L2
Notes:
Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70 Dimensions are in mm [inch]
1)
Notes:
Notes:
Notes:
Dimensions
1)
Dimensions
1)1)
Dimensions
are in
are
are
mm
ininmm
[inch]
mm[inch]
[inch]

D1 D2 D3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 L2 L3 R W S HMAX* SVMAX** Max. Side
load
Model Capacity min max min max ratings
EVKT 220–1100 kg Ø9 Ø60 M12 63 75 32.8 44.8 21.5 4.5 61.5 80 58 101.6 11 7.5 12.8 ±3 1 2100N
[500–2500 lb] [Ø0.35] [Ø2.36] [2.48] [2.95] [1.29] [1.76] [0.85] [0.18] [2.42] [3.15] [2.28] [4.00] [0.43] [0.30] [0.50] [±0.12] [0.04]
EVKT 2200 kg Ø9 Ø60 M12 69.4 81.4 32.8 44.8 21.5 4.5 61.5 80 58 101.6 11 7.5 12.8 ±3 1.6 2400N
[5000 lb] [Ø0.35] [Ø2.36] [2.48] [2.95] [1.29] [1.76] [0.85] [0.18] [2.42] [3.15] [2.28] [4.00] [0.43] [0.30] [0.50] [±0.12] [0.07]
EVKT 4400 kg Ø11 Ø72 M20 91 110 48.1 67.1 29.5 9.5 87.5 100 76 133.4 12 10 20.8 ±3 2.2 2800N
1
Washer
[10 000 lb] [Ø0.43] [Ø2.83]MA [3.58] [4.33] [1.89] [2.64] [1.16] [0.37] [3.44] [3.94] [2.99] [5.25] [0.47] [0.39] [0.82] [±0.12] [0.09]
* Max Lateral displacement
** Max vertical displacement incl. load cell
SLB215 Base Plate Kit BPK mm [in]
1
Washer
MA
Materials: Zinc plated steel

L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D 2
MACS 3
MASS
110 kg–1.1 t 15.88
[250–2500 lb] 177.9 152.4 12.7 114.4 89.0 72.6 65.1 19.1 [0.625] 11.2 98Nm 98Nm
2.2 t [7.00] [6.00] [0.50] [4.50] [3.50] [2.86] [2.56] [0.75] 12.7 [0.44] [72lb–ft] [72lb–ft]
[5000 lb] [0.5]
4.4 t 235.0 184.2 25.4 152.4 101.6 105.0 90.5 25.4 22.2 17.5 270Nm 270Nm
[10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1.00] [6.00] [4.00] [4.13] [3.56] [1.00] [0.87] [0.69] [200lb–ft] [200lb–ft]
1
2
3

SLB215 Load Cell Order Information SLB215 Load Cell Cable Colours
Description Item No. Colour Function

Load cell, model no. SLB215-220kg (500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72258650 Green + Excitation
Load cell, model no. SLB215-220kg (500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex 72258654 Black – Excitation
Load cell, model no. SLB215-550kg (1250lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72258656 White + Signal
Load cell, model no. SLB215-550kg (1250lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex 72258660 Red – Signal
Load cell, model no. SLB215-1.1t (2500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72258693 Yellow Shield*
Load cell, model no. SLB215-1.1t (2500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex 72258697 * Connected to Spring Element
Load cell, model no. SLB215-2.2t (5000lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72258699
Options
Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 110kg-1.1t (250-2500lb) 30265369
Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 2.2t (5000lb) 30265371
Expansion+Vibr Kit EVKT Stainless Steel 220kg-2.2t (500-5000lb) 30076302
Expansion+Vibr Kit EVKT Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) 30076303
Foot Kit FTKT Stainless Steel 220kg-2.2t (500-5000lb) 30076304
Foot Kit FTKT Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) 30076305

The SLB215 is provided with all listed approvals. No need to think METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30304911
97
Global Usage
SLB415 Load Cell
No Compromise on Performance
Floor Scales
welded design reliability in most indus-
trial environments is guaranteed. The
full set of approvals provides maximum
applicability and safety in these appli-
cations.
Tank Weighing
The capacity range from 110kg to 4.4t SLB415 Beam Load Cells
allows the weighing of tanks, hoppers
and silos. Rocker pin load cell intro- Cost Efficient Solution
duction is ideal for high accuracy and
repeatability. Various accessories to
ease installation are available.
SLB415 probably already complies.
Hermetically Sealed
SLB415 load cells are made from Every SLB415 beam load cell features:
nickel plated tool steel but are her-
metically sealed, something normally • Blind hole load introduction
available only on higher end stainless • OIML C3 and NTEP III M 5,000d approvals
models. This protects the load cell from
damp for the best stability and measu-
ring performance. • FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals
• Nickel plated steel
Accessories • IP67 protection class
The optional accessories for proper
98

Model No. SLB415
mV/V @R.C. - kg 0.970 ± 0.002 1.940 ± 0.002
Rated Output
mV/V @R.C. - lb 1.000 ± 0.002 2.000 ± 0.002
Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.018
Repeatability Error %A.L. 3) ≤ 0.01
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. ≤ 0.0167
Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. ≤0.0167
Sensitivity 2) %A.L./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005)
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL1-13.19
Class C3
OIML / European nmax 3000
Y 6000
Approval 4)
PLC 0.7
Min. dead load kg (lb) 0.4 (0.88)
Z 3000
Number 13-081
Class III M
NTEP Approval 4) nmax 5000
Vmin kg (lb) 0.018 (0.04) 0.037 (0.08) 0.092 (0.20) 0.183 (0.40) 0.367 (0.81) 0.733 (1.62)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T100°C Db
ATEX Approval 4) II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Rating
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ta: -40°C to +60°C
Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0.2nF/m (5), Li=1µH/m (5)
Number, USA 3005885
IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Ta =50°C
Rating NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 Ta = 50°C
S / II,III / 2 / FG / T6 Ta = 50°C
Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=0, Li=0
Recommended 5~15
Excitation Voltage V DC
Max. 20
Excitation 382±4
Output 350±1
Spring Element Alloy Steel
Material
Cable PVC
Finish nickel plated
Type welded
NEMA Rating NEMA 6
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. > 1,000,000
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.07 (0.003) 0.14 (0.005) 0.23 (0.009) 0.26 (0.01) 0.37 (0.015) 0.6 (0.024)
Length m (ft) 2, 3, 5,10 (6.6, 9.8, 16.4, 32.8)
Cable
Size/thread mm (in) M12 (1/2-13 UNC) M18 (3/4-10 UNC)
Mounting Screw
Engaged Length mm (in) –
Dimensions 30106055
Drawing No. 2D 30094487
3D 30094488
2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44
4) See certificate for complete information
5) /m Load Cell Cable

SLB415 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
Notes:
1)
Overload stop on 110–1100 kg
D1 Notes:
[250–2500lb]
- Dimensions are in mm [in]
D (2x) 2)
Dimensions are in mm [inches]
- Overload stop on 110-1100kg
[250-2500lb] only
1/4–18 NPT, all capacities
W C
L
W1
Detail A
D2 L3
L4 L2
H6 (GAP) H1
L
Ø 3 [0.118] Thru L5
H5 H4
H2
H
H3
H6 (GAP) H1
L5 L1
See detail A

Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 1) L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 1) W W1
SLB415 110–1100 kg 13.0 22.2 15.9 30.2 1.8 17.3 16 4.5 7.9 0.38 133.4 57.7 101.6 25.4 15.4 6.4 30.7 6.1
[250–2500 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.19] [0.07] [0.68] [0.63] [0.18] [0.31] [0.015] [5.25] [2.27] [4.0] [1.0] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.24]
SLB415 2200 kg 13.0 22.2 15.9 36.6 6 22.9 19.6 9.2 12.7 6 136.6 57.9 101.6 25.4 18.4 36.8 6.1
[5000 lb] [0.51] [0.88] [0.62] [1.44] [0.24] [0.90] [0.77] [0.36] [0.50] [0.24] [5.38] [2.28] [4.0] [1.0] [0.72] [1.45] [0.24]
SLB415 4400 kg 19.3 34.9 22.2 42.9 4.5 29.3 22.6 10.8 17.8 4.5 171.5 73.8 133.4 38.1 21.4 42.9 6.1
[10 000 lb] [0.76] [1.38] [0.88] [1.69] [0.18] [1.16] [0.89] [0.43] [0.70] [0.18] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.24]

SLB415 Foot Kit FTK mm [in]

+4[0.16]
+4[0.16]
Provided with retaining clip

L L1 H H1 H2 H3
110 kg–1.1 t ø50 ø15 66.8 54.3 24.2 9
[250–2500 lb] [ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35]
2.2 t ø50 ø15 66.5 54.3 24.2 9
[5000 lb] [ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35]
4.4 t ø70 ø15 91.2 80 38.5 17
[10,000 lb] [ø2.76] [ø0.59] [3.59] [3.15] [1.52] [0.67]
SLB415 Expansion Kit EK mm [in]

110 kg–1.1 t ø50 34 M8 ø15 59.6 47.1 24 14 ±3 mm
[250–2500 lb] [ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.35] [1.85] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12]
2.2 t ø50 34 M8 ø15 63.5 52.3 24 14 ±3 mm
[5000 lb] [ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.50] [2.06] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12]
4.4 t ø60 45 M10 ø21.5 73.6 62.4 28 17 ±3 mm
[10,000 lb] [ø2.36] [1.77] [ø0.85] [2.90] [2.46] [1.10] [0.67] [±0.12]

SLB415 Expansion + Vibration Kit EVK mm [in]
Smax

110 kg–1.1 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø15 58 56.6 44.1 21.5 5 ±3 mm 1 2100N
[250–2500 lb] [ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.23] [1.74] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] [0.04]
2.2 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø15 58 60.5 49.3 21.5 5 ±3 mm 1.6 2400N
[5000 lb] [ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.38] [1.94] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] [0.07]
4.4 t ø11 ø100 ø72 ø21.5 76 75.6 64.4 30 10 ±3 mm 2.2 2800N
1
Washer
[10,000 lb] [ø0.43] [ø3.94] [ø2.83]
MA [ø0.85] [2.99] [2.98] [2.54] [1.18] [0.39] [±0.12] [0.09]
1
Washer
MA
Materials: Zinc plated steel

L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D 2
MACS 3
MASS
110 kg–1.1 t 15.88
[250–2500 lb] 177.9 152.4 12.7 114.4 89.0 72.6 65.1 19.1 [0.625] 11.2 98Nm 98Nm
2.2 t [7.00] [6.00] [0.50] [4.50] [3.50] [2.86] [2.56] [0.75] 12.7 [0.44] [72lb–ft] [72lb–ft]
[5000 lb] [0.5]
4.4 t 235.0 184.2 25.4 152.4 101.6 105.0 90.5 25.4 22.2 17.5 270Nm 270Nm
[10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1.00] [6.00] [4.00] [4.13] [3.56] [1.00] [0.87] [0.69] [200lb–ft] [200lb–ft]
1
2
3

SLB415 Load Cell Order Information SLB415 Load Cell Cable Colours

Load cell, model no. SLB415-110kg (250lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72260663 Green + Excitation
Load cell, model no. SLB415-110kg (250lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex 30088789 Black – Excitation
Load cell, model no. SLB415-220kg (500lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72260669 White + Signal
Load cell, model no. SLB415-220kg (500lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex 30088790 Red – Signal
Load cell, model no. SLB415-550kg (1250lb) C3 5m (16.4ft) Ex 72260687 Yellow Shield*
Load cell, model no. SLB415-550kg (1250lb) C3 10m (32.8ft) Ex 30088791 * Connected to Spring Element
Options
Base Plate Kit BPK Carbon Steel 110kg-1.1t (250-2500lb) 30265369
Expansion Kit EK Stainless Steel 110kg-2.2t (250-5000lb) 72208662
Expansion Kit EK Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) 72208663
Expansion+Vibr Kit EVK Stainless Steel 110kg-2.2t (250-5000lb) 72208670
Expansion+Vibr Kit EVK Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) 72208671
Foot Kit FTK Stainless Steel 110kg-2.2t (250-5000lb) 72208674
Foot Kit FTK Stainless Steel 4.4t (10000lb) 72208675

Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30304906
103
Global Usage
SLB515 Load Cell
Fully Approved for Accuracy and Safety
Floor Scales
welded design the SLB515 is ideal for
harsh environments in process and
food applications. The full set of appro-
vals provides maximum applicability
and safety in these applications.
SLB515 Beam Load Cell

Tank Weighing
The capacity range from 110kg to 4.4t Fully Approved
allows the weighing of tanks and silos.
The stainless steel design, hermetic
sealing and IP68/IP69K protection
provides the best reliability in tank and tions in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere
hopper weighing applications in harsh else in the world. If an approval is required, the
environments in process and food
applications. SLB515 probably already complies. Even if needed for
hazardous areas later, the SLB515 is already prepared.
Hermetically Sealed SLB515 beam load cell features:

SLB515 load cells are made from
stainless steel and hermetically • Threaded load introduction
sealed by laser welding. This protects • OIML C3 and NTEP III M 5K approval
the load cell from damp for the best
stability and measuring performance. • ATEX Zone1/2 and 21/22 approvals
• FM Class I,II,III Div 1&2 approvals for USA & Canada
• Stainless steel
• IP68, IP69K protection class
Accessories
The optional accessories for proper
104
Parameter Unit of Measure Specification

Model No. SLB515
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb) 110 (250) 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000)
mV/V @R.C.-kg 0.970 ± 0.2% 1.940 ± 0.1%
Rated Output
mV/V @R.C.-lb 1.000 ± 0.2% 2.000 ± 0.1%
Zero load Output %R.C. ≤2 ≤1
Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.026
Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. ≤ 0.017
≤ 0.0032 ≤ 0.0016
Min. Dead load Output %R.C./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0013 (0.0007) ≤ 0.0016 (0.0009)
(0.0018) (0.0009)
≤ 0.002
(0.0001)
Number, OIML Cert. No. TBD / TC8758
Class C3 C1
nmax 3000 1000
Vmin g 25 50 100 250 500
OIML / European
PLC – 0.7
Approval 4)
Humidity Symbol CH
Min. dead load kg 0
Z 3000 1000
Barometric Pressure Effect none
Number 15-052
Class III M
NTEP Approval 4) nmax – 5000 1600
Vmin lb 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 1
Min. dead load lb 0
Number, cat. 2 / cat. 3 DEKRA 13ATEX0081 / DEKRA 13ATEX0082
Rating, cat. 2 II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb / II 2 D Ex ib IIIC T100°C Db
ATEX Approval 4)
Rating, cat. 3 II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc / II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc / II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Entity Parameters Ui/Un = 20V, Ii = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0.2nF/m (5), Li = 1µH/m (5)
Rating, USA
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6; S / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
FM Approval,
USA / Canada 4) Rating, Canada
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6; DIP / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Entity Parameters Vmax = 20V, Imax = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0, Li = 0
System Drawing No 30136756
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Excitation 382 ± 4
Output 350 ± 1
Material
Cable Polyurethane (PU)
Type welded
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.14 (0.005) 0.23 (0.009) 0.26 (0.01) 0.37 (0.015) 0.6 (0.024)
Length m (ft) 3 (9.8), 5 (16.4), 10 (32.8)
Cable
M20
Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M12 (1/2-13 UNC)
(3/4-10 UNC)
Torque, nominal Nm (ft-lb) 120 (100) 380 (220)
Dimensions 30136761
Drawing No.
To-Scale 30136762
1)
Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis 3)
A.L. = Applied Load
2)
Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error 4)
and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the require- 5)
(5)/m Load Cell Cable
ments of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB515 Beam Load Cell 105

W1
SLB515
D2 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
L3 L ~20
ø D2 L ~20 Detail A
L2 ø D2
H2 H1
H
H2 L H3
H
Detail A ø D1 H3
Ø 3 Thru
H6 L5 H1 L1 H6
Detail A ø D1
H6 L5 H1 L1 L5
H
H1
H3
L1
ø D (2x) Notes:
- Dimensions are in mm [in]
ø D (2x) - Cable length 3m, 5m, 10m.
- Overload stop on 220 kg–1100 kg
W [500–2500 lb] only.
W
L3
L4 L2 W1
L3
L4 L2 W1

Model Capacity D (2x) D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H6 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 W W1
220–1100 kg 13.0 12.5 30.2 1.8 20 16.0 0.48 133.4 56.5 101.6 25.4 15.4 6.4 30.7 6.5
M12
[500–2500 lb] [0.51] [0.49] [1.19] [0.07] [0.79] [0.63] [0.02] [5.25] [2.22] [4.00] [1.00] [0.61] [0.25] [1.21] [0.26]
2200 kg 13.0 12.5 36.6 2.6 20 19.6 2.6 136.7 55.6 101.6 25.4 18.4 36.8 6.0
SLB515 M12 –
[5000 lb] [0.51] [0.49] [1.44] [0.10] [0.79] [0.77] [0.10] [5.38] [2.19] [4.00] [1.00] [0.72] [1.45] [0.24]
4400 kg 20.5 22.2 42.9 2.5 20 22.7 2.5 171.5 53.8 133.4 38.1 21.4 42.9 6.0
M20 –
[10000 lb] [0.81] [0.87] [1.69] [0.10] [0.79] [0.89] [0.10] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.84] [1.69] [0.24]
106 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB515 Beam Load Cell

SLB515 Foot Kit FTK mm [in]
H
D
H4
H1
A A
H2
H3
A-A
R
L
W Notes:
Dimensions are in mm [in]
Notes: Stainless steel, NBR 70

Materials:
1)
L1

L L1 D H H1 H2 H3 H4 R W
Model Capacity min max min max
FTKT 220–1100 kg Ø50 101.6 M12 60 72 29.8 41.8 18.2 9 58.2 7.5 12.8
[500–2500 lb] [Ø1.97] [4.00] [2.36] [2.84] [1.17] [1.65] [0.72] [0.35] [2.29] [0.30] [0.50]
FTKT 2200 kg Ø50 101.6 M12 66.4 78.4 29.8 41.8 18.2 9 58.2 7.5 12.8
[5000 lb] [Ø1.97] [4.00] [2.61] [3.09] [1.17] [1.65] [0.72] [0.35] [2.29] [0.30] [0.50]
FTKT 4400 kg Ø70 133.4 M20 91 110 48.1 67.1 29.5 17 87.5 10 20.8
[10 000 lb] [Ø2.76] [5.25] [3.58] [4.33] [1.89] [2.64] [1.16] [0.67] [3.44] [0.39] [0.82]
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB515 Beam Load Cell 107

SLB515 Expansion
L + Vibration Kit EVKA-A
mm [in]
R
L3 L1 4 - Ø D1
L LL A-A
A-A A-A
H3
H3
H3
R RR
L3 L3L3 L1 L1L1 4 - Ø44
-Ø
D1- ØD1
D1
W
H2
H2
H2
A AA A AA
H1
H1
H1
W WW
D3 D3
D3
H4
H4
H4
L1
H
H
H
L1
L1
L1
L
L
L
Ø D2
L3
L2 Ø D2ØØD2
D2
L3
L3
L3
Notes:
Notes: L2 L2L2
Dimensions are in mm [in] Materials: Stainless steel, NBR 70
1)
Notes:
Notes:
Notes:
Dimensions
1)
Dimensions
1)1)
Dimensions
are in
are
are
mm
ininmm
[inch]
mm[inch]
[inch]
D1 D2 D3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 L2 L3 R W S HMAX* SVMAX** Max. Side
load
Model Capacity min max min max ratings
EVKT 220–1100 kg Ø9 Ø60 M12 63 75 32.8 44.8 21.5 4.5 61.5 80 58 101.6 11 7.5 12.8 ±3 1 2100N
[500–2500 lb] [Ø0.35] [Ø2.36] [2.48] [2.95] [1.29] [1.76] [0.85] [0.18] [2.42] [3.15] [2.28] [4.00] [0.43] [0.30] [0.50] [±0.12] [0.04]
EVKT 2200 kg Ø9 Ø60 M12 69.4 81.4 32.8 44.8 21.5 4.5 61.5 80 58 101.6 11 7.5 12.8 ±3 1.6 2400N
[5000 lb] [Ø0.35] [Ø2.36] [2.48] [2.95] [1.29] [1.76] [0.85] [0.18] [2.42] [3.15] [2.28] [4.00] [0.43] [0.30] [0.50] [±0.12] [0.07]
EVKT 4400 kg Ø11 Ø72 M20 91 110 48.1 67.1 29.5 9.5 87.5 100 76 133.4 12 10 20.8 ±3 2.2 2800N
1
Washer
[10 000 lb] [Ø0.43] [Ø2.83]
MA [3.58] [4.33] [1.89] [2.64] [1.16] [0.37] [3.44] [3.94] [2.99] [5.25] [0.47] [0.39] [0.82] [±0.12] [0.09]
* Max Lateral displacement
1
Washer
MA
Materials: Stainless steel

L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D 2
MACS 3
MASS
110 kg–1.1 t 15.88
[250–2500 lb] 177.9 152.4 12.7 114.4 89.0 72.6 65.1 19.1 [0.625] 11.2 98Nm 98Nm
2.2 t [7.00] [6.00] [0.50] [4.50] [3.50] [2.86] [2.56] [0.75] 12.7 [0.44] [72lb–ft] [72lb–ft]
[5000 lb] [0.5]
4.4 t 235.0 184.2 25.4 152.4 101.6 105.0 90.5 25.4 22.2 17.5 270Nm 270Nm
[10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1.00] [6.00] [4.00] [4.13] [3.56] [1.00] [0.87] [0.69] [200lb–ft] [200lb–ft]
1
2
3
108 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB515 Beam Load Cell

SLB515 Load Cell Order Information
Order Information Item No., Load Cell Item No., Options

Cable, Material / Length Base Plate Kit BPK, Expansion+
Rated Capacity Class Foot Kit FTKT
PU / 3 m (9.8 ft) PU / 5 m (16.4 ft) PU / 10 m 32.8 ft) 304 Vibr Kit EVKT
110kg / 250lb 0.03% 30101610 30101611 30101612
220kg / 500lb C3/III M n:5 30101616 30101617 30101618
30265370
550kg / 1250lb C3/III M n:5 30101622 30101623 30101624 30076302 30076304
1100kg / 2500lb C3/III M n:5 30101628 30101629 30101630
2200kg / 5000lb C3/III M n:5 30101634 30101635 30101636 30265372
4400kg / 10000lb C1/III M n:1.6 30101640 30101641 30101642 30265374 30076303 30076305
SLB515 Load Cell

Cable Colours
Colour Function
Green + Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow Shield*

Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30249950
109
Superior Accuracy
®
SLB615D POWERCELL
Control Your Process Anytime
Superior Accuracy
SLB615D POWERCELL® provides
extremely high accuracy up to OIML
C10 which is three times better than
usual. The internal yP compensated
environmental impacts on the fly.
Tank Weighing
The capacity range from 220kg to 4.4t
allows the weighing of tanks and silos. SLB615D POWERCELL®
The stainless steel design, hermetic
sealing and IP68/IP69K protection
Know What‘s Ahead
provides the best reliability in tank and
hopper weighing applications. The SLB615D POWERCELL® is approved for use in
various applications in Europe, Asia, America and
almost everywhere else in the world. If an approval is
required, the SLB615D POWERCELL® already complies.
PowerMountTM Weigh
Module
The optional METTLER TOLEDO Every SLB615D beam load cell features:
PowerMountTM weigh module allows • µP controlled accuracy
one to convert an existing system into a
precise weighing system. It is ideal for
• Robust output signal
applications such as tanks scales, belt • 10V/m EMC protection
scales and conveyor scales. Available • No junction box connections
in zinc plated steel or stainless steel.
• OIML C3, C6, C10 accuracy
• NTEP II M 5K, 10K accuracy
Predictive Maintenance • ATEX Zone 2/22 approvals
SLB615D monitors single load cells for
overload, zero drift, foundation problems, • FM Class I, II, III Div.2 approvals for USA & Canada
etc.; prompting action before system • Stainless steel
shuts down or measures incorrectly.
110
SLB615D POWERCELL® Load Cell Specification

Model No. SLB615D POWERCELL® (5)
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (klb) nominal 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000)
Min. Increment Size, typical8) g (lb) 4.4 (0.01) 11 (0.025) 22 (0.05) 44 (0.1) 88 (0.2)
Zero load Output %R.C. <0.1
Combined Error1) 2) %R.C. C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.018 / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.012 / C10: ≤ 0.007
Repeatability Error %A.L.3) C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.01 / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.005 / C10: ≤ 0.003
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.017 / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.008 / C10: ≤ 0.005
Min. Dead Load Output Retrun (DR), 30 min %A.L. C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.017 / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.008 / C10: ≤ 0.005
Min. Dead load %R.C./°C (../°F) 0.0014 C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.0011 (0.0006) / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.0007 (0.0004) / 0.0009
Temperature Effect on (0.0008) C10: ≤ 0.0007 (0.0004) (0.0005)
Sensitivity2) %A.L./°C (../°F) C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) ; C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.0005 (0.0003) ; C10: ≤ 0.0003 (0.0002)
Effective System Update Rate (4 load cells) Hz 40
European Cert. No. NMi TC8489
Class C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6
nmax 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000
vmin g 20 10 37 25 70 50 150 100 290 250
OIML / European
PLC 0.8
Approval4)
Humidity Symbol CH
Min. dead load kg 0
Z 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000
Barometric Pressure Effect None
Number 13-118A1
lll M lll M - lll M lll M - lll M lll M - lll M lll M - lll M lll M
Class
n:5 n:10 n:5 n:10 n:5 n:10 n:5 n:10 n:5 n:10
NTEP Approval4)
nmax 5000 10000 - 5000 10000 - 5000 10000 - 5000 10000 - 5000 10000
vmin lb 0.050 0.025 - 0.095 0.065 - 0.19 0.13 - 0.38 0.26 - 0.76 0.65
Min. dead load lb 0
Number. cat. 3 DEKRA 14ATEX0030
ATEX Approval4) Rating II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc / II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc
Entity Parameters Umax = 28V, Imax = 50mA, Pmax = 0.5W (7)
IECEx Approval4) In preparation for Cat 2GD and Cat 3GD
Rating, USA NI / I, II, III / 2 / ABCDFG / T6 Ta = 55°C
Factory Mutual Rating, Canada NI / I, II / 2 / ABCDFG / T6 Ta = 55°C / DIP / III / 2 / T6 Ta = 55°C
Approval4) Entity Parameters Vmax = 28V, Imax = 50mA, Ci = 0.3nF, Li = 0
System Drawing No, Canada 30095704
Insulation Resistance @50VDC MΩ ≥ 2000
Breakdown Voltage V AC ≥ 500
Supply Voltage Range (nominal) 10 ~ 26
V DC
Non-regulated Typical ²4
Overvoltage Protection Max. Tested (IEEE4-95) A 2000 (no outdoor lightning conditions)
Warm-up Time from Cold Start minutes 15
Type Controller Area Network (CAN), Encrypted
Communications
Protocol Can open
Effective System Update Rate (4 load cells) Hz 40
ESD rating kV 8
Span Stability, typical (peak to peak in 1 min) Counts 15
Immunity OIML R60 V/m 10
Enclosure 304 stainless steel, Electropolished
Material
Connectors stainless steel
Cable Polyurethane (PU)
Type welded
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Fatigue Life cycles @ R.C. > 1,000,000
Direction of Loading Beam
Load Cell Cable6) Polyurethane, 11mm Connector, 21mm Branch Housing (200mm Distance to LC), Req. Conduit ≥12mm (0.5’’)
Cable Home-Run Cable6) Polyurethane, 6mm Jacket, 21mm Branch Housing (200mm Distance to LC), 4 Conductors, Internal Shield with
Drain Wires, Req. Conduit ≥12mm (0.5’’)
Connectors Quick-Connect
Mounting Screw Size/thread mm (in) M12 (1/2-13 UNC) M18x1,5 (3/4-10 UNC)
Torque, nominal Nm (ft-lb) 120 (100) 275 (220)
1)
2)
Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply
with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
5)
Max. 14 load cells / terminal
6)
Max. total cable length 90-300m depending on no. of LC and Terminal.
7)
/ Load Cell
8)
Calculate the scale’s minimum increment size by multiplying this value by the square root of the number of load cells. For non Legal-For-Trade Applications
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB615D POWERCELL® 111

SLB615D POWERCELL® Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
Ø 3.1 [Ø 0.12’’] Thru

H4
Notes: Detail A
H5 M8x1 1. Dimensions are in mm [in]
H2 METTLER TOLEDO
Ø 3.1 [Ø 0.12’’] Thru H
4
H3
Detail A
M8x1 H6
METTLER TOLEDO L5
H6 H1
L5 See Detail A L1
H
H3
2 - Ø D1
H6 H1
6 H1Ø D1 L5
L5 See Detail A L1
W 5 [0.20’’]
2 - Ø D1
Ø D2
Ø D1
L3
L4 L2 5 [0.20’’]
(11.5 [0.45’’])
Ø D2
L
L3
L4 L2
Dimensions
(11.5 [0.45’’])
Model Capacity D D1 D2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 W
220–1100 kg 13.0 22.2L 15.9 30.2 1.7 17.3 16 4.7 7.9 0.38 134.4 57.7 101.6 25.4 16.4 6.4 32.7
[500–2500 lb] [0.51] [0.87] [0.63] [1.19] [0.07] [0.68] [0.63] [0.19] [0.30] [0.015] [5.29] [2.27] [4.00] [1.00] [0.65] [0.25] [1.29]
2200 kg 13.0 22.2 15.9 36.6 6 22.9 21.3 9.5 12.7 6 136.7 57.9 101.6 25.4 18.4 36.8
SLB615D
[5000 lb] [0.51] [0.87] [0.63] [1.44] [0.24] [1.31] [0.84] [0.37] [0.50] [0.236] [5.38] [2.28] [4.00] [1.00] [0.72] [1.45]
4400 kg 19.3 34.9 22.2 42.9 2.3 29.3 22.7 11 17.8 2.3 171.5 73.8 133.3 38.1 21.5 42.9
[10000 lb] [0.76] [1.37] [0.87] [1.69] [0.09] [1.61] [0.89] [0.43] [0.70] [0.09] [6.75] [2.91] [5.25] [1.50] [0.85] [1.69]
112 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB615D POWERCELL®

SLB615D POWERCELL® Foot Kit FTK mm [in]
+4[0.16]
+4[0.16]
H1

L L1 H H1 H2 H3
220 kg–1.1 t ø50 ø15 66.8 54.3 24.2 9
[ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35]
2.2 t ø50 ø15 66.5 54.3 24.2 9
[ø1.97] [ø0.59] [2.14] [2.14] [0.95] [0.35]
4.4 t ø70 ø15 91.2 80 38.5 17
[ø2.76] [ø0.59] [3.59] [3.15] [1.52] [0.67]
SLB615D POWERCELL® Expansion Kit EK mm [in]

220 kg–1.1 t ø50 34 M8 ø15 59.6 47.1 24 14 ±3 mm
[ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.35] [1.85] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12]
2.2 t ø50 34 M8 ø15 63.5 52.3 24 14 ±3 mm
[ø1.97] [1.34] [ø0.59] [2.50] [2.06] [0.94] [0.55] [±0.12]
4.4 t ø60 45 M10 ø21.5 73.6 62.4 28 17 ±3 mm
[ø2.36] [1.77] [ø0.85] [2.90] [2.46] [1.10] [0.67] [±0.12]
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB615D POWERCELL® 113

SLB615D POWERCELL® Expansion + Vibration Kit EVK mm [in]
Smax

220 kg–1.1 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø15 58 56.6 44.1 21.5 5 ±2.8 mm 1 mm 2100N
[ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.23] [1.74] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.11] [0.04]
2.2 t ø9 ø80 ø58 ø15 58 60.5 49.3 21.5 5 ±3 mm 1.6 mm 2400N
[ø0.35] [ø3.15] [ø2.28] [ø0.59] [2.28] [2.38] [1.94] [0.85] [0.20] [±0.12] [0.07]
4.4 t 1
Washerø11 ø100 ø72 ø21.5 76 75.6 64.4 30 10 ±3 mm 2.2 mm 2800N
MA
[ø0.43] [ø3.94] [ø2.83] [ø0.85] [2.99] [2.98] [2.54] [1.18] [0.39] [±0.12] [0.09]
* Max lateral displacement ** Max vertical displacement incl. load cell
SLB615D POWERCELL® Base Plate Kit BPK mm [in]
1
Washer
MA
Materials: Stainless steel or zinc plated steel

L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D 2
MACS 3
MASS
110 kg–1.1 t 15.88
[250–2500 lb] 177.9 152.4 12.7 114.4 89.0 72.6 65.1 19.1 [0.625] 11.2 98Nm 98Nm
2.2 t [7.00] [6.00] [0.50] [4.50] [3.50] [2.86] [2.56] [0.75] 12.7 [0.44] [72lb–ft] [72lb–ft]
[5000 lb] [0.5]
4.4 t 235.0 184.2 25.4 152.4 101.6 105.0 90.5 25.4 22.2 17.5 270Nm 270Nm
[10,000 lb] [9.25] [7.25] [1.00] [6.00] [4.00] [4.13] [3.56] [1.00] [0.87] [0.69] [200lb–ft] [200lb–ft]
1
2
3
114 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SLB615D POWERCELL®

SLB615D POWERCELL® Order Information
Item No., Load Cell Item No., Options
Class Base Plate Kit Base Plate Expansion Expansion+ Foot Kit FTK Adapter,
Rated Capacity C3/III M n:5 C6/III M n:10 C10 BPK, CS Kit BPK, 304 Kit EK Vibr Kit EVK Conduit
220kg/500lb 72261196 72261209 72261204
550kg/1.25klb 72261197 72261210 72261205 30265369 30265370
72208662 72208670 72208674
1100kg/2500lb 72261198 72261211 72261206 30095581
2200kg/5000lb 72261199 72261212 72261207 30265371 30265372
4400kg/10000lb 72261200 72261195 – 30265373 30265374 72208663 72208671 72208675
SLB615D POWERCELL® Order Information, Cables

Item No.
Cable, Material / Length
Description PU / 2.5m (8.2ft) PU / 5m (16.4ft) PU / 10m (32.8ft) PU / 15m (49.2ft) PU / 20m (65.6ft) PU / 30m (98.4ft) PU / 50m (164ft)
Cable Kit, 3 Load
30207546 30765515 30765516 – – – –
Cells
Cable Kit, 4 Load
30207547 30765517 30765518 – – – –
Cells
Load Cell Y-Cable 30207922 30765513 30765514 – – – –
Home Run Cable – ³0765519 30208862 30765520 30765521 30095713 30095714
Extension Cable – 30095636 30095637 – – – –
CAN Termination 30207923
Blind plug 72263681
Cable Gland for
Home Run Cable with 30095639
IND780PDX
SLB615D POWERCELL® Cable Colours

Colour Function
Green + Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow Shield*
Global Approvals
The SLB615D is provided with all listed approvals. No need to think
about options and additional charges. Simplifies the conduct of
global business, order processing and service-part stocking.
METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
weighing to application solutions for filling, stock control, batching,
formulation, counting, checkweighing.
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30242889
115
Globally Approved
0782 Load Cell
Vehicle Weighing
Use the 0782 load cell in new truck,
railroad track and other heavy capacity
weighbridge applications or as a
replacement for cells in an old weigh-
bridge to enhance its performance. The
0782 is ideally suited to this application.
Tank Weighing
The capacity range from 20t to 300t
allows the weighing of big tanks
and silos with ease. The stainless
steel design (20t–200t), hermetic
sealing and IP68 protection provides
the best reliability in tank weighing
applications.
Weigh Module
The optional METTLER TOLEDO
(200t-300t) weigh module adds
suspension, checking and anti-
tiping to your 0782 load cell and
includes top and bottom mounting
plates to simplify installation.
0782 High Capacity Load Cell

For High Capacities
Hermetically Sealed
The stainless steel housing is The 0782 is approved for use in various applications
welded in place to create a her- in Europe, Asia, America and almost everywhere else
metic seal to prevent moisture
from entering the interior of the
in the world. If an approval is required, the 0782
load cell and deteriorating the probably already complies. The 0782 load cell is even
weighing performance or causing approved for hazardous areas.
failure.
Every 0782 high capacity load cell features:

• OIML C3 and NTEP IIILM 10.000d approvals
(20t–300t)
• FM Class I,II,III Div 1 approvals
• Stainless steel (20t–300t)
• IP68 protection class
116
0782 Load Cell Specifications

Model No. 0782
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (441) 300 (661)
Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.06
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. ≤ 0.0167 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.04
Min. Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min %A.L. ≤ 0.0167 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.04
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL-01.04
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML / European
Y 6666 –
Approval 4)
PLC 0.7
Humidity Symbol CH
Z 3000
Number 01-004
Class III L M
NTEP Approval 4) nmax 10000 –
Vmin kg (lb) 1.4 (3.0) 2.1 (4.5) 3.5 (7.5) 7.0 (15.0)
Number, cat. 2 KEMA 02ATEX1249 X
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 … T6
Rating
II 2 D Ex ibD 21 IP68 T60°C
Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, Ii = 600mA, Pi = 0.57-1.25W, Ci = 2.6-6nF, Li = 13-30µH
ATEX Approval 4) Number, cat. 3 KEMA 06ATEX0122
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6
Rating II 3 G Ex nA II T6
II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP 68 T60°C
Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, Ci 2.6-6nF, Li = 13-30µH
IECEx Approval 4) In preparation for Cat 2GD and 3GD
Number, USA 3013511
IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4
Rating
NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDFG/T4
Factory Mutual
Vmax = 20V, Imax = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W
Approval 4)
Entity Parameters Ci = 6nF,
Ci = 4nF, Li = 17.7µH
Li = 26.5µH
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Output 1000 ± 3
Enclosure stainless steel
Material
Cable entry fitting stainless steel
Cable PVC
Type welded
Protection IP Rating IP 68
Safe 125
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Direction of Loading compression
Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 0.8 (19) 2 (52) 1.6 (40) 2.5 (63)
Max Horizontal Travel 6) ± mm (in) 4 (0.16) 5 (0.20) 6 (0.24)
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.25 (0.010) 0.32 (0.013) 0.42 (0.017)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 2.8 (6.2) 3 (6.6) 3.3 (7.3) 4.5 (9.9) 12.5 (27.6) 21.7 (48)
Length m (ft) 13 (42.5) 20 (66) 30 (98)
Cable
Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kPa (lb/in.Hg) 3 (6.6) 4.5 (9.9) 7.5 (16.5) 15 (33) 30 (66) 45 (99)
1)
2)
Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
5)
% of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button.
6)
Maximum horizontal displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - 0782 High Capacity Load Cell 117

0782 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
L1
L
302 [11.90]
R (2x) 251 [9.88]
ØD1
H1
[1.58)
H
Ø40
H1
149 [5.87]
Ø26 [1.02]
H3
H2
H2
CL
CL CL
ØD1 ØD1
W ØD
ØD
300t only

D D1 H H1 H2 H3 L L1 R W
20–30t 76 37.8 150 112 19 75 33.5 50 160 96
[33–66 kIb] [2.99] [1.49] [5.91] [4.41] [0.75] [2.95] [1.40] [1.97] [6.30] [3.78]
50t 76 37.8 150 112 19 75 35.5 50 305 96
[110 kIb] [2.99] [1.49] [[5.91] [4.41] [0.75] [2.95] [1.40] [1.97] [12.0] [3.78]
100t 102 53.8 150 112 19 75 50.6 64 305 123
[220 kIb] [4.02] [2.12] [5.91] [4.41] [0.75] [2.95] [1.99] [2.52] [12.0] [4.84]
200t 158 80 195 145 25 93 75.25 93 400 180
[440 kIb] [6.22] [3.15] [7.68] [5.71] [0.98] [3.66] [2.96] [3.66] [5.75] [7.09]
300t 192 106 250 192 29 128 99.20 110 900 213
[660 kIb] [7.56] [4.17] [9.84] [7.56] [1.14] [5.04] [3.91] [4.33] [35.4] [8.39]
0782 Load Cell Receivers mm [in] 20t–50t 0782 Load Cell Receivers mm [in] 100t
See detail A See detail A 90.0 [3.54]
ø79.5 [ø3.13]
0-ring 0-ring
[1.38]
[1.57]
35.0
40.0
3 3]
4.
[ø
.0
10
51.0 [2.01]
ø1
150.2 157.3 150.2 157.3

[5.91] [6.19] [5.91] [6.19]
209.0 [8.23]
12.0
[0.47]
A A A
View from the assembly bottom
See detail A See detail A

[1.38]
35.0
Ø 76.2 Ø 76.2
[3.00] ø80.0 [ø3.15]
[3.00] Assembly with receiver CP
Ø 69.85 Ø 69.85
Ø 3.2 [2.75]Ø 3.2 [2.75]
46.3 [0.12]
46.3 [0.12]
[1.82] [1.82] The receiver shown here are an example out of few.
25.4 min 25.4 min
[1.00] METTLER TOLEDO
[1.00] provides more receiver.
Retain lower
receiver to Please contact the responsible sales in charge.
lower mounting
A Section A–Awith .500 DIA
plate Section A–A Detail A Detail A
ent roll pin
only item 2 or equivalent only item 2 Receiver mounting plate top &Receiver
bottom mounting plate top & bottom
118 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - 0782 High Capacity Load Cell

0782 Load Cell Order Information 0782 Load Cell Cable Colours

Load Cell 0782 – 20t 71201708 Green + Excitation
Load Cell 0782 – 30t 71201709 Black – Excitation
Load Cell 0782 – 50t 71201710 White + Signal
Load Cell 0782 – 100t 71201711 Red – Signal
Load Cell 0782 – 200t 71210093 Yellow + Sense
Load Cell 0782 – 300t 71210169 Blue – Sense
Upper Receiver – up to 50t 61039191 Yellow (long) Shield
Lower Receiver – up to 50t 61039190
0782 Bottom Gasket 68000443
Receiver Kit SS 0782 – 100t 72209873
Full Connectivity
METTLER TOLEDO supplies various data communication interfaces
that enable our sensors and instruments to communicate with your
PLC, MES, or ERP systems.

The 0782 is provided with all listed approvals. No need to think METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099801
119
Globally Approved
SLC611 Load Cell
Tank Weighing
The SLC611 load cell with capacity range
from 7.5t to 22.5t, allows the weighing
of mid size tanks, hoppers and silos with
ease. The stainless steel design, hermetic
sealing and IP68 / IP69K protection
provides the best reliability in tank
weighing applications.
Hermetically Sealed
The stainless steel housing is welded in
place to create a hermetic seal to prevent
moisture from entering the interior of the
load cell and deteriorating the weighing
performance or causing failure.
SLC611 Load Cell

SWC515 PinMountTM
The weigh module SWC515 PinMountTM Every SLC611 load cell features:
adds suspension, checking and anti- • OIML 3000e, NTEP III M 5000d approvals
tipping to your SLC611 load cell and
includes top and bottom mounting plates
• ATEX Zone 0/1/2 and 20/21/22
to simplify installation. Available in zinc • FM Class I,II,III Div 1/2 approved
plated mild steel or stainless steel. • Stainless steel
The SLC611 is approved for use in various applica-
SLC611 probably already complies.
120
SLC611 Load Cell Specifications

Model No. SLC611
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb nominal) 7.5 (16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6)
Rated Output mV/V @ R.C. 2 ± 0.1%
Combined Error 1), 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.018
Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./°C (.../°F) ≤ 0.0018 (0.0010)
Sensitivity 2) %A.L./°C (.../°F) ≤ 0.001 (0.0006)
Compensated °C (°F) –10 ~ +40 (–14 ~ +104)
Temperature Range Operating –40 ~ +65 (–40 ~ +149)
Safe Storage –40 ~ +80 (–40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-CN1-14.10
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML/European Approval 4) Y 7800
PLC 0.7
Humidity Symbol CH
Z 3000
Barometric Pressure Effect Vmin/kPa <1
Number 15-011
Class III M
Vmin kg (lb) 0.96 (2.12) 1.92 (4.24) 2.88 (6.36)
Number DEKRA 15ATEX0015 X
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6...T4 Ga / II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T100°C Da
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6...T4 Gc / II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6...T4 Gc / II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Entity Parameters Ui = 25V, li = 600mA, C i = 6nF, Li = 30µH, P i = 1.25W(T4), 0.86W(T5), 0.51W(T6)
Number, USA 3013511
Number, Canada 3028342C
IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T5
Rating, USA
NI / I, II, III, / 2 / ABCDFG / T6
Factory Mutual Approval 4) IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T5
Rating, Canada
NI / 1 / 2 / ABCD / T6 DIP / II, III / 2 / FG
Entity Parameters Vmax = 25V, Imax = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 4nF 4), Li = 20µH 4)
Sys. Drawing No, USA 30105817
Sys. Drawing No, Canada 30105818
Recommended V AC/DC 5 ~ 15
Excitation Voltage
Max. 20
Excitation Ω 1150 ± 50
Terminal Resistance
Output 1000 ± 2
Insulation Resistance @50VDC MΩ > 5000
Material
Cable Polyurethane (PU) & FEP
Type welded
Safe %R.C. 200
Load Limit
Ultimate 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. 1000000
Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 2.4 (61) 3.4 (87)
Max Horizontal Travel 6) ± mm (in) 8 (0.31) 7 (0.27) 5 (0.2)
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.25 (.01)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1 (2.2)
Length m (ft) 12, 20 (39.4, 65.6)
Cable
Dimensions 30220610
Drawing No.
To-Scale 30220594
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
5)
% of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button
6)
Maximum horizontal displacement of the top button relative to the bottom button
METTLER TOLEDO © 05/2015 - SLC611 Load Cell 121

SLC611 Load Cell Dimensions mm
Capacity R Max horiz. travel

7.5t 8
140
15t 7
22.5t 180 5
122 METTLER TOLEDO © 05/2015 - SLC611 Load Cell

SLC611 Load Cell Order Information SLC611 Load Cell
Cable Colors
Order Information Item No. Colour Function

Cable, Material / Length Green + Excitation
Class
PU / 12 m (39.4ft) PU / 20 m (65.6ft) FEP / 12 m (39.4ft) FEP / 20 m (65.6ft) Black – Excitation
7.5 t / 16.5 klb C3/III M n:5 30058060 30058064 30105781 30105786 White + Signal
15 t / 33 klb C3/III M n:5 30058061 30058065 30105783 30105788 Red – Signal
22.5 t / 49.6 klb C3/III M n:5 30058062 30058066 30105784 30105789 Yellow Shield
Global Approvals
The SLC611 is provided with all listed
approvals. No need to think about options
and additional charges. Simplifies the con-
duct of global business, order processing
and service-part stocking.
Full Connectivity
METTLER TOLEDO supplies various data
communication interfaces that enable our
sensors and instruments to communicate
with your PLC, MES, or ERP systems.
weighing to application solutions for filling, stock control, batching,
formulation, counting, and checkweighing.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30242848
123
S-Type Tension Load Cell
SLS410 Load Cell
The Economic Solution
Tension Weighing
Use the SLS410 in tension weighing
applications to convert suspended hop
pers or other hanging devices into a
weigh system. It can also used to con
vert mechanical scales to electronic.
The robust and economical design is
suitable for use in normal industrial
environments.
Robust Strain Gauge Design

The SLS410 load cell uses a reliable
Strain Gauge design with excellent
measurement stability.
The high sensitivity output enables the
use of economic weight indicators pro
viding a valuable solution.
The wide capacity range provides the SLS410 S-Type Load Cell
optimum selection to maximize signal
for your application.
Every SLS410 load cell features:
Metric and Inch Versions • Reliable Strain Gauge design
The METTLER TOLEDO SLS410 load cell • Standard mechanical interface
is available with Metric and Inch
threads to match the commonly avail • Robust design, nickel plated steel
able standards. • High output signal 3mV/V
Due to the common mechanical inter
• 0.03% accuracy
face the SLS410 can be easily integrat
ed into most systems. • IP67 Protection
Use the SLS410 when economy counts without
making compromises in weighing performance. The
Tension Weigh Mount 0.03% accuracy is suitable for many industrial appli
The optional SWS310 Tension Weigh cations. The high output signal enables use of econo
Module provides a complete solution to
mic terminals and transmitters while getting the best
integrate into your system. Due to the
optimized design the best weighing per system performance possible. Thus the SLS410 enab
formance is guaranteed. The LC is iso les you to design an economic system with excellent
lated from the rods while the ground
strap provides a bipass for current thus weighing performance.
protecting against lighting and welding
damage.
124
SLS410 Load Cell Specifications

Model No. SLS410
kg 50, 100 250, 500 1000 2500 5000 7500
Rated Capacity (R.C.)
lb 50, 100 200, 300 500, 750, 1000, 1500 2000 3000, 5000 10000 15000 20000
Rated Output mV/V @R.C. 3.000 ± 0.25%
Zero load Output %R.C. 1
Combined Error 1) %R.C. ≤ 0.03
Sensitivity %A.L./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0014 (0.0008)
Compensated °C (°F) –10 to +40 (+14 to +104)
Temperature Range Operating °C (°F –35 to +65 (–30 to +150)
Safe Storage °C (°F –35 to +85 (–30 to +185)
Recommended V AC/DC 10
Excitation Voltage
Max. V AC/DC 18
Excitation Ω 430 ± 60
Terminal Resistance
Output Ω 350 ± 3.5
Spring Element Nickel plated steel
Material
Cable Polyurethane
Type potted
NEMA Rating NEMA 6
Safe %R.C. 150
Load Limit
Ultimate %R.C. 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. 1000000
Direction of Loading tension & compression
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) see drawing
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.65 (1.4) 0.7 (1.6) 0.9 (2.0) 1.6 (3.4) 1.8 (4.0) 3 (6.6) 7.3 (16.1)
Cable Length m (ft) 6 (19.7)
Overload Protection no
1) Error due to the combined effect of nonlinearity and hysteresis
METTLER TOLEDO © 02/2009 - SLS410 S-Type Load Cell 125

SLS410 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
L 0.39
L /2 [10.0] B
A M
F
W
GL
W/2
2X T THREAD
H
J
H/2
W1
Dimensions / Data
Capacity
H H/2 L L/2 T (2X) W W/2 W1 J (2) D B M A F GL Deflection @ RC
63.5 31.8 50.8 25.4 M8X1.25 12.7 6.4 16.1 123 8 12 9.00 24 42 25 50kg 0.23 [0.009]
50 – 100kg
[2.50] [1.25] [2.00] [1.00] 10 [0.4] deep [0.50] [0.25] [0.63] [4.84] [0.31] [0.47] [0.35] [0.94] [1.65] [0.98] 100kg 0.24 [0.009]
63.5 31.8 50.8 25.4 M12X1.75 19.1 9.5 22.4 147 12 16 12.00 32 54 33 250kg 0.21 [0.008]
250 – 500kg
[2.50] [1.25] [2.00] [1.00] 10 [0.4] deep [0.75] [0.38] [0.88] [5.79] [0.47] [0.63] [0.47] [1.26] [2.13] [1.30] 500kg 0.23 [0.009]
63.5 31.8 50.8 25.4 M12X1.75 25.4 12.7 28.8 147 12 16 12.00 32 54 33
1000kg 0.25 [0.010]
[2.50] [1.25] [2.00] [1.00] 10 [0.4] deep [1.00] [0.50] [1.13] [5.79] [0.47] [0.63] [0.47] [1.26] [2.13] [1.30]
101.6 50.8 76.2 38.1 M20X1.5 25.4 12.7 28.8 223 20 25 18.00 50 78 47
2500kg 2500kg 0.50 [0.020]
[4.00] [2.00] [3.00] [1.5] 15 [0.6] deep [1.00] [0.50] [1.13] [8.78] [0.79] [0.98] [0.71] [1.97] [3.07] [1.85]
101.6 50.8 76.2 38.1 M20X1.5 25.4 12.7 28.8 213 20 25 18.00 50 78 47
5000kg 5000kg 0.60 [0.024]
[4.00] [2.00] [3.00] [1.5] 20 [0.8] deep [1.00] [0.50] [1.13] [8.39] [0.79] [0.98] [0.71] [1.97] [3.07] [1.85]
139.7 69.9 101.6 50.8 M24X2 31.8 15.9 35.1 260 25 31 22.00 60 94 58
7500kg 0.64 [0.025]
[5.50] [2.75] [4.00] [2.00] 31 [1.2] deep [1.25] [0.63] [1.38] [10.24] [0.98] [1.22] [0.87] [2.36] [3.70] [2.28]
SLS410 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
Dimensions / Data
Capacity
H H/2 L L/2 T (2X) W W/2 WI Deflection @ RC
50LB 0.17 [0.007]
63.5 31.8 50.8 25.4 12.7 6.4 16.1
50 – 300LB 1 / 4 – 28UNF 100LB 0.20 [0.007]
[2.50] [1.25] [2.00] [1.00] [0.50] [0.25] [0.63]
200/300LB 0.24 [0.009]
500LB 0.22 [0.009]
63.5 31.8 50.8 25.4 19.1 9.5 22.4
500 – 1500LB 1 / 2 – 20UNF 750LB/1KLB 0.23 [0.009]
[2.50] [1.25] [2.00] [1.00] [0.75] [0.38] [0.88]
1.5KLB 0.25 [0.010]
63.5 31.8 50.8 25.4 25.4 12.7 28.8
2000LB 1 / 2 – 20UNF 0.25 [0.010]
[2.50] [1.25] [2.00] [1.00] [1.00] [0.50] [1.13]
101.6 50.8 76.2 38.1 25.4 12.7 28.8
3000LB 3 / 1 – 20UNF 0.50 [0.020]
[4.00] [2.00] [3.00] [1.5] [1.00] [0.50] [1.13]
5000 – 101.6 50.8 76.2 38.1 25.4 12.7 28.8 5KBL 0.50 [0.020]
3 / 4 – 16UNF
10000LB [4.00] [2.00] [3.00] [1.5] [1.00] [0.50] [1.13] 10KBL 0.60 [0.024]
139.7 69.9 101.6 50.8 31.8 15.9 35.1
15000LB 1 – 14UNS 0.64 [0.025]
[5.50] [2.75] [4.00] [2.00] [1.25] [0.63] [1.38]
177.8 88.9 127.0 63.5 50.8 25.4 54.2
20000LB 1 – 1 / 4 – 12UNF 0.53 [0.21]
[7.00] [3.50] [5.00] [2.50] [2.00] [1.00] [2.13]
126 METTLER TOLEDO © 02/2009 - SLS410 S-Type Load Cell

SLS410 Load Cell SLS410 Load Cell
Order Information Cable Colors

Load cell, model no. SLS410, 50kg 61040291 Red + Excitation
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 100kg 61040292 Black – Excitation
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 250kg 61040293 Green + Signal
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 500kg 61040294 White – Signal
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 1000kg 61040295 + Sense
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 2500kg 61040296 – Sense
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 5000kg 61040297 bare Shield
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 7500kg 61040298
ROD END+NUT M8X1.25 CS -100KG 72229545
ROD END+NUT M12X1.75 CS -1T 72229546
ROD END+NUT M20X1.5 CS -5T 72229547
ROD END+NUT M24X2 CS 7.5T 72229548
Load cell, model no. SLS410, 50lb 61041049
Full Connectivity
Our extensive service network is among the best in the world and weighing to application solutions for filling, stock control, batching,
ensures maximum availability and service life of your product. formulation, counting, and checkweighing.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

© 02/2009 MettlerToledo AG
MTSI 44099094
127
S-Type Tension Load Cell
SLS510 Load Cell
for economical, no-compromise weighing
Tension Weighing
Use the SLS510 in tension to convert
suspended hoppers or other hanging
devices into a weighing system or to
convert mechanical scales to electronic.
The robust and economical stainless
steel design is suitable for use in indus-
trial environments requiring a higher
degree of corrosion protection.
Robust Strain Gauge Design

The SLS510 load cell uses a reliable
Strain Gauge design with excellent
stability. The high 3 mV/V output
enables the use of economic weight
indicators, providing a valuable low-
cost solution. The wide capacity range
offers the optimum selection to maxi-
SLS510 S-Type Tension Load Cell
mize signal for your application. Use the SLS510 when better corrosion protection is
required and weighing performance cannot be com-
promised. Every SLS510 load cell features:
Metric threads and kilo-
gram calibration • OIML C3 approval
The METTLER TOLEDO SLS510 load cell • ATEX and FM approvals
is available with Metric threads and is • Reliable Strain Gauge design
calibrated in kilograms to match com-
monly available standards. Due to this • Standard mechanical interface
common mechanical interface, the • Robust design, 17-4PH Stainless steel
SLS510 is easy to integrate into most
systems.
• High output signal; 3mV/V
• Potted; IP67 Protection
The SLS510 is approved for use in various applica-
Tension Weigh Module
The optional SWS310 Tension Weigh tions in Europe and America. Its metrology approval is
Module provides a complete solution OIML C3, and its high output signal permits the use of
to integrate into your system. Due to
economic terminals and transmitters. Together, these
the optimized design the best weighing
performance is guaranteed. The load features ensure the best possible system performance.
cell is electrically isolated from the
rods, while the ground strap provides
a bypass for current, thus protecting
against lightning and welding damage.
128
SLS510 Load Cell Specifications
Parameter Unit of measure Specification

Model number SLS510
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg 50,100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 7500 10 000
Rated Output mV/V @ R.C. 3.00 ± 0.25%
Zero load Output % R.C. 1
Combined Error 1), 2) % R.C. ≤ 0.018
Repeatability Error % A.L.3) ≤ 0.01
Creep, 30 min. % A.L. ≤ 0.0167
Minimum Dead Load Output Return (DR), 30 min. % A.L. ≤ 0.0167
0.002
Min. Dead Load Output % R.C./°C (../°F) 0.0014 (0.0008) 0.0012 (0.0006)
Temperature effect on (0.001)
Sensitivity 2) % A.L./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005)
Compensated °C (°F) -10 to +40 (+14 to +104)
Temperature range Operating °C (°F) -35 to +65 (-30 to +150)
Safe storage °C (°F) -35 to +85 (-30 to +185)
European Cert. No. D09-08.25
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML / European Y 7000 10000 12000
Approval 4) PLC 0.7
Z 3000
Number, cat. 1 FM09ATEX0048X
Number, cat. 3 FM09ATEX0049X
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ta =-20°C to +40°C; IP67
ATEX Approval 4)
Rating II 1 D Ex iaD T73°C; IP67
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4 Ta =-20°C to +40°C; IP67
Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=6W, Ci=12nF, Li=40μH
Number 3036007
I,II,III / 2 / ABCDFG / T4
Rating
Class 1, Zone 0, AEx, ia IIC T4
FM Approval, USA /
Class 1, Zone 0, Ex, ia IIC T4
Canada 4)
Rating (USA only) Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
Rating (Canada only) Ex nL IIC T4
Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=6W, Ci=12nF, Li=40μH
System Drawing No. 175295R
Excitation voltage
Maximum V AC/DC 18
Terminal resistance
Output Ω 350 ± 3
Insulation resistance at 50 VDC MΩ > 5000
Breakdown voltage V AC > 500
Spring Element Stainless steel
Enclosure Stainless steel
Material
Cable entry fitting Stainless steel
Cable Polyurethane
Type Potted, with metal covers
NEMA Rating NEMA 6 / 6P
Safe 150
Load limit % R.C.
Ultimate 300
Safe Dynamic Load % R.C. 70
Fatigue Life Cycles @ R.C. 1000000
Direction of Loading Tension
0.18 0.23 0.25 0.37 0.81 0.81 0.78 0.57
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in)
(0.007) (0.009) (0.010) (0.014) (0.032) (0.032) (0.031) (0.022)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.65 (1.4) 0.7 (1.6) 0.7 (1.6) 0.9 (2.0) 1.6 (3.4) 1.8 (4.0) 3 (6.6) 7.3 (16.1)
Overload Protection No
Barometric Pressure Effect on Zero Load Output kg/kPa (lb/in. Hg) None
Dimensions TA601265
Drawing No.
To-Scale TC601386
2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60
METTLER TOLEDO © 12/2009 - SLS510 S-Type Tension Load Cell 129

SLS510 Load Cell Dimensional Drawing mm [inch]
L 0.39
L /2 [10.0] B
A M
F
W
GL
W/2
2 XT THREAD
H
J
H/2
W1
Dimensions / Data
Capacity
H H/2 L L/2 T (2X) W W/2 W1 J (2) D B M A F GL Deflection @ RC
61.0 30.5 50.8 25.4 M8X1.25 12.7 5.8 15.1 120 8 12 9.00 24 42 25 50kg 0.18 [0.007]
50 – 100kg
[2.40] [1.20] [2.00] [1.00] 10 [0.4] deep [0.50] [0.23] [0.59] [4.72] [0.31] [0.47] [0.35] [0.94] [1.65] [0.98] 100kg 0.18 [0.007]
61.0 30.5 50.8 25.4 M12X1.75 18.0 9.0 21.4 144 12 16 12.00 32 54 33 250kg 0.23 [0.009]
250 – 500kg
[2.40] [1.20] [2.00] [1.00] 10 [0.4] deep [0.71] [0.36] [0.84] [5.67] [0.47] [0.63] [0.47] [1.26] [2.13] [1.30] 500kg 0.25 [0.010]
61.0 30.5 50.8 25.4 M12X1.75 24.4 12.2 27.8 144 12 16 12.00 32 54 33
1000kg 0.37 [0.014]
[2.40] [1.20] [2.00] [1.00] 10 [0.4] deep [0.96] [0.48] [1.09] [5.67] [0.47] [0.63] [0.47] [1.26] [2.13] [1.30]
99.1 49.5 76.2 38.1 M20X1.5 24.4 12.2 27.8 221 20 25 18.00 50 78 47
2500kg 0.81 [0.032]
[3.90] [1.95] [3.00] [1.50] 15 [0.6] deep [0.96] [0.48] [1.09] [8.70] [0.79] [0.98] [0.71] [1.97] [3.07] [1.85]
99.1 49.5 74.7 37.3 M20X1.5 30.7 15.4 34.1 221 20 25 18.00 50 78 47
5000kg 0.81 [0.032]
[3.90] [1.95] [2.94] [1.47] 15 [0.6] deep [1.21] [0.61] [1.34] [8.70] [0.79] [0.98] [0.71] [1.97] [3.07] [1.85]
139.7 69.9 87.4 43.7 M24X2 37.1 18.5 40.5 260 25 31 22.00 60 94 58
7500kg 0.78 [0.031]
[5.50] [2.75] [3.44] [1.72] 31 [1.2] deep [1.46] [0.73] [1.59] [10.24] [0.98] [1.22] [0.87] [2.36] [3.70] [2.28]
177.8 88.9 112.8 56.4 M30X2 42.9 21.5 46.3 310 30 37 25.00 70 110 71
10 000kg 0.57 [0.022]
[7.00] [3.50] [3.44] [2.22] 40 [1.6] deep [1.69] [0.85] [1.82] [12.20] [1.18] [1.46] [0.98] [2.76] [4.33] [2.80]
130 METTLER TOLEDO © 12/2009 - SLS510 S-Type Tension Load Cell

SLS510 Load Cell SLS510 Load Cell
Order Information Cable Colors
Model Number Item No. Color Function

Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 50kg C3 61040282 Red + Excitation
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 100kg C3 61040283 Black – Excitation
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 250kg C3 61040284 Green + Signal
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 500kg C3 61040285 White – Signal
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 1000kg C3 61040286 + Sense
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 2500kg C3 61040287 – Sense
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 5000kg C3 61040288 Bare Shield
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 7500kg C3 61040289
Load Cell, Model no. SLS510, 10 000kg C3 61040290
ROD END+NUT M8X1.25 CS -100KG 72229545
ROD END+NUT M12X1.75 CS -1T 72229546
ROD END+NUT M20X1.5 CS -5T 72229547
ROD END+NUT M24X2 CS 7.5T 72229548
ROD END+NUT M30X2 CS 10T 72229549
Full Connectivity
ensures maximum availability and service life of your product. formulation, counting and checkweighing.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313189
131
Easy System Integration
MT1022 Load Cell
Platform Size 350x350 mm
Retail and Bench Scales
MT1022 provides the best weighing
performance with such a low profile
design. This saves cost in the scale
design and makes an attractive low-
profile product possible without com-
promising on performance.
Off-Center compensation
One load cell can be used to support a
weighing platform and, due to the off-
center load compensation, the MT1022 MT1022 Single Point Load Cell
will weigh within tolerance regardless of
load application point.
The MT1022 load cell features:
• OIML R60 C3 approval
• NTEP 5000 III S/M approval
• ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals
Robustness • Off-center load compensation (R76)
MT1022 allows 50% static overload • 350x350 mm platform size
without compromising the weighing
performance. The passivated aluminum • IP67 protection class
provides good corrosion resistance suit- • Passivated aluminum
able for many industrial applications.
• 3-30kg capacity range
The MT1022 is the ideal solution for retail scales,
small platform scales and packaging and process
weighing. Due to the low profile the integration into
any system is easy. The low capacity range (3 – 30kg)
allows the construction of highly accurate low-capacity
scales.
132
MT1022 Load Cell Specifications

Model No. MT1022
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 3 (6.6) 5 (11) 7 (15.4) 10 (22) 15 (33) 20 (44.1) 30 (66.1)
Rated Output mV/V @R.C. 2 ± 0.2
Zero load Output %R.C. ≤ 10
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML / European Approval 4) Vmin g 0.5 1 1 2 2.5 4 6
PLC 0.7
Z 3000
Number 11-088
Class III S, III M
Vmin g (lb) 0.45 (0.001) 0.9 (0.002) 0.9 (0.002) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 4.4 (0.01)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
ATEX Approval 4)
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4
II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP6X T100°C
Entity Parameters Ui/Un=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30μH
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Output 350 ± 4
Spring Element Aluminium
Material Enclosure none
Cable PVC
Type potted
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. > 1000000
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.3 (0.012)
Cable Length m (ft) 1 (3.3), 3m (6.6)
Overload Protection none
Grade 12.9
Size/thread mm (in) M6x1
Mounting Screw
Engaged Length mm (in) 12 (0.47)
Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 10 (7.5)
Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 35 x 35 (14 x 14)
Off Center Load Error, R76-1 %A.L./cm (../in) 0.0057 (0.0145)
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2013 - MT1022 Single Point Load Cell 133

MT1022 Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
22 [0.87]
METTLER TOLEDO
25 [0.98]
130 [5.12]
4-M6-6H
15 [0.59]
A
12 106 [4.17]
[0.47]
Load Cell Capacity A
3, 5, 7 kg 25.4 (1.0)
10 , 15, 20, 30 kg 30 (1.18)
134 METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2013 - MT1022 Single Point Load Cell

MT1022 Load Cell Order Information
Description Item No.

Load cell, model no. MT1022-3kg 1m Cable 71201825
MT1022 Load Cell

Cable Colours
Colour Function
Green + Excitation
Red + Signal
White – Signal
Yellow + Shield
Full Connectivity
OIML Approvals
The MT1022 is provided with C3 approval
acc. to OIML R60. Thus best weighing
performance is guaranteed at all specified
conditions. Benefit from METTLER TOLEDO
experience.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099811
135
MT1041 Load Cell
Bench Scales, Packaging
MT1041 provides best weighing perfor-
mance with a low profile design optimi-
zed for the popular 10-100kg capacity
range. Thus cost optimization and an
attractive product appearance can be
achieved.
One load cell can be used to support
a weighing platform and, due to the off
MT1041 Single Point Load Cell
center load compensation, the MT1041
will weigh within tolerance regardless of The MT1041 load cell features:
• Off-center load compensation (R76)
Robustness • 400x400 mm platform size
MT1041 allows 50% static overload • IP67 protection class
without compromising the weighing per-
formance. The passivated aluminium pro-
• Passivated aluminum
vides good corrosion resistance suitable • 10-100kg capacity range
for many industrial applications. The MT1041 is the ideal solution for retail scales, small
platform scales, packaging and process weighing.
Due to the low profile the integration into any system is
easy. With a capacity range of 10-100kg and allow-
able platform size of 400x400mm, the MT1041 is the
ideal solution for many scale applications.
136

Model No. MT1041
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 10 (22) 15 (33) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 75 (165) 100 (220)
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML / European Approval 4) Vmin g 2 3 4 6 10 15 20
PLC 0.7
Z 3000
Number 11-088
Class III S, III M
Vmin g (lb) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 2.2 (0.005) 4.4 (0.01) 8.8 (0.02) 8.8 (0.02) 22 (0.05)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
ATEX Approval 4)
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Output 350 ± 4
Cable PVC
Type potted
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.9 (2)
Grade 12.9
Mounting Screw
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)

METTLER TOLEDO
39
[1.54] 39 40
[1.54] [1.57]
150 [5.91]
4-M
6-1
2d
epe
25.4
[1]
19.05 100 [3.94] 19.05 5.95

[0.75] [0.75] [0.23]

MT1041 Load Cell Order Information MT1041 Load Cell
Cable Colours

Load cell, model no. MT1041-10kg 2m Cable 71201832 Green + Excitation
Load cell, model no. MT1041-15kg 2m Cable 71201833 Black – Excitation
Load cell, model no. MT1041-20kg 2m Cable 71201834 Red + Signal
Load cell, model no. MT1041-30kg 2m Cable 71201835 White – Signal
Load cell, model no. MT1041-50kg 2m Cable 71201836 Blue + Sense
Load cell, model no. MT1041-75kg 2m Cable 71201837 Brown – Sense
Load cell, model no. MT1041-100kg 2m Cable 71201838 Yellow + Shield
Full Connectivity
OIML Approvals
experience.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099816
139
MT1241 Load Cell
Bench and Floor Scales
performance for bench scales and
smaller floor scales in its capacity
range. With a low profile design, cost
optimization and an attractive product
appearance can be achieved.
Robustness • ATEX Zone 1/2 and 21/22 approvals
MT1241 allows 50% static overload • Off-center load compensation (R76)
without compromising the weighing
performance. The passivated aluminium • 400x400 mm platform size
provides good corrosion resistance suit- • IP67 protection class
able for many industrial applications.
• Passivated aluminum
The MT1241 is the ideal solution for small floor scales
and hoppers. Due to the low profile the integration into
any system is easy. The broad capacity range allows
wide application in industrial weighing applications.
140

Model No. MT1241
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL1-03.10
Class C3
nmax 3500
OIML / European Approval 4) Vmin g 5 8.3 16.7 25 33.3 41.7
PLC 0.7
Z 3500
Number 11-088
Class III S, III M
Vmin g (lb) 4.4 (0.01) 8.8 (0.02) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 44 (0.1)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
ATEX Approval 4)
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Output 350 ± 4
Cable PVC
Type potted
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Grade 12.9
Mounting Screw
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)

METTLER TOLEDO
38 [1,5]
150 [5,91]
8-M
6-1
2D
eep
[0,25]
6,3
38 [1,5]
25,4
[1]
6,3 25,4 86,6 [3,41] 25,4

[0,25] [1] [1]

Cable Colours

Full Connectivity
OIML Approvals
The MT1241 is provided with C3.5 appro-
val acc. to OIML R60. Thus best weighing
experience.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099821
143
MT1260 Load Cell
Floor Scale, Tank Weighing
performance for floor scales and hopper
weighing in its capacity range. With a
low profile design, cost optimization
and an attractive product appearance
can be achieved.
Robustness • Off-center load compensation (R76)
MT1260 allows 50% static overload
without compromising the weighing • 600x600 mm platform size
performance. The passivated aluminium • IP67 protection class
provides good corrosion resistance suit-
able for many industrial applications. • Passivated aluminum
The MT1260 is the ideal solution for floor scales and
smaller hoppers. Due to the low profile the integration
into any system is easy. The broad capacity range
and large platform size allows wide useage in indu-
strial weighing applications.
144

Model No. MT1260
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 50 (110) 75 (165) 100 (220) 150 (331) 200 (441) 250 (551) 300 (661) 500 (1102) 750 (1654)
Min. Dead load
%R.C./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0014 (0.0008)
Temperature Effect on Output
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL1-03.14
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML / European
Vmin g 8.3 15 16.7 25 33.3 41.7 50 83 125
Approval 4)
PLC 0.7
Z 3000
Number 11-088
Class III S, III M
Vmin g (lb) 8.8 (0.02) 8.8 (0.02) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 22 (0.05) 44 (0.1) 44 (0.1) 88 (0.2) 88 (0.2)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
ATEX Approval 4)
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Output 350 ± 4
Cable PVC
Type potted
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Grade 12.9
Size/thread mm (in) M8x1.25
Mounting Screw
Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 25 (18)
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)

62.3 [2.45]
62.5 [2.46] 52 [2.05]
188 [7.4]
8-M8-20Deep
63.5 [2.5]
50 [2.01]
5.5 35 [1.38] 107 [4.21] 35 [1.38]
[0.22]

Cable Colours
Full Connectivity
OIML Approvals
experience.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099826
147
Hermetic Stainless Steel Single Point
SLP845 Load Cell
Platform Size up to 500 x 400 mm
Wash Down Applications
SLP845 is the right choice for the food
or pharmaceutical industry where daily
wash down is required. It provides best
weighing performance in a hermetically
sealed stainless steel load cell. Thus it is
ideal for stainless steel scales or general
weighing applications where the highest
grade of IP protection and corrosion resi-
stance is required.
Off-Center Compensation
center load compensation, the SSH will
weigh within tolerance regardless of load
application point.
SLP845 Hermetic Single Point
Load Cell
The SLP845 load cell features:
• OIML and NTEP approval
Robustness • Hazardous area approval
SLP845 is an extremely robust single • Hermetically sealed IP68/IP69K
point load cell suitable for almost all
industrial environments. It allows 50% • Stainless steel
static overload without compromising the • up to 500 x 400 mm platform size
weighing performance.
• 15–200 kg capacity range
The SLP845 is the ideal solution for scales, packaging
and process weighing where a hermetically sealed
stainless steel load cell is required for harsh chemical
and washdown environments. Due to the low profile
the integration into any system is easy. The broad
capacity range and large platform size allows wide
application in industrial weighing applications.
148
SLP845 Load Cell Specifications

Model No. SLP 845
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg(lb) 15 (32) 22 (48) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (440)
Rated Output mV/V @R.C. 2±10%
Min. Dead load Output %R.C./°C ≤ 0.000875
Sensitivity 2) %A.L./°C ≤ 0.0009
Compensated °C (°F) -10 ~ +40(+14 ~ +104)
Temperature Range Operating -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. tbd
European Cert. No. tbd
Class C
nmax 3000
OIML / European Approval 4) vmin g 1/2 2/5 5/10 10/20 20/50
PLC 0.7
Min. dead load kg 0
Z 3000
Number tbd
Class III
Vmin lb 0.002 / 0.005 0.005 / 0.01 0.01/ 0.02 0.02 / 0.05 0.05 / 0.1
Min. dead load lb 0
Number, cat. 2 tbd
Number, cat. 3 tbd
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb; II 2D Ex ib IIIC T100°C Db
ATEX Approval 4)
Rating II 3G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc; II 3G Ex nA II T4 Gc; II 3D Ex tD IIIC T100°C Dc
Ta: -40°C to +50°C
Entity Parameters Ui=20V, Ii=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH
Number, USA tbd
IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 Ta =50°C Entity
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T4 Ta = 50°C
Rating
Factory Mutual Approval 4) S / II / 2 / FG / T4 Ta = 50°C
S / III / 2 / T4 Ta = 50°C
Entity Parameters Vmax=20V, Imax=600mA, Pi=1.25W, Ci=5nF, Li=30µH
System Drawing No, USA tbd
Recommended 5~15
Max. 20
Excitation 1116±20
Output 1000±3
Spring Element stainless steel 17-4PH
Enclosure stainless steel 300 series
Material
Cable entry fitting stainless steel 300 series
Cable PVC
Type sealed
Protection IP Rating IP68/IP69K
NEMA Rating NEMA 6
Safe 150%
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 200%
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. 1'000'000
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1.3 (3)
Length m (ft) 3 (10)
Cable
Grade A4-70
Size / thread mm M6/1
Mounting Screw
Engaged Length mm 10
Torque, nominal Nm 10
Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 30 x 30 (1.18 x 1.18) 40 x 50 (1.57 x 1.96)
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2013 - SLP845 Hermetic Single Point Load Cell 149
SLP845 15–200 kg Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
4-M6
[0.39]
10
40 [1.57]
21.5 [0.85]
19 [0.75] 100 [3.94] 19 [0.75]
150 [5.91]
25 [0.98]
150 METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2013 - SLP845 Hermetic Single Point Load Cell
SLP845 Load Cell Order Information

Load Cell SLP845-15KG 3M C3/III S n:5 vmin 1g/0.002lb 72244433
SLP845 Load Cell

Cable Colours
Colour Function
Green + Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense
Blue – Sense
Full Connectivity
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098429
151
Hermetic stainless steel Single Point
SSH Load Cell
Platform Size up to 800x1200 mm
Wash Down Applications
SSH is the right choice for the food or
pharmaceutical industry where daily
wash down is required. It provides best
weighing performance in a hermetically
sealed stainless steel load cell. Thus it is
ideal for stainless steel scales or general
weighing applications where the highest
grade of IP protection and corrosion resi-
stance is required.
center load compensation, the SSH will
weigh within tolerance regardless of load
application point.
SSH Hermetic Single Point Load Cell
Highest Robustness The SSH load cell features:

SSH is an extremely robust single point • Off-center load compensation (R76)
load cell suitable for almost all industrial • OIML R60 C3 approval (200 - 1000kg)
environments. It allows 50% static over-
load without compromising the weighing • up to 800x1200 mm platform size
performance. • IP68 protection class
• Stainless Steel
• 50 - 1000kg capacity range
The SSH is the ideal solution for floor scales and
packaging and process weighing where a hermetically
sealed stainless steel load cell is required for harsh
chemical and washdown environments. Due to the
low profile the integration into any system is easy. The
broad capacity range and large platform size allows
wide application in industrial weighing applications.
152
SSH Load Cell Specifications

Model No: SSH
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (440) 500 (1100) 1000 (2200)
Min Dead load Output %R.C./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.002 (0.001)
Compensated –10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Temperature Range Operating °C (°F) –20 ~ +65 (–4 ~ +150)
Safe Storage –20 ~ +80 (–4 ~ +176)
OIML Cert. No. R60/2000-NL1-09.-13
Class C3
nmax 3000
OIML / European Approval 4) Y 7350
PLC 0.7
Humidity Symbol CH
Z 3000
Recommended 5~15
Maximum 20
Excitation 381± 4
Output 350 ± 1
Spring Element Stainless steel
Enclosure Stainless steel
Material
Cable entry fitting Stainless steel
Cable PVC
Type welded
Protection
IP Rating IP68
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.3 typ (0.012 typ)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1,5 (3.3) 2 (4.5)
Cable Length m (ft) 2.5m (8.3); 6 (20)
Grade 12.9
Size/thread mm (in) M8 M14
Mounting Screw
Torque, nominal N.m (ft-lb) 20 (15) 30 (22) 98 (72)
cm x cm 50X50 60X80 80x120
Max Platter Size
(in x in) (19.7x19.7) (23.6x31.5) (31.5x47.3)
%A.L./cm 0.004 0.0028 0.0019
Off Center Load Error @33%R.C.
(.../in) (0.01) (0.0007) (0.005)
2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML, R50 and NIST HB44.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2014 - SSH Hermetic Single Point Load Cell 153
SSH 50-500kg Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
65 [2.56]
38 [1.5]
8-M8-7H
25.4 ± 0.1
[1]
38 [1.5]
6.3 25.4 ± 0.1 25.4 ± 0.1
[0.25] [1] [1]
137.4 [5.41]
150 [5.91]
SSH 1000kg Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
METTLER TOLEDO 4-M14-6H

46 [1.81]
72 [2.83]
Two Side
8
[0.3]
38 [1.50]
64 [2.51]
150 [5.91]
154 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2014 - SSH Hermetic Single Point Load Cell
SSH Load Cell
Order Information

Load Cell SSH–50kg – 2.5M 71209634
Load Cell SSH–1000kg – 2.5M 71209937
Load Cell SSH–50kg – 6M 72208581
SSH Load Cell

Cable Colours
Colour Function
Green + Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense
Blue – Sense
Full Connectivity
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099846
155
Steel Single Point
IL Load Cell
Tank and Hoppers
IL provides the best weighing per-
formance for smaller tanks and wall
mounted hoppers. Due to its mounting
schema it can be easily used for gene-
ral bin weighing as well.
One load cell can be used to support
a weighing platform and, due to the
off-center load compensation, the IL will
weigh within tolerance regardless of
IL Single Point Load Cell
The IL load cell features:

High Robustness • OIML R60 C3 approved
IL allows for 50% static overload with-
out compromising the weighing perfor- • Off-center load compensated (R76)
mance. The nickel plated steel material • Up to 1000x1000 mm platform size
provides good corrosion resistance
suitable for most industrial applications. • IP67 protection class
• Nickel plated Steel
The IL is the ideal solution for hopper and bin weighing
due to high capacities and large possible platform
sizes. The mounting schema allows for direct bolting
to a wall. The variety of capacities allows for wide
application range.
156
IL Load Cell Specifications

Model No. IL
Combined Error 1), 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.02
Temperature Range Operating °C (°F) –40 to +65 (–40 to +150)
Safe Storage °C (°F) –40 to +80 (–40 to +176)
European Cert. No. TC 6042
Class C3
OIML / European Approval 4) nmax 3000
Y 5000
PLC 0.7
Excitation Voltage
Max. V AC/DC 20
Excitation Ω 387±4
Terminal Resistance
Output Ω 350±1
Insulation Resistance @50VDC MΩ ≥ 5000
Spring Element Nickel plated alloy steel
Enclosure none
Material
Cable entry fitting 304
Cable PVC
Type potted
Protection
IP Rating IP67
Safe %R.C. 150
Load Limit
Ultimate %R.C. 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. >1.000.000
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 4.15 (9.2) 5.4 (12)
Length m (ft) 5 (16.6)
Cable
Grade 12.9
Size/thread mm M14 M16
Mounting Screw
Engaged Length mm (in) 25 1)
Max Platter Size cm x cm (in x in) 80X80 (3.15x3.15) 100X100 (3.93x3.93)
Off Center Load Error @33%R.C. %A.L./cm (../in) 0.0045 (0.011) 0.0035 (0.0087)
2) Typical values only. The sum of errors due to Combined Error and Temperature Effect on Sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
4) See certificate for complete information
METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2013 - IL Single Point Load Cell 157

IL Load Cell Dimensional Drawings mm [inch]
L3
L2 4-D
H1
H2
METTLER TOLEDO
W1
W2
W3
L1
L1

Capacity
D H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 W1 W2 W3
150kg–1000kg M14 46 72 15 0 85 100 38 64 8
[330–2204lb] [1.81] [2.83] [5.91] [3.35] [3.94] [1.50] [2.52] [0.31]
2000kg M16 55 80 150 85 100 42 72 8
[4409lb] [2.17] [3.15] [5.91] [3.35] [3.94] [1.65] [2.83] [0.31]
158 METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2013 - IL Single Point Load Cell

IL Load Cell Order Information

Load cell, model no. IL-150KG-5M 71209638
IL Load Cell Cable Colours
Colour Function
Green + Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense
Blue – Sense
Yellow (long) Shield
Full Connectivity
OIML Approvals
The IL is provided with C3 approval acc. to
OIML R60. Thus best weighing performance
is guaranteed at all specified conditions.
Benefit from METTLER TOLEDO experience.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099190
159
The Ideal Weighing Solution
0970 Ringmount
for Sanitary Applications
Sanitary Applications
RINGMOUNT weigh modules are ideal for
sanitary applications. The hermetically
sealed load cell and mounting hardware
made of 316 stainless steel provide a
smooth, stainless steel finish with no
exposed threads.
Load Cells
Model RLC torsion-ring load cells feature
a compact, stainless steel design. The
self-centering, rocker-pin suspension en-
sures a high degree of weighing accuracy
and repeatability for filling, batching, and
mixing processes.
0970 RINGMOUNT Weigh Module

RINGMOUNT weigh modules let you add weighing
capabilities to processes in sanitary and washdown
Hold-Down Bolts environments. They provide accurate weighing of tanks
Each weigh module is equipped with
a pair of hold-down bolts to check and vessels in the food, pharmaceutical, chemical,
horizontal movement and restrain the tank and biotech industries. The smooth, stainless steel
from tipping. For most installations, no
additional checking is needed. surfaces inhibit the growth of bacteria and simplify
washdown for clean-in-place applications. Because of
their extremely low profile, the weigh modules increase
a scale’s stability by lowering its center of gravity.
• Hermetically sealed stainless steel load cells
Shipping Blocks • 316 stainless steel mounting hardware is standard
Specially designed shipping blocks main-
tain proper alignment between the top • Global approvals standard on every load cell
and bottom mounting plates. The blocks
simplify installation and protect the load
cell from damage during shipping and
installation.
160
0970 Weigh Module Specifications
Weigh Module Parameter Unit of Measure Specification

Model No. 0970 RINGMOUNT
Rated Capacity kg (lb) 250 500 1,000 2,000 3,500 5,000 10,000
(551) (1,102) (2,205) (4,409) (7,716) (11,023) (22,046)
Transverse ± mm (in) 2.3 (0.09) 4.1(0.16)
Max. Top Plate Travel
Longitudinal ± mm (in) 2.3 (0.09) 4.1(0.16)
Restoring Force 1) %A.L./mm (.../in) 6) 17.7 (450) 4.4(113)
Transverse kN (lb) 11.8 (2650) 17.7(4000)
Max. Horizontal Force 2)
Longitudinal kN (lb) 11.8 (2650) 17.7(4000)
Max. Uplift Force 3) kN (lb) 11.8 (2650) 41.2(9300)
Weight (including load cell) kg (lb) 4.2 (9.3) 10.8(23.8)
Material 316 stainless steel
Load Cell Parameter Unit of Measure Specification

Model No. RLC
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb) 250 500 1,000 2,000 3,500 5,000 10,000
(551) (1,102) (2,205) (4,409) (7,716) (11,023) (22,046)
Rated Output mV/V @ R.C. 1.75±0.1 2±0.1 2.05±0.1
Combined Error 4), 5) %R.C. C3: ≤ 0.018; C6: ≤ 0.013 8)
Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./°C (.../°F) C3: ≤ 0.0020 (0.0011); C6: ≤ 0.0012 (0.0006 ) 8)
Sensitivity 5) %A.L./°C (.../°F) C3: ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005); C6: ≤ 0.0004 (0.0002) 8)
Temperature Range Operating °C (°F) –30 to +70 (–22 to +160)
Safe Storage °C (°F) –50 to +80 (–58 to +176)
Class C3; C6 8)
OIML/European Approval7) nmax C3: 3000; C6: 6000 8)
Y C3: 7100; C6: 12050 8)
Class NA III M; III L M NA
NTEP Approval 7) nmax NA 5000; 10000 NA
Vmin kg NA R.C./16.667; R.C./33.333 NA
ATEX Approval 7) Rating II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 or T6 / II 2 D T70°C ; II 3 G EEx nL IIC T4 or T6 / II 3 D T70°C
Factory Mutual Approval 7) Rating IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 ; NI/I/2/ABCD/T6 ; S/II,III/2/FG
Excitation Voltage
Maximum V AC/DC 30
Excitation Ω 1100±50 1110±50 1100±50
Terminal Resistance
Output Ω 1025±50 1025±25 1025±50
Material Spring Element Stainless steel
Type Glass-to-metal seal
Safe %R.C. 150
Load Limit
Ultimate %R.C. 150
Deflection @ R.C. mm (in) 0.1 (0.004)
Weight kg (lb) 0.73 (1.6) 0.96 (2.2) 1.2 (2.6)
Cable Length m (ft) 5 (16.4) 10 (32.8)
1)
% of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse and longitudinal).
2)
Maximum horizontal force that can be applied to the top plate.
3)
Maximum vertical uplift force that can be applied to the top plate.
4)
Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis.
5)
Typical values only. The sum of errors due to combined error and temperature effect on sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
6)
A.L. = Applied Load.
7)
8)
Class C6 load cells are available only in the following capacities: 1000, 2000, 3500, 5000 kg.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2010 - 0970 RINGMOUNT Weigh Module 161

0970 Weigh Module Dimensions 0970 Mounting Arrangements
L
L1 L2
Transverse
W2
D
Longitudinal W1 W Circular Mounting (Plan View)
Top Plate Travel
H2
H1
Note: Each weigh module is supplied with shipping/installation blocks to keep

the top and bottom plates rigidly aligned during shipping and installation.
Rectangular or Square Mounting (Plan View)
Note: Typical mounting arrangements are shown above. The weigh

modules can be oriented in other directions as long as they are
evenly spaced and each supports approximately the same weight.
Capacity D H H1 H2 L L1 L2 W W1 W2
250-5000 kg 13.5 mm 58.4 mm 12.7 mm 12.7 mm 152.4 mm 120.0 mm 16.2 mm 101.6 mm 70.0 mm 15.8 mm
551-11,023 lb 0.53 in. 2.30 in. 0.50 in. 0.50 in. 6.00 in. 4.72 in. 0.64 in. 4.00 in. 2.75 in. 0.62 in.
10,000 kg 18.0 mm 99.5 mm 19.0 mm 25.4 mm 203.2 mm 165.2 mm 19.0 mm 120.6 mm 82.6 mm 19.0 mm
22,046 lb 0.71 in. 3.92 in. 0.75 in. 1.00 in. 8.00 in. 6.50 in. 0.75 in. 4.75 in. 3.25 in. 0.75 in.
Top Plate Travel

Capacity Longitudinal Transverse
250-5000 kg ± 2.3 mm ± 2.3 mm
551-11,023 lb ± 0.09 in. ± 0.09 in.
10,000 kg ± 4.1 mm ± 4.1 mm
22,046 lb ± 0.16 in. ± 0.16 in.
0970 Cable Colours

Colour Function
Pink + Excitation
Gray – Excitation
Brown + Signal
White – Signal
Clear Shield
162 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2010 - 0970 RINGMOUNT Weigh Module

0970 Weigh Module
Order Information

WMA 0970, 250 kg (C3) (with load cell) 69031599
WMK 0970, 250-5000 kg (without load cell) 61039164
WMA 0970, 10000 kg (without load cell) 61040974
RLC Load Cell, 250 kg (C3) 61037713
RLC Load Cell, 500 kg (C3) 61038019
RLC Load Cell, 1000 kg (C3) 61036052
RLC Load Cell, 2000 kg (C3) 61037137
RLC Load Cell, 3500 kg (C3) 61037854
RLC Load Cell, 5000 kg (C3) 61038020
RLC Load Cell, 10000 kg (C3) 61038876
RLC Load Cell, 1000 kg (C6) 61038021
RLC Load Cell, 2000 kg (C6) 61037497
RLC Load Cell, 3500 kg (C6) 61038948
RLC Load Cell, 5000 kg (C6) 61037496
Options Item No.

Fabreeka Isolation Pad, 0970 250-5000 kg 61036187
Fabreeka Isolation Pad, 0970 10000 kg 61038873
Acetal Thermal Pad, 0970 250-5000 kg 61037314
Acetal Thermal Pad, 0970 10000 kg 61038874
Ultem PEI Thermal Pad, 0970 250-5000 kg 61037446
Ultem PEI Thermal Pad, 0970 10000 kg 61038875
Full Connectivity
Global Approvals
Model RLC load cells have global certifications for metrological
performance and hazardous area applications. There is no need for
options or additional charges.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099871
163
Protect Your Process
0970 RingMount™ Redundant
from Errors and Downtime
Double Protection
The redundant design protects your pro-
cess from costly downtime. If there is a
problem with one set of load cells or
cables, the second set acts as a backup
scale that allows you to continue weigh-
ing without the need to shut down the
process.
Verified Accuracy
Each weigh module is equipped with two
torsion-ring load cells that measure
weight independently. Producing two
weight readings provides the equivalent
of a second scale that verifies weighing
accuracy and repeatability. Load cells
are available for class C3 or C6 (higher
accuracy).
RingMount™ Redundant
Redundant Weigh Module
Hygienic Applications
RingMount™ weigh modules are made of
Protect your process-weighing operation from costly
316 stainless steel with a polished finish weighing errors and downtime with a redundant Ring-
and no exposed threads. Their hygienic Mount™ weigh module system. Essentially two scales
design inhibits the growth of bacteria
and simplifies washdown, making the in one, a redundant system produces duplicate weight
weigh modules ideal for clean-in-place readings to verify accuracy and provide backup weigh-
applications.
ing. RingMount™ weigh modules are used for weighing
tanks and vessels in the food, pharmaceutical, chemi-
cal, cosmetics, and biotech industries where hygiene
Safe Operation is critical. Redundant weigh modules are designed for
Built-in checking is provided by hold-
down bolts that limit the movement of operations where profits depend on producing superior
each weigh module’s top plate and batches without waste or downtime. The more critical
restrain the tank from tipping. For most
installations, no additional checking is
accuracy and repeatability are to your process, the
needed. more valuable a redundant weighing system is.
164

Model No. 0970 RingMount™
Rated Capacity kg (lb, nominal) 250 500 1,000 2,000 3,500 5,000
(551) (1,102) (2,205) (4,409) (7,716) (11,023)
Transverse ± mm (in) 2.3 (0.09)
Max. Top Plate Travel
Longitudinal ± mm (in) 2.3 (0.09)
Restoring Force1 %A.L./mm (.../in)6 17.7 (450)
Transverse kN (lb) 11.8 (2,650)
Max. Horizontal Force2
Longitudinal kN (lb) 11.8 (2,650)
Max. Uplift Force3 kN (lb) 11.8 (2,650)
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 4.2 (9.3)
Material 316 stainless steel

Model No. RLC
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal) 250 500 1,000 2,000 3,500 5,000
(551) (1,102) (2,205) (4,409) (7,716) (11,023)
Rated Output mV/V @ R.C. 1.75 ± 0.1 2 ± 0.1
Combined Error4, 5 %R.C. C3: ≤ 0.018; C6: ≤ 0.0138
Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./°C (.../°F) C3: ≤ 0.0020 (0.0011); C6: ≤ 0.0012 (0.0006)8
Sensitivity5 %A.L./°C (.../°F) C3: ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005); C6: ≤ 0.0004 (0.0002)8
Safe Storage °C (°F) -50 to +80 (-58 to +176)
Class C3; C68
OIML/European Approval7 nmax C3: 3,000; C6: 6,0008
Y C3: 7,100; C6: 12,0508
Class NA III M; III L M
NTEP Approval7 nmax NA 5,000; 10,000
Vmin kg NA R.C./16,667; R.C./33,333
ATEX Approval7 Rating II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 or T6 / II 2 D T70°C ; II 3 G EEx nL IIC T4 or T6 / II 3 D T70°C
Factory Mutual Approval7 Rating IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4 ; NI/I/2/ABCD/T6 ; S/II,III/2/FG
Excitation Voltage
Maximum V AC/DC 30
Excitation Ω 1,100 ± 50 1,110 ± 50
Terminal Resistance
Output Ω 1,025 ± 50 1,025 ± 25
Type Glass-to-metal seal
Safe %R.C. 150
Load Limit
Ultimate %R.C. 1509
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 0.73 (1.6) 0.96 (2.2)
1 % of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse and longitudinal).
2 Maximum horizontal force that can be applied to the top plate.
3 Maximum vertical uplift force that can be applied to the top plate.
4 Error due to the combined effect of non-linearity and hysteresis.
5 Typical values only. The sum of errors due to combined error and temperature effect on sensitivity comply with the requirements of OIML R60 and NIST HB44.
6 A.L. = Applied Load.
7 See certificate for complete information.
8 Class C6 load cells are available only in the following capacities: 1000, 2000, 3500, 5000 kg.
9 Applied load must not exceed 150% R.C. unless load cell is mounted on a ground metal surface (which is required for the overload protection to function).
Produced in a
facility that is
METTLER TOLEDO © 03/2014 - 0970 RingMount™ Redundant Weigh Module 165

0970 Weigh Module Dimensions 0970 Mounting Arrangements
L
L1 L2
W2
D
W1 W
Circular Mounting (Plan View)
2L
H2
H1
Rectangular or Square Mounting (Plan View)
Note: Each weigh module is supplied with shipping/installation blocks to keep the top Note: Typical mounting arrangements are shown above. The weigh
and bottom plates rigidly aligned during shipping and installation. modules can be oriented in other directions as long as they are
evenly spaced and each supports approximately the same weight.
Capacity D H* H1 H2 L L1 L2 W W1 W2
250-5,000 kg 13.5 mm 89.6 mm 12.7 mm 12.7 mm 152.4 mm 120.0 mm 16.2 mm 101.6 mm 70.0 mm 15.8 mm
551-11,023 lb 0.53 in. 3.53 in. 0.50 in. 0.50 in. 6.00 in. 4.72 in. 0.64 in. 4.00 in. 2.75 in. 0.62 in.
* Height when the weigh module is set up for weighing (shipping blocks removed). Shipping height is 90.4 mm (3.56 inches).
Top Plate Travel

Capacity Longitudinal Transverse
250-5,000 kg ± 2.3 mm ± 2.3 mm
551-11,023 lb ± 0.09 in. ± 0.09 in.
0970 Cable Colors

Color Function
Pink + Excitation
Gray - Excitation
Brown + Signal
White - Signal
Clear Shield
166 METTLER TOLEDO © 03/2014 - 0970 RingMount™ Redundant Weigh Module

0970 Weigh Module Ordering Information

0970 Redundant Weigh Module, 250 kg, C3, 316 Stainless Steel 61046846
0970 Redundant Weigh Module, 500 kg, C3, 316 Stainless Steel 61046848
0970 Redundant Weigh Module, 1,000 kg, C3, 316 Stainless Steel 61046850
Options Item No.

Fabreeka Isolation Pad, 0970, 250-5,000 kg 61036187
Acetal Thermal Pad, 0970, 250-5,000 kg 61037314
Ultem PEI Thermal Pad, 0970, 250-5,000 kg 61037446
Global Approvals Weigh-Connect-Control-Comply

Model RLC load cells have global certifications for metrological METTLER TOLEDO embeds intelligence into weighing applications.
performance and hazardous area applications. There is no need for Our industry leading scale electronics enable users to integrate their
options or additional charges. gravimetric measurement with applications running on PCs, PLCs,
or DCS systems. Our products are designed specifically for industries
subject to regulatory controls, such as pharmaceutical, chemical,
food and beverage, and have been confirmed by multiple global
agency standards including UL, CE, NTEP, and OIML.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/weighmodule
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30130002
167
Right the First Time
SWB505 MultiMount ™
Safe, Accurate, Service Friendly
Tank Weighing
SWB505 MultiMount ™ weigh modules
offer rugged construction and many
features for easy installation and accurate
and reliable tank weighing. Standard
lift-off bolt copes with tipping forces
while vertical safety down-stop provides
additional safety.
Conveyors and Mixers SWB505

Weigh modules are also designed for MultiMount ™
dynamic-loading applications such as
conveyors, mixers and blenders. SWB505
MultiMount ™ provides 360° checking for
ease of installation and maximum safety. SWB505 MultiMountTM
The rocker pin restores the top plate to
its ideal position to maintain accurate,
repeatable weight.
SWB505 MultiMount ™ features ensure correct
scale system installation, right from the start. Weigh
Load Cell
Load cells have a rocker pin design that modules do not compromise on safety – all safety
automatically aligns load forces for features are built-in. The rocker pin design provides
accurate weighing. These hermetically
sealed load cells are rated IP68 and can the highest level of weighing accuracy. Service features,
be used in all environments. The load including SafeLock™ provide easy and trouble free
cells are easy to inspect or replace.
installation.
Features:
• Integrated lift-off protection
Stabilizers
Up to two optional stabilizers can be • Vertical safety down-stop
applied to each weigh module to stabilize • Full 360° integrated checking
a scale subject to heavy vibration, high
torque, or in-motion weighing. With stabi-
• Ground strap – welding protection
lizers installed, thermal expansion is still • SafeLock™ – Weigh module locked for installation
possible, guaranteeing the best weighing • SafeLock™ – Load cell protected for installation
performance.
• Dual stabilizer option
• All load cells with IP68 / IP69K and fully stainless steel
• Global approvals standard on each load cell
• OIML C3/NTEP III M n:5 or OIML C6/NTEP III M n:10
• Zinc plated or stainless steel mounting hardware
• CalFree™: Calibration without test weights
168
SWB505 MultiMount ™ Specifications – Weigh Module
unit of
Weigh Module Specification
measure
Model No. SWB505 MultiMount ™
Size 1 2 3
kg (lb, 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 110 220 550 1100 2200 4400
Rated Capacity
nominal) (11) (22) (44) (66) (110) (220) (440) (660) (250) (500) (1250) (2500) (5000) (10000)
Max. Rated Forces 1)
0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 1.1 2.2 5.4 10.8 21.6 43.2
Max. Compressive Force, Rated kN (lb)
(11) (22) (44) (66) (110) (220) (440) (660) (250) (500) (1250) (2500) (5000) (10000)
Max. Horizontal transverse 15
kN (lb) 4.5 (1010) 7.5 (1685)
Force, Rated longitudinal (3370)
22.2
Max. Uplift Force, Rated kN (lb) 5.5 (1230) 16 (3600)
(5000)
Max. horizontal force (longitudinal) 7.4
kN (lb) 1.5 (675) 5 (1120)
per stabilizer option, Rated 7) (1660)
Max. Yield Forces 2) 4)
0.074 0.15 0.29 0.44 0.74 1.47 2.94 4.4 1.62 3.2 8.1 16.2 23.3 50
Max. Compressiv Force, Yield kN (lb)
(16.5) (33) (66) (99) (165) (330) (660) (990) (375) (750) (1875) (3750) (5120) (11200)
kN (lb) 6.6 (1480) 9.8 (2200)
Force, Yield longitudinal (4950)
34
Max. Uplift Force, Yield kN (lb) 7.7 (1730) 22 (4950)
(7640)
Max. Ultimate Forces 3) 4)
150
Max. Compressiv Force, Ultimate 5) kN (lb) 65 (14600) 90 (20000)
(33000)
kN (lb) 17 (3800) 42 (9400)
Force, Ultimate longitudinal (10750)
55
Max. Uplift Force, Ultimate kN (lb) 22 (4590) 50 (11200)
(12350)
%A.L./mm 5.5
Restoring Force 7.4 (190) 4.4 (111)
(../in) 6) (140)
transverse 3.5
Max. top plate travel ± mm (in) 2.5 (0.10) 3 (0.12)
longitudinal 8) (0.14)
4 6.6 7 15.4
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb)
(8.8) (14.5) (15.4) (34)
Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel / 316 stainless steel
Finish Zinc Plated / Electropolished / Electropolished
1)
The weigh module is rated for these forces in normal operation, a Factor of Safety has been applied by Mettler Toledo.
2)
Warning: if loaded statically one time in excess of these forces, the weigh module may yield and need replacing. The Max. Yield Forces do not consider fatigue/cyclic loading and should
be approached only in exceptional circumstances.
3)
Warning: if loaded statically one time in excess of these forces, the weigh module may break with potential for serious injury and/or property damage.
4)
Warning: apply a Factor of Safety appropriate to the application.
5)
The top plate will travel downwards by 5 mm (0.2 inches) before the down-stop engages and this ultimate force can be developed.
6)
% of Applied Load (A.L.) per mm (in) displacement of the top plate (transverse & longitudinal).
7)
1 or 2 per weigh module. Max permissible longitudinal force per stabilizer.
8)
0 with Stabilizer.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWB505 MultiMount ™ 169

SWB505 MultiMount ™ Specifications – Load Cell
unit of
Load Cell Specification
measure
0.03% 30129791
0.05% 71209934
C3 / III s n:3 /
71209642 71201556 71201557 71201558 71201559 71201560
Item No. III M n:5
C3 / III M n:5 30091046 30091050 30091054 30039033 30094400
C6 30212721 30212722 30212723 30212724 30212725
C6 / III M n:10 30091047 30091051 30091055 30039034 30094401
Model No. MTB 0745A
kg (lb, 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 110 220 550 1100 2200 4400
Rated Capacity (R.C.)
nominal) (11) (22) (44) (66) (110) (220) (441) (661) (250) (500) (1250) (2500) (5000) (10000)
mV/V 0.970 ±
2 ± 0.1% 1.940 ± 0.1%
@R.C.-kg 0.2%
Rated Output
mV/V 1.000 ±
– 2.000 ± 0.1%
@R.C.-lb 0.2%
Combined Error 9) 10)
%R.C. C3: ≤ 0.018 / C6: ≤ 0.012 ≤ 0.03 C3: ≤ 0.018 / C6: ≤ 0.012
Min. Dead load %R.C./°C ≤ 0.0027 C3: ≤ 0.0013 (0.0007) /
C3: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) / C6: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006)
Temperature Output (../°F) (0.0015) C6: ≤ 0.0013 (0.0007)
Effect on %A.L./°C ≤ 0.0014 C3: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) /
Sensitivity 10) C3: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) / C6: ≤ 0.0005 (0.0003)
(../°F) (0.0008) C6: ≤ 0.0005 (0.0003)
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104) -10 to +40 (+14 to +104)
Temperature
Operating °C (°F) -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +150) -40 to +65 (-40 to +150)
Range
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) -40 to +80 (-40 to +176)
OIML / Class C3 C6 C3 / C6 C3 / C6
European nmax – 3000 6000 3000 / 6000 – 3000 / 6000
Approval 11) Y 12000 11000
Class III S / III M III M / III M
NTEP nmax 3000 / 5000 5000 / 10000
–
Approval 11) 0.114 0.227 0.454
Vmin kg (lb) R.C./12000 0.022 0.056
(0.25) (0.50) (1.0)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 / II 2 D ibD 21 IP6X T135°C II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb / II 2 D Ex ia IIIC T100°C Db
ATEX
Rating II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc / II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc /
Approval 11) II 3 G Ex nA II T4 / II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4 / II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP6X T135°C
Number IECEx DEK 16.0031X IECEx DEK 15.0017
Ex ib IIC T4 Gb / Ex ib IIIC T135°C Db / Ex ic IIC T4 Gc / Ex nA IIC T4 Gc / Ex ia IIC T4 Gb / Ex ia IIIC T100°C DbEx ic IIC T4 Gc /
IECEx Rating
Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc / Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Approval 11)
Entity Ui = 25V, Ii = 600mA, Pi =1.25W, Ci = 5nF, Li = 30µH /
Ui = 25V, li = 600mA, Pi = 1.25W, Ci = 0.2nF/m, Li = 1µH/m / Un = 25V
Parameters Un = 25V, Ci = 5 nF
IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4 IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4
Factory Rating, USA
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / S / II, III / 2 / FG / T6 NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / S / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Mutual Ap-
IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4 IS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG /T4
proval 11) Rating, Canada
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / DIP / II, III / 2 / FG / T6 NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T6 / DIP / II, III / 2 / FG / T6
Excitation Recommended 5~15 C3: 5~15 / C6: 5~10
V AC/DC
Voltage Max. 20 15
Terminal Excitation ≥ 383 384 ± 10
Ω
Resistance Output 350 ± 1 350 ± 2
Material Spring Element stainless steel stainless steel
Type welded welded
Protection IP Rating IP 68 , IP69K IP 68 , IP69K
NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P NEMA 6/6P
1.3 2
(2.9) (4.4)
PU: 2 (6.6), 3 (9.8), 5 (16.4), 10 (32.8) /
Cable Lenght m (ft) 3 (9.8) / 5 (16.4)
FEP: 3 (9.8), 5 (16.4), 10 (32.8)
Length
Diameter mm (in) 5.8 (0.23) PU: 5.2 (0.2) / FEP: 5.3 (0.21)
9)
10)
11)
170 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWB505 MultiMount ™

SWB505 MultiMount ™ Weigh Module Dimensions mm [in]
Locations and Dimensions

Size Capacity W4
D H H1 H2 H3 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 W W1 W2 W3
5 kg – 300 kg 10 83 12.7 8 41.0 165 102 10 82 145 10 102 102 10 82 60.0

1 –
(11 lb – 600 lb) (0.4) (3.3) (0.50) (0.3) (1.61) (6.5) (4.0) (0.4) (3.2) (5.7) (0.4) (4.0) (4.0) (0.4) (3.3) (2.36)
110 kg – 1.1 t 50.9 66.6
(250 lb – 2.5 klb) 11.2 105.2 19.1 12.7 (2.00) 177.9 114.4 12.7 89.0 152.4 12.7 185.6 114.4 114.4 12.7 89.0 (2.62)
2
2.2 t (0.44) (4.14) (0.75) (0.50) 51.3 (7.00) (4.50) (0.50) (3.5) (6.00) (0.50) (7.31) (4.50) (4.50) (0.50) (3.5) 69.7
(5 klb) (2.02) (2.74)
4.4 t 17.5 136.6 25.4 19.1 70.3 235.0 152.4 25.4 101.6 184.2 25.4 152.4 152.4 25.4 101.6 91.7
3 –
(10 klb) (0.69) (5.38) (1.00) (0.75) (2.77) (9.25) (6.00) (1.00) (4.00) (7.25) (1.00) (6.00) (6.00) (1.00) (4.00) (3.61)

Order Information SWB505 MultiMount ™ – Weigh Module including Load Cell
Order Information, Weigh Module Assembly Item No.

Class / Material
Size Rated Capacity Description Cable, Material /Lenght
Description CS 304 316
5kg / 11lb 0.05% 30040372 30040863 30040920
10kg / 22lb C3 / III s n:3 / III M n:5 30040373 30040864 30040921
20kg / 44lb C3 / III s n:3 / III M n:5 30040374 30040865 30040922
30kg / 66lb C6 30219963 30219968 30219973
C3 / III s n:3 / III M n:5 30040375 30040866 30040923
50kg / 110lb
C6 30219964 30219969 30219974
Weigh Module Assembly PVC / 3 m (9.8ft)
C3 / III s n:3 / III M n:5 30040376 30040867 30040924
100kg / 220lb
C6 30219965 30219970 30219975
1 C3 / III s n:3 / III M n:5 30040861 30040868 30040925
200kg / 440lb
C6 30219966 30219971 30219976
C3 / III s n:3 / III M n:5 30040862 30040869 30040926
300kg / 661lb
C6 30219967 30219972 30219977
Stabilizer 30040930 30040931
Dead Stand 30025909 30025913
5-300kg / 11-661lb Shock/Vibration Pad – – 30040932
Thermal Isolation Pad 80°C 30040933
110kg / 250lb 0.03% 61043206 61043215 61046391
C3 / III M n:5 61043207 61043216 61046392
220kg / 500lb
C6 / III M n:10 30096895 30131902 30131907
C3 / III M n:5 61043208 61043217 61046393
550kg / 1,250lb
Weigh Module Assembly C6 / III M n:10 PU / 5 m (32.8ft) 30096896 30131903 30131908
C3 / III M n:5 61043209 61043218 61046394
1100kg / 2,500lb
C6 / III M n:10 30096897 30131904 30131909
2
C3 / III M n:5 61043210 61043219 61046395
2200kg / 5,000lb
C6 / III M n:10 30096898 30131905 30131910
Stabilizer 61046399 61046400 61046401
Dead Stand 61010624 61046402 61946403
110-2200kg /
Shock/Vibration Pad – – 61005965
250-5,000lb
C3 / III M n:5 PU / 10 m (32.8ft) 61043211 61043220 61046396
4400kg / 10,000lb Weigh Module Assembly
C6 / III M n:10 PU / 10 m (32.8ft) 30131911 30131912 30131913
Stabilizer 61046404 61046405 61046406
3 Dead Stand 61010625 61046407 61046408
4400kg / 10,000lb Shock/Vibration Pad – – 61005938
172 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWB505 MultiMount ™

Order Information SWB505 MultiMount ™ – Weigh Module without Load Cell
– SafeLock™ allows to install weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage
– Combine weigh module with special cable length and cable material
– Use weigh module with dummy load cell for level detection systems
Order Information,
Item No. Suitable Load Cells
Weigh Module Kit
Item No.
Material
Size Rated Capacity Class Dummy
PVC / 3 m PVC / 5 m
CS 304 316 Load Cell
(10ft) (16.6ft)
5kg / 11lb 0.05% 71209934 72208033
C3 / III S n:3 /
10kg / 22lb 71209642 72208034
III M n:5
C3 / III S n:3 /
20kg / 44lb 71201556 72208035
III M n:5
30kg / 66lb C6 30212721 30226939
C3 / III S n:3 /
71201557 72208036
50kg / 110lb III M n:5
C6 30212722 30226940
1 30040927 30040928 30040929 – – – – – 30025910
C3 / III S n:3 /
71201558 72208037
100kg / 220lb III M n:5
C6 30212723 30226941
C3 / III S n:3 /
71201559 72208038
200kg / 440lb III M n:5
C6 30212724 30226942
C3 / III S n:3 /
71201560 72208039
300kg / 661lb III M n:5
C6 30212725 30226943
PU / 2 m PU / 3 m PU / 5 m PU / 10 m FEP / 3 m FEP / 5 m FEP / 10 m
(6.6ft) (10ft) (16.6ft) (33ft) (10ft) (16.6ft) (33ft)
110kg / 250lb 0.03% 30129790 30129729 30129791 30129792 30129793 30129794 30129795
C3 / III M n:5 30091034 30129604 30091046 30094384 42111204 30094412 30094432
220kg / 500lb
C6 / III M n:10 30091035 30129605 30091047 30094385 42111205 30094413 30094433
61043213 61043222 61046397 C3 / III M n:5 30091038 30129606 30091050 30094388 42111224 30094416 30094436 68000714
550kg / 1250lb
2 C6 / III M n:10 30091039 30129607 30091051 30094389 42111225 30094417 30094437
C3 / III M n:5 30091042 30129608 30091054 30094392 42111244 30094420 30094440
1100kg / 2500lb
C6 / III M n:10 30091043 30129609 30091055 30094393 42111245 30094421 30094441
C3 / III M n:5 30091026 30039031 30039033 30094396 30094404 30094424 30094444
2200kg / 5000lb 61046636 61046637 61046638 61005963
C6 / III M n:10 30091027 30039032 30039034 30094397 30094405 30094425 30094445
C3 / III M n:5 30091030 30039041 30039043 30094400 30094408 30094428 30094448
3 4400kg / 10000lb 61043214 61043223 61046398 61005964
C6 / III M n:10 30091031 30039042 30039044 30094401 30094409 30094429 30094449

SWB505 MultiMount ™ SWB505 MultiMount ™
Cable Colour MTB Cable Colour 0745A
Colour Function Colour Function

Green + Excitation Green + Excitation
Black – Excitation Black – Excitation
White + Signal White + Signal
Red – Signal Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense Yellow Shield
Blue – Sense
Full Connectivity Weighing Electronics

METTLER TOLEDO supplies various data communication interfaces METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
that enable our sensors and instruments to communicate with your weighing to application solutions for filling, stock control, batching,
PLC, MES, or ERP systems. formulation, counting, checkweighing.
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098436
174
175
SWB605 PowerMount ™
Tank Weighing
SWB605 PowerMount ™ weigh modules
and reliable tank weighing. Standard
lift-off bolt copes with tipping forces
while vertical safety down-stop provides
additional safety.
Conveyors and Mixers

Weigh modules are also designed for SWB605
dynamic-loading applications such as PowerMount ™
conveyors, mixers and blenders. SWB605
PowerMount ™ provides 360° checking
for ease of installation and maximum
safety. The rocker pin restores the top SWB605 PowerMountTM
plate to its ideal position to maintain ac-
curate, repeatable weight. Know What‘s Ahead
SWB605 PowerMount ™ features ensure correct

Load Cell
POWERCELL® load cells have a rocker scale system installation, right from the start. Weigh
pin design that automatically aligns load modules do not compromise on safety – all safety
forces for accurate weighing. These
hermetically sealed load cells are rated
features are built-in. The rocker pin design provides the
IP68/IP69K and can be used in all highest level of weighing accuracy. Service features,
environments. The load cells are easy to including SafeLock™ provide easy and trouble free
inspect or replace.
installation.
Features:
Predictive Maintenance
SWB605 PowerMount ™ monitors single • Integrated lift-off protection
load cells for overload, zero drift, founda- • Vertical safety down-stop
tion problems, etc.; prompting action
• Full 360° integrated checking
before system shuts down or measures
incorrectly. • Ground strap – welding protection
• SafeLock™ – Weigh module locked for installation
• SafeLock™ – Load cell protected for installation
• All load cells with IP68/IP69K and fully stainless steel
• OIML C3/NTEP III M n:5, OIML C6/NTEP III M n:10 or C10
• CalFree™ Plus: Precise calibration on a finger tip
176
SWB605 PowerMount ™ Specifications – Weigh Module
unit of
Weigh Module Specification
measure
Model No. SWB605 PowerMount ™
Size 2 3
kg (lb,
Rated Capacity (R.C.) 220 (500) 550 (1250) 1100 (2500) 2200 (5000) 4400 (10000)
nominal)
Max. Compressive Force, Rated kN (lb) 2.2 (500) 5.4 (1250) 10.8 (2500) 21.6 (5000) 43.2 (10000)
Max. Horizontal transverse
kN (lb) 7.5 (1685) 15 (3370)
Force, Rated longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Rated kN (lb) 16 (3600) 22.2 (5000)
Max. horizontal force (longitudinal)
kN (lb) 5 (1120) 7.4 (1660)
per stabilizer option, Rated 7)
Max. Compressiv Force, Yield kN (lb) 3.2 (750) 8.1 (1875) 16.2 (3750) 23.3 (5120) 50 (11200)
kN (lb) 9.8 (2200) 22 (4950)
Force, Yield longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Yield kN (lb) 22 (4950) 34 (7640)
Max. Compressiv Force, Ultimate 5) kN (lb) 90 (20000) 150 (33000)
kN (lb) 42 (9400) 48 (10750)
Force, Ultimate longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Ultimate kN (lb) 50 (11200) 55 (12350)
%A.L./mm
Restoring Force 4.4 (111) 5.5 (140)
(../in) 6)
transverse
Max. top plate travel ± mm (in) 3 (0.12) 3.5 (0.14)
longitudinal 8)
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 6.6 (14.5) 7 (15.4) 15.4 (34)
Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel / 316 stainless steel
Finish Zinc Plated / Electropolished / Electropolished
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
The top plate will travel downwards by 5 mm (0.2 inches) before the down-stop engages and this ultimate force can be developed.
6)
7)
8)
0 with Stabilizer.
SWB605 PowerMount ™ Weigh Module Arrangements 2

2L
See ¹
L
¹ provide equal distribution, but the stability of this arrangement

must be assured
² Weigh modules may be orientated as desired only if stabilizers
will not be used
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWB605 PowerMount ™ 177

SWB605 PowerMount ™ Specifications – Load Cell
Load Cell unit of measure Specification

Item No. 72261196 72261209 72261204 72261197 72261210 72261205 72261198 72261211 72261206 72261199 72261212 72261207 72261200 72261195
Model No. SLB615D POWERCELL® 12) 13)
External resolution Counts @ R.C. 220,000 550,000 1,100,000 2,200,000 440,000
External resolution tolerance % ± 0.04 ± 0.02 ± 0.04 ± 0.02 ± 0.04 ± 0.02 ± 0.04 ± 0.02 ± 0.04 ± 0.02
Zero load Output %R.C. < 0.1
Combined Error 9) 10) %R.C. C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.018 / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.012 / C10: ≤ 0.007
Min. Dead load
Temperature %R.C./°C (../°F) C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.0014 (0.0008) / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.0007 (0.0004) / C10: ≤ 0.0007 (0.0004)
Output
Effect on
Sensitivity 10) %A.L./°C (../°F) C3/IIIM n:5: ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) / C6/IIIM n:10: ≤ 0.0005 (0.0003) / C10: ≤ 0.0003 (0.0002)
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Temperature
Operating °C (°F) -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ +150)
Range
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
OIML / Class C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6 C10 C3 C6
European nmax 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000 10000 3000 6000
Approval 11) Vmin kg 0.025 0.01 0.05 0.025 0.1 0.05 0.25 0.1 0.5 0.25
Class III M n:5 III M n:10 – III M n:5 III M n:10 – III M n:5 III M n:10 – III M n:5 III M n:10 – III M n:5 III M n:10
NTEP
nmax 5000 10000 – 5000 10000 – 5000 10000 – 5000 10000 – 5000 10000
Approval 11)
Vmin lb 0.05 0.025 – 0.1 – 0.25 – 0.5 – 1.0
ATEX
Rating II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc / II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc
Approval 11)
Factory Rating, USA NI / I, II, III / 2 / ABCDFG / T6 Ta = 55°C
Mutual
Rating, Canada NI / I, II / 2 / ABCDFG / T6 Ta = 55°C / DIP / III / 2 / T6 Ta = 55°C
Approval 11)
Supply Vol-
Range
tage Non- V DC 10 ~ 26
(nominal)
regulated
Overvoltage Max. Tested
A 2000 (no outdoor lightning conditions)
Protection (IEEE4-95)
Effective System Update Rate
Hz 40
(4 load cells)
Material Spring Element stainless steel
Type welded
9)
10)
11)
12)
Max. 14 load cells / terminal
13)
Max. total cable length 90-300m depending on no. of LC and Terminal
178 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWB605 PowerMount ™

SWB605 PowerMount ™ Weigh Module with optional Cable Protector Dimensions mm [in]
L1
L2 L3 Optional Accessory
W2
W4
W3 W
W5
W1
L4 L5 8x øD
114 Typical (SWB PowerMount™)
H2
Optional Accessory
H4
H3
H1
L6
L7
L8
Locations and Dimensions

Size Capacity
D H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 W W1 W2 W3 W4 W5
220kg – 1.1 t 50.9 68.6

(500lb – 2.5 klb) 11.2 105.2 19.1 12.7 (2.00) 96.6 177.8 114.4 12.7 89.0 152.4 12.7 185.6 244.6 114.4 114.4 12.7 89.0 (2.70) 113.0
2 –
2.2 t (0.44) (4.14) (0.75) (0.50) 51.3 (3.80) (7.00) (4.50) (0.50) (3.5) (6.00) (0.50) (7.31) (9.63) (4.50) (4.50) (0.50) (3.5) 70.6 (4.45)
(5 klb) (2.02) (2.78)
4.4 t 17.5 136.6 25.4 19.1 70.3 132.9 235.0 152.4 25.4 101.6 184.2 25.4 298.0 152.4 152.4 25.4 101.6 92.6 143.0
3 – –
(10 klb) (0.69) (5.38) (1.00) (0.75) (2.77) (5.23) (9.25) (6.00) (1.00) (4.00) (7.25) (1.00) (11.73) (6.00) (6.00) (1.00) (4.00) (3.65) (5.63)
1)
Height when using thermal isolation pad or shock/vibration pad

Order Information SWB605 PowerMount ™ – Weigh Module including Load Cell

Material, Weigh Module
Size Rated Capacity Description Class
CS 304 316
C3 / III M n:5 30090741 30090742 30090743
220kg / 500lb C6 / III M n:10 30090753 30090754 30090755
C10 30096881 30096882 30096883
C3 / III M n:5 30090744 30090745 30090746
550kg / 1,250lb C6 / III M n:10 30090756 30090757 30090758
C10 30096884 30096885 30096886
Weigh Module Assembly
C3 / III M n:5 30090747 30090748 30090749
1100kg / 2,500lb C6 / III M n:10 30090759 30090760 30090761
C10 30096887 30096888 30096889
2
C3 / III M n:5 30090750 30090751 30090752
2200kg / 5,000lb C6 / III M n:10 30090762 30090763 30090764
C10 30096890 30096891 30096892
Stabilizer 1) 61046399 61046400 61046401
Dead Stand 61010624 61046402 61946403
220-2200kg / Shock/Vibration Pad 61005965
–
500-5,000lb Thermal Isolation Pad 80°C 61010620
Cable Protector 30315554
4400kg / 10000lb C3 / III M n:5 30090765 30090766 30090767
Weigh Module Assembly
C6 / III M n:10 30090768 30090769 30090770
Stabilizer 1) 61046404 61046405 61046406
Dead Stand 61010625 61046407 61046408
3
Shock/Vibration Pad 61005938
4400kg / 10000lb –
Cable Protector 30315555

1)
1 or 2 per weigh module.
Order Information, Cables Item No.

Description
PU / 2.5m (8.2ft) PU / 5m (16.4ft) PU / 10m (32.8ft) PU / 15m (49.2ft) PU / 20m (65.6ft) PU / 30m (98.4ft) PU / 50m (164ft)
Cable Kit, 3 Load Cells 30207546 30765515 30765516 – – – –
Cable Kit, 4 Load Cells 30207547 30765517 30765518 – – – –
Load Cell Y-Cable 30207922 30765513 30765514 – – – –
Home Run Cable – 30765519 30208862 30765520 30765521 30095713 30095714
Extension Cable – 30095636 30095637 – – – –
CAN Termination 30207923
Blind plug 72263681
Cable Gland for Home Run
30095639
Cable with IND780 PDX®
180 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWB605 PowerMount ™

Order Information SWB605 PowerMount ™ – Weigh Module without Load Cell
– SafeLock™ allows to install weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage
Order Information,
Weigh Module Kit
Item No.
Size Rated Capacity Class
Dummy Load Cell
CS 304 316 C3 / III M n:5 C6 / III M n:10 C10
220kg / 500lb 72261196 72261209 72261204
550kg / 1250lb 61043213 61043222 61046397 72261197 72261210 72261205 68000714
2
1100kg / 2500lb 72261198 72261211 72261206
2200kg / 5000lb 61046636 61046637 61046638 72261199 72261212 72261207 61005963
3 4400kg / 10000lb 61043214 61043223 61046398 72261200 72261195 – 61005964

Home Run Cable
POWERCELL® SLB615D
Colour Function
Yellow Shield
Blue CAN_L
White CAN_H
Red +V
Black –V

Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098436
182
183
SWC615 PowerMount ™
Tank Weighing
SWC615 PowerMount™ weigh modules
and reliable tank weighing. Included as
standard are 360 ° stops and two lift-off
bolts to cope with wind forces, while two
vertical down-stops provide additional
safety.

SWC615 PowerMount™ weigh modules
are also designed for dynamic-loading
applications such as conveyors,
mixers, and blenders. They provide 360°
SWC615 PowerMountTM
checking for ease of installation and
maximum safety. The rocker pin load cell
restores the top plate to its ideal position
to maintain accurate, repeatable weight. Right the First Time
Know What‘s Ahead
Load Cells
POWERCELL® load cells have a rocker-pin SWC615 PowerMount™ features ensure correct scale
design that automatically aligns load
system installation, right from the start. PowerMount
hermetically sealed load cells are rated does not compromise on safety – all safety features
IP68/IP69K and can be used in all are provided as standard. The rocker pin design
environments. The load cells are easy to
inspect or replace. provides the highest level of weighing accuracy.
Installation features including SafeLock™ ensure easy
and trouble free installation.
Predictive Diagnostics
PDX ® PowerMount features:
Monitor individual load cells for overload, • Dual integrated lift-off protection
temperature extremes, zero drift, etc. • Dual vertical safety down-stop
Breach detection warns if the load cell’s
hermetic seal has been broken. This • Full 360° integrated checking
enables reaction before the system weighs • Ground strap – welding protection
incorrectly or shuts down completely.
• SafeLock™ – Weigh module locked for installation
• SafeLock™ – Load cell protected for installation
• Capacity range: 7.5 t – 90 t
• POWERCELL® load cell
• All load cells with IP68/IP69K and fully stainless steel
• CalFree™ Plus: Calibration w/o test weights at your
finger tip
184
SWC615 PowerMount™ Specifications – Weigh Module
Weigh Module Unit of Specification

Measure
Model No. SWC615 PowerMount™
Size 1 2 3A
t (klb,
Rated Capacity (R.C.) 7.5 (16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 90 (198)
nominal)
Max. Compressive Force, Rated kN (klb) 74 (16.5) 145 (33) 220 (50) 195 (44) 290 (65) 490(110) 880 (198)
Max Horizontal transverse
kN (klb) 74 (16.5) 100 (22)
Force, Rated longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Rated kN (klb) 62 (14) 150 (33) 190 (43)
Max. horizontal force
(longitudinal) per stabilizer kN (klb) 22 (5) 35 (7.7) 50 (11.2)
option, Rated 6)
Max. Compressive Force, Yield kN (klb) 145 (33) 300 (67) 390 (87) 580 (130) 680 (150) 1320 (290)
kN (klb) 105 (24) 135 (30) 140 (31)
Force, Yield longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Yield kN (klb) 85 (19) 200 (45) 265 (60)
Max. Compressive Force,
kN (klb) 220 (50) 420 (94) 580 (130) 680 (150) 1320 (290)
Ultimate
kN (klb) 210 (47) 360 (80) 400 (88)
Force, Ultimate longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Ultimate kN (klb) 200 (45) 390 (88) 485 (109)
%A.L./
Restoring Force mm 2.4 (61) 3.4 (87) 1.8 (46) 1.6 (41)
(../in) 5)
Max. top plate transverse ± mm ± 5 (0.2)
travel longitudinal 7) (in) ± 5 (0.2)
Weight (including load cell),
kg (lb) 20 (44) 55 (120) 110 (242)
nominal
Carbon steel / 304 stainless steel /
Material Carbon steel / 304 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
Zinc Plated / Electropolished /
Finish Zinc Plated / Electropolished
Electropolished
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
0 with Stabilizer.
METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2016 - SWC615 PowerMount™ 185

SWC615 PowerMount™ Specifications – POWERCELL®
Load Cell Unit of Specification

Measure
Item No. 30092515 30092516 30092517 42904882 42904883 42904884 42904891 42904892 72238150 72238147
Model No. POWERCELL® SLC611D POWERCELL® PDX® SLC820
t (klb,
Rated Capacity (R.C.) 7.5 (17) 15 (33) 22.5 (50) 20 (44) 30 (66) 50 (110) 90 (198)
nominal)
Min. Increment Size, typical 11) kg (lb) 0.15 (0.33) 0.3 (0.66) 0.45 (1) 0.4 (0.88) 0.6 (1.3) 1 (2.2) 1.8 (4)
Zero load Output %R.C. ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.1
Combined Error 8) 9) %R.C. ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.018 ≤ 0.015
Repeatability Error %A.L. ≤ 0.010 ≤ 0.010 ≤ 0.008 ≤ 0.010 ≤ 0.008 ≤ 0.010 ≤ 0.008
Creep, 30 minute %A.L. ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.0125 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.0125 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.0125
Min. Dead Load Output Return %A.L.
≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.0125 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.0125 ≤ 0.015 ≤ 0.0125
(DR), 30 min
Min. Dead load %R.C./°C ≤ 0.0028 ≤ 0.0025 ≤ 0.0013 ≤ 0.0018 ≤ 0.0013 ≤ 0.0014 ≤ 0.001
0.0014 (0.0008)
Temperature Output (../°F) (0.0016) (0.0014) (0.0007) (0.001) (0.0007) (0.0008) (0.0006)
Effect on %A.L./°C ≤ 0.0008 ≤ 0.001 ≤ 0.0008 ≤ 0.001 ≤ 0.0008
Sensitivity 9) ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) ≤ 0.001 (0.0006) (0.0004)
(../°F) (0.0004) (0.0006) (0.0006) (0.0004)
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (-14 ~ +104) -10 ~ +40 (-14 ~ +104)
Temperature
Operating °C (°F) -40 ~ +55 (-40 ~ +131) -30 ~ +55 (-22 ~ +131)
Range
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176) -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
Class C3 C3 C3 C4 C3 C4 C3 C4
OIML / European
nmax 3000 3000 3000 4000 3000 4000 3000 4000
Approval 10)
Vmin kg (lb) 0.83 1.67 2.5 3.5 4.7 2.4 5.7 4 8.1 6.3
Class IIIL M n:5 IIIL M IIIL M – IIIL M – IIIL M –
NTEP Approval 10) nmax 5000 10000 10000 – 10000 – 10000 –
Vmin kg (lb) 2.2 4.2 6.3 2.9 4 – 4.9 – 7.1 –
ATEX Approval 10) Rating In preparation for Cat 3GD II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc / II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85°Dc IP6X
IECEx Approval 10) Rating In preparation for Cat 3GD Ex nA IIC T6 Gc / Ex tc IIIC T85° C Dc IP6X
FM Approval 10) Rating In preparation for Div. 2 –
UL /cUL
Rating – I, II, III, Division 2, Groups C, D, F, G, T6
Approval 10)
Supply Voltage
Typical V DC 12-24 (external supply) 12-24 (external supply)
Non-regulated
Overvoltage Protection A 2500 > 80000
Effective System Update Rate Hz 100 (with 4 cells) 83 (with 4 cells), 50 (with 6 cells), 25 (with 14 cells), 15 (with 24 cells)
Material Spring Element Stainless steel Stainless steel
Type welded welded
Protection IP Rating IP68/IP69K IP68/IP69K
NEMA Rating NEMA 6/6P NEMA 6/6P
0.37 0.49 0.36
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.2 (0.008) 0.51 (0.02) 0.71 (0.028) 1.02 (0.04)
(0.015) (0.019) (0.014)
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1.2 (2.6) 3.0 (6.6) 3.2 (7.0) 7.5 (16.6)
8)
9)
10)
11)
Calculate the scale’s minimum increment size by multiplying this value by the square root of the number of load cells. For non Legal-For-Trade Applications.
186 METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2016 - SWC615 PowerMount™

SWC615 PowerMount™ Weigh Module Dimensions mm [in]
Size 1 Size 2 / 3A
L1 see 4) L5
L4 L2
L1 L5 H1
L4 L2
H1
H see 3)
H see 3)
H2 H2
L4 L3 L4 L3
L L
8x Ø D CL of load cell
Transverse L4
L4
Longitudinal
W L1 L2 W L1 L2
TOP PLATE TRAVEL L6 4)
L74)
Dimensions and Locations Tank Leg Plate

Size Capacity D H HS2) HP1) H1 H2 L4) L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L64) L74) W Thickness Dimensions
7.5, 15, 22.5t 22 152 167 192.4 12 20 300 200 155 255 22.5 50 210 min 25 200 x 200
1 – –
[16.5, 33, 49.6 klb] [0.87] [5.98] [6.57] [7.57] [0.47] [0.79] [11.8] [7.87] [6.1] [10.04] [0.89] [1.97] [8.27] [1] [7.87 x 7.87]
20, 30, 50t 26 235 268 293.4 23 28 365 250 200 315 25 57.5 35 47.5 273 min 50 250 x 250
2
[44, 66, 110 klb] [1.02] [9.25] [10.55] [11.55] [0.91] [1.1] [14.37] [9.84] [7.87] [12.4] [0.98] [2.26] [1.38] [1.87] [10.75] [2] [9.84 x 9.84]
3A 90t 32 329.5 367.5 392.9 30 33 440 300 235 375 32.5 70 40 52.5 321 min 60 300 x 300
[198 klb] [1.26] [12.97] [14.47] [15.47] [1.18] [1.30] [17.32] [11.81] [9.25] [14.76] [1.28] [2.76] [1.57] [2.07] [12.63] [2.4] [11.81 x 11.81]
1)
Height when using thermal isolation pad or shock / vibration pad
2)
Height when using spacer plate
3)
Shipping / Installation height is 2 mm [0.08 inches] taller
4)
Designed for square tank leg plate above top plate
SWC615 PowerMount™ Weigh Module Arrangements

2L2L
See 1)
See 1)
LL
1)
Provides equal load distribution,
2L
but the stability of this arrangement

See 1) must be assured.
L
METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2016 - SWC615 PowerMount™ 187

Order Information SWC615 PowerMount™ – Weight Module including Load Cell

Size Rated Capacity Description Class
Zinc Plated 304 316
7.5 t / 17 klb 30256336 30256337 30256338
15 t / 33 klb Weigh Module Assembly C3 / III M n:5 30256339 30256340 30256341
22.5 t / 50 klb 30256342 30256343 30256344
Stabilizer 1) 72205444 72205445 72242585
1 Spacer Plate 72245532 72206153 72247333
Dead Stand 72206154 72206155 –
7.5 - 22.5 t / 17 - 50 klb –
Shock/Vibration Pad 2) 72246646 72207262 72247334
Thermal Isolation Pad 80°C 2) 72246647 72207263 72247335
20 t / 44 klb 72262440 72262441
30 t / 66 klb Weigh Module Assembly C3 / IIIL M n:10 72255118 72255120
50 t / 110 klb 72255119 72255121
Stabilizer 1) 72248968 72248969
2 Spacer Plate 72249203 72249206
Dead Stand 72249173 72249174
20 - 50 t / 44 - 110 klb –
Shock/Vibration Pad 2) 72255072 72255075
Thermal Isolation Pad 80°C 2) 72255073 72255076
–
90 t / 198 klb Weigh Module Assembly C3 / IIIL M n:10 30263218 30263219
Stabilizer 72248970 72248971
Spacer Plate 1) 72249213 72249214
3A Dead Stand 72249175 72249176
90 t / 198 klb –

1)
2)
Includes Spacer Plate
Order Information SWC615 PowerMount™ Cables
Order Information, Cables Item No.

Description PU / 3 m PU / 5 m PU / 10 m PU / 20 m PU / 30 m PU / 50 m PU / 100 m PU / 150 m
(10 ft) (16.4 ft) (32.8 ft) (65.5 ft) (100 ft) (166 ft) (333 ft) (500 ft)
Cable Kit, 3 Load Cells 30302750 30302751 30302752 30302753 – – – –
Cable Kit, 4 Load Cells 30302754 30302755 30302756 30302757 – – – –
Load Cell – Load Cell Cable 30302766 30302767 30302768 30302769 – – – –
Home Run Cable – 30302758 30302759 30302760 30302761 30302762 30302763 30302764
Braded Cable Kit, 3 Load Cells – 61045291 61045292 – – – – –
Braded Cable Kit, 4 Load Cells – 61045293 61045294 – – – – –
Braded Home Run Cable – – 61044730 61044731 61044732 610444734 61044739 61044749
Cable Extension Adapter 30220628
CAN Termination Load Cell 30303770
Blind Cap Connector Load Cell 30302771
Cable Gland for Home Rund Cable with
30095839
IND780PDX
188 METTLER TOLEDO © 08/2016 - SWC615 PowerMount™

Order Information SWC615 PowerMount™ – Weigh Module without Load Cell
– SafeLock™ allows installation of weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage
– Combine weigh module with other load cells (with C4, special cable lengths, etc.)
Order Information,
Weigh Module Kit
Item No.
Size Rated Capacity Class
Dummy Load Cell
Zinc Plated 304 316 C3 / IIIL M n:10 C4
7.5 t / 17 klb 30092515 –
1 15 t / 33 klb 30131985 30131986 30131987 30092516 – 30238196
22.5 t / 50 klb 30092517 –
20 t / 44 klb 42904882 –
2 30 t / 66 klb 72255116 72255117 – 42904883 42904884 72255084
50 t / 110 klb 42904891 42904892
3A 90 t / 198 klb 30069755 30069754 – 72238150 72238147 30085236

Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30242878
189
SWC515 PinMount ™
Tank Weighing
SWC515 PinMount™ weigh modules
and reliable tank weighing. Included as
standard are 360 ° stops and two lift-off
bolts to cope with wind forces, while two
vertical down-stops provide additional
safety.

SWC515 PinMount™ weigh modules are
also designed for dynamic-loading ap-
plications such as conveyors, mixers, and
blenders. SWC515 PinMount™ provides SWC515 PinMount™
360° checking for ease of installation and
maximum safety. The rocker pin load cell
restores the top plate to its ideal position
to maintain accurate, repeatable weight. SWC515 PinMount™ features ensure correct scale
system installation, right from the start. PinMount does
Load Cells not compromise on safety – all safety features are
The analog load cells have a rocker-pin provided as standard. The rocker pin design provides
design that automatically aligns load
the highest level of weighing accuracy. Installation
hermetically sealed load cells are rated features including SafeLock™ ensure easy and trouble
IP68 and IP69K and can be used in all free installation.
environments. The load cells are easy
to inspect or replace.
SWC515 PinMount™ features:
• Dual integrated lift-off protection
Stabilizers • Dual vertical safety down-stop
Up to two optional stabilizers can be • Full 360° integrated checking
applied to each weigh module to stabilize • Ground strap – welding protection
a scale subject to heavy vibration, high
torque, or used for in-motion weighing. • SafeLock™ – Weigh module locked for installation
With stabilizers installed, thermal expan- • SafeLock™ – Load cell protected for installation
sion is still possible, guaranteeing the
best weighing performance.
• Capacity range: 7.5t – 100t
• All load cells withIP68 and IP69K and fully
stainless steel
• CalFree™: Calibration without test weights
190
SWC515 PinMount™ Weigh Module Specifications
WEIGH MODULE unit of measure Specification

Model No. SWC515 PinMount™
Size 1 2 3
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 7.5(16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220)
Max. Compressive Force, Rated kN (klb) 74 (16.5) 145 (33) 220(50) 290 (65) 490(110) 980 (220)
transverse
Max Horizontal Force, Rated kN (klb) 74 (16.5) 100 (22) 130 (28)
longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Rated kN (klb) 62 (14) 150 (33) 190 (43)
Max. horizontal force (longitudinal) per stabilizer option,
kN (klb) 22 (5) 35 (7.7) 60 (13.4)
Rated 6)
Max. Compressive Force, Yield kN (klb) 145 (33) 300 (67) 360 (80) 610 (135) 1220 (275)
transverse
Max. Horizontal Force, Yield kN (klb) 105 (24) 135 (30) 190 (43)
longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Yield kN (klb) 85 (19) 200 (45) 265 (60)
Max. Compressive Force, Ultimate kN (klb) 220 (50) 420 (94) > 680 (150) > 1350 (300)
transverse
Max. Horizontal Force, Ultimate kN (klb) 210 (47) 360 (80) 430 (96)
longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force, Ultimate kN (klb) 200 (45) 390 (88) 485 (109)
Restoring Force %A.L./mm (../in) 2.4 (61) 3.4 (87) 0.8 (19) 2 (51)
Max. top plate travel transverse ± 5 (0.2)
± mm (in)
longitudinal 7) ± 5 (0.2)
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 20 (44) 55 (120) 75(165)
carbon steel / 304 stainless steel /
Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel
316 Stainless steel
Finish Zinc Plated / Electropolished / Electropolished Zinc Plated / Electropolished
LOAD CELL SLC610, 0782 unit of measure Specification

Item No. 30058060 30058061 30058062 71201709 71201710 71201711
Model No. SLC611 0782
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 7.5(16.5) 15 (33) 22.5 (49.6) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220)
Rated Output mV/V @R.C. 2 ± 0.1 %
Min. Dead load Output %R.C./°C (../°F) ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005) ≤ 0.002 (0.001)
Compensated °C (°F) -10 ~ +40 (-14 ~ +104)
Temperature Range Operating -40 ~ +65 (-40 ~ +149) -30 ~ +65 (-22 ~ +149)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
Class C3
Y 7800 6666
Class III M III L M
NTEP Approval 10) nmax 5000 10000
Vmin kg (lb) 0.96 (2.12) 1.92 (4.24) 2.8 (6.36) 2.1 (4.5) 3.5 (7.5) 7.0 (15.0)
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6...T4 Ga / II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T100°C Da II 2 D Ex ibD 21 IP68 T60°C
ATEX Approval 10)
Rating
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6...T4 Gc / II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6...T4 Gc II 2 D Ex ibD 21 IP68 T60°C
Number IECEx DEK 15.0074X
Ex ia IIC T6..T4 Ga / Ex ia IIIC T100°C Da
IECEx Approval 10) Rating
Ex nA IIC T6...T4 Gc / Ex ic IIC T6...T4 Gc / Ex tc IIIC T100°C Dc
Entity Parameters Ui/Un = 25V, li = 6nF, Li = 30µH, Pi = 1.25W (T4), 0.86W (T5), 0.51W (T6)
Rating, USA IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T5 IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4
Rating, Canada NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDEFG/T6 NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDFG/T4
Excitation Voltage
Max. 20
Excitation Ω 1150 ± 50 1160 ± 10
Terminal Resistance
Output 1000 ± 2 1000 ± 3
Material Spring Element stainless steel
Type welded
Protection IP Rating IP68, IP69K IP68
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1 (2.2) 3 (6.6) 3.3 (7.3) 4.5 (9.9)
Length m (ft) 12 (39.4) 13 (42.5)
Cable
Diameter mm (in) 5.2 (0.20) 5.8 (0.23)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
0 with Stabilizer.
8)
9)
10)
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWC515 PinMount™ 191

SWC515 PinMount™ Weigh Module Dimensions mm [in]
Size 1 Size 2 / 3
L1 see 4) L5
L4 L2
L1 L5 H1
L4 L2
H1
H see 3)
H see 3)
H2 H2
L4 L3 L4 L3
L L
8x Ø D CL of load cell Transverse
L4
L4
Longitudinal
W L1 L2 W L1 L2
TOP PLATE TRAVEL L6 4)
L74)
Dimensions and locations Tank Leg Plate

Size Capacity D H HS2) HP1) H1 H2 L4) L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L64) L74) W Thickness Dimensions
7.5, 15, 22.5t 22 152 167 192.4 12 20 300 200 155 255 22.5 50 210 min 25 200 x 200
1 – –
[16.5, 33, 49.6 klb] [0.87] [5.98] [6.57] [7.57] [0.47] [0.79] [11.8] [7.87] [6.1] [10.04] [0.89] [1.97] [8.27] [1] [7.87 x 7.87]
20, 30, 50t 26 235 268 293.4 23 28 365 250 200 315 25 57.5 35 47.5 273 min 50 250 x 250
2
[44, 66, 110 klb] [1.02] [9.25] [10.55] [11.55] [0.91] [1.1] [14.37] [9.84] [7.87] [12.4] [0.98] [2.26] [1.38] [1.87] [10.75] [2] [9.84 x 9.84]
100t 32 263 301 326.4 30 33 440 300 235 375 32.5 70 40 52.5 324 min 60 300 x 300
3
[220 klb] [1.26] [10.35] [11.85] [12.85] [1.18] [1.30] [17.32] [11.81] [9.25] [14.76] [1.28] [2.76] [1.57] [2.07] [12.75] [2.4] [11.81 x 11.81]
1)
Height when using thermal isolation pad or shock / vibration pad
2)
Height when using spacer plate
3)
Shipping / Installation height is 2 mm [0.08 in] taller
4)
Designed for square tank leg plate above top plate
192 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWC515 PinMount™

SWC515 PinMount™ Weigh Module Arrangements
2L 2L
See 1)
See 1)
L L
2L
See 1)
1)
Provides equal load distribution, but the stability of this arrangement must
L
be assured.
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWC515 PinMount™ 193

Order Information SWC515 PinMount™ – Weight Module Assembly

Size Rated Capacity Description Class Cable, Material /Lenght
Zinc Plated 304 316
7.5 t / 16.5 klb 30131976 30131977 30131978
15 t / 33 klb Weigh Module Assembly C3/III M n:5 PU / 12 m (39.4ft) 30131979 30131980 30131981
22.5 t / 49.6 klb 30131982 30131983 30131984
Stabilizer 1) 72205444 72205445 72242585
1 Spacer Plate 72245532 72206153 72247333
Dead Stand 72206154 72206155 –
7.5 - 22.5 t / 16.5 - 49.6 klb – –
Shock/Vibration Pad 2) 72246646 72207262 72247334
30 t / 66 klb 72249169 72249170
Weigh Module Assembly C3/IIIL M n:10 PVC / 13 m (42.5ft)
50 t / 110 klb 72249204 72249205
Stabilizer 1) 72248968 72248969
Spacer Plate 72249203 72249206
2 –
30 - 50 t / Dead Stand 72249173 72249174
– –
66 - 110 klb Shock/Vibration Pad 2) 72255072 72255075
100 t / 220 klb Weigh Module Assembly C3/IIIL M n:10 PVC / 13 m (42.5ft) 72249171 72249172
Stabilizer 1) 72248970 72248971
Spacer Plate 72249213 72249214
3 Dead Stand 72249175 72249176 –
100 t / 220 klb – –

1)
2)
Includes Spacer Plate.
Order Information SWC515 PinMount™ – Weigh Module without Load Cell
– SafeLock™ allows installation of weigh module hardware without load cell to avoid sensor damage
– Combine weigh module with other load cells (special cable lengths, etc.)
Order Information,
Weigh Module Kit
Item No.
Size Rated Capacity Class Dummy
PU / 12 m PU / 20 m FEP / 12 m FEP / 20 m PVC / 13m
Zinc Plated 304 316 Load Cell
(39.4ft) (65.6ft) (39.4ft) (65.6ft) (42.5ft)
7.5 t / 16.5 klb C3/III M n:5 30058060 30058064 30105781 30105786
1 15 t / 33 klb 30131985 30131986 30131987 C3/III M n:5 30058061 30058065 30105783 30105788 – 30238196
22.5 t / 49.6 klb C3/III M n:5 30058062 30058066 30105784 30105789
30 t / 66 klb C3/IIIL M n:10 71201709
2 72248964 72248965 – – – – – 72188111
50 t / 110 klb C3/IIIL M n:10 71201710
3 100 t / 220 klb 72248966 72248967 – C3/IIIL M n:10 – – – – 71201711 72188112
194 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - SWC515 PinMount™

0782 Cable Colour SLC611 Cable Colour
Colour Function Colour Function

Green + Excitation Green + Excitation
Black – Excitation Black – Excitation
White + Signal White + Signal
Red – Signal Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense Yellow Shield
Blue – Sense

Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099104
195
Accurate, Reliable Weighing
3390 Gagemount
for Heavy-Capacity Tanks
Tank Weighing
Gagemount weigh modules offer the
rugged construction needed for use with
heavy-capacity tank scales. Available
in capacities of 200t– 300t, they are
designed to handle extremely heavy
loads.
Load Cells
Model 0782 analog load cells have a
rocker-column design that automatically 200t–300t
aligns load forces for accurate weighing.
These hermetically sealed load cells are
rated IP68 and can be used in all envi-
ronments. Because there are no bolted 3390 Gagemount Weigh Module
connections, the load cells are easy to
inspect or replace.
Gagemount weigh modules enable you to convert
a heavy-capacity tank, silo, or hopper into a scale.
They can be adapted to a wide range of applications,
including tanks used for filling, mixing, batching, and
inventory management. Regardless of the application,
these easy-to-install weigh modules can deliver accu-
rate and repeatable performance in heavy-duty weig-
hing environments. External restraint must be provided
to the weigh module.
• Hermetically sealed load cells
• Stainless steel load cells
• Nickel-plated carbon steel 200t–300t or electropo-
lished stainless steel 200t mounting hardware
• FM class I, II, II DIV 1 and 2 approvals
• Hazardous approval standard on each load cell
196
Weigh Module Unit of Measure Specification

Model No. 3390 Gagemount
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 200 (441) 300 (661)
Load Limit, safe 6) %R.C. 125
Restoring Force 5) %A.L./mm (../in) 3) 1.6 (40) 2.5 (63)
transverse
Max. horizontal force kN (klb) 0 (0) 7)
longitudinal
transverse
Max. top plate travel ± mm (in) 6 (0.24) 7)
longitudinal
Max. Uplift Force kN (klb) 0 (0) 7)
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 55 (121) 125 (275)
Material carbon steel / 304 stainless steel carbon steel
Finish nickel plated / electropolished nickel plated
Load Cell Unit of Measure Specification

Model No. 0782
Rated Capacity (R.C.) t (klb, nominal) 200 (441) 300 (661)
Combined Error 1) 2) %R.C. ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.06
Compensated -10 ~ +40 (+14 ~ +104)
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 … T6
Rating II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6
ATEX Approval 4)
II 3 G Ex nA II T6
II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP 68 T60°C
Entity Parameters Ui=25V, Ii=600mA, Pi=0.57 - 1.25W, Ci=2.6 - 6nF, Li=10.25 - 30µH
IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/T4
Rating
NI/I,II,III/2/ABCDFG/T4
Number, USA 3013511
Number, Canada 3028342C
Recommended 5 ~ 15
Max. 20
Output 1000 ± 3
Material Spring Element stainless steel 4340
Type welded
Safe 125
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) 0.32 (0.013) 0.42 (0.017)
Length m (ft) 20 (66) 30 (98)
Cable
1)
2)
3)
A.L. = Applied Load
4)
5)
6)
Maximum vertical downward force that can be applied to the top plate.
7)
Horizontal restraint, down stop and anti-uplift protection must be provided externally for the 200t and 300t weigh modules.
METTLER TOLEDO © 02/2014 - 3390 Gagemount Weigh Module 197

3390 Weigh Module Dimensions 200t–300t
H1
1)
H
H1
W1
M12x1.75
(300t only)
W2
W
L1 L2 D(8x)
L
1) Each weigh module is supplied with a shipping/installation plate to keep

the top and bottom plates rigidly aligned during shipping and installation.
Top Plate Travel

Capacity D H H1 L L1 L2 W W1 W2 Longitudinal Transverse
200t 24 355 40 220 17.5 185 180 22.5 135 ±6 ±6
441K lb 0.94 13.95 1.57 8.66 0.69 7.28 7.09 0.89 5.31 ± 0.24 ± 0.24
300t 30 465 50 360 35 290 230 35 160 ±6 ±6
661K lb 1.18 18.31 1.97 14.17 1.38 11.42 9.06 1.38 6.30 ± 0.24 ± 0.24
198 METTLER TOLEDO © 02/2014 - 3390 Gagemount Weigh Module

3390 Weigh Module Ordering Information
Weigh module (including load cell), model no. 3390 200t carbon steel 71210092
Weigh module (including load cell), model no. 3390 300t carbon steel 72197823
Weigh module (including load cell), model no. 3390 200t stainless steel 71210170
Load cell, model no. 0782 200t (441klb) 20m (66ft) cable 71210093
Load cell, model no. 0782 300t (661klb) 30m (98ft) cable 71210169
3390 Cable Colors

Colour Function
Green + Excitation
White + Signal
Red – Signal
Yellow + Sense
Blue – Sense
Yellow (long) + Shield
Full Connectivity
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099866
199
Accurate, Repeatable Weighing
SWS310 / SLS410
for Suspended Hoppers and Vessels
Hopper & Vessel Weighing
SWS310 tension weigh modules are
easy to install in a variety of industrial
applications. They adapt to any
suspended hopper or vessel to provide
accurate weighing.
Load Cells
Model SLS410 nickel-plated tension
load cells provide exceptional weighing
accuracy in a wide range of process
Suspension Hardware
Each weigh module is equipped with a
pair of clevis and rod assemblies that are
designed to measure only vertical loads
and restrain the vessel from moving.
The zinc-plated carbon steel hardware is
strong enough to support a vessel safely.
SWS310 Tension Weigh Module
with SLS410 Load Cell
Tension weigh modules enable you to convert a
Electrical Isolation
The mounting hardware includes a suspended hopper or vessel into a scale. The moun-
bonding strap, PTFE-lined bearings, ting hardware is durable enough to withstand harsh
and nylon washers to reduce the risk of
electrical damage. The bonding strap industrial environments and support the vessel safely.
helps to protect the load cell by shun- The clevis and rod assemblies compensate for slight
ting electrical currents directly from the
misalignment to help provide accurate and repeatable
top clevis to the bottom clevis, instead
of through the load cell. weighing.
• Nickel-plated alloy tool steel load cells
• Zinc-plated carbon steel mounting hardware
• For non-hazardous area applications
200
SWS310 / SLS410 Weigh Module Specifications

Model No. SWS310
50 250 2500 7500
kg 100 500 5000
1000
50 500 5000 15000 20000
Rated Capacity (R.C.) 100 750 10000
200 1000
lb
300 1500
2000
3000
Load Limit, Safe1 %R.C. 150
Direction of Loading tension
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb) 0.73 1.95 5.4 11.7 16.5 21
(1.6) (4.3) (12) (25.8) (36.4) (46.4)
Material Nickel plated steel

Model No. SLS410
50 250 1000 2500 5000 7500
kg
100 500
Rated Capacity (R.C.) 50 200 500 2000 3000 10000 15000 20000
100 300 750 5000
lb
1000
1500
Rated Output mV/V @ R.C. 3.000 ± 0.25%
Zero Load Output %R.C. 1
Combined Error2 %R.C. ≤ 0.03
Repeatability Error %A.L.3 ≤ 0.01
Creep, 30 Minutes %A.L. ≤ 0.03
Min. Dead Load Output %R.C./°C (.../°F) ≤ 0.0027 (0.0015)
Sensitivity %A.L./°C (.../°F) ≤ 0.0014 (0.0008)
Safe Storage °C (°F) -35 to +85 (-30 to +185)
Excitation Voltage
Maximum V AC/DC 18
Terminal Resistance
Output Ω 350 ± 3.5
Spring Element Nickel-plated alloy tool steel
Material
Cable Polyurethane
Type Potted
NEMA Rating NEMA 6
Safe %R.C. 150
Load Limit
Ultimate %R.C. 300
Fatigue Life cycles @R.C. 1000 000
Direction of Loading tension & compression
Deflection @ R.C., nominal mm (in) See drawing
0.65 0.7 0.9 1.6 1.8 3 7.3
Weight, nominal kg (lb)
(1.4) (1.6) (2.0) (3.4) (4.0) (6.6) (16.1)
1
Maximum tensile load that can be applied
2
3
A.L. = Applied Load
METTLER TOLEDO © 03/2013 - SWS310 Tension Weigh Module / SLS410 Load Cell 201
SWS310 Weigh Module Dimensions
Shoulder screw/lock nut assembly as shown is typical for all assemblies except 7500 kg. Note: Always use a secondary means of support such as safety
That capacity uses a clevis/hitch pin in place of the shoulder screw. chains or rods to prevent the hopper or vessel from falling due to
component failure.
Capacity H H1 H2 L Max L1 L2 T1 T2
50-300 lb 173.2 mm 14.2 mm 63.5 mm 50.8 mm 25.4 mm 39.6 mm 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-28 UNF
6.82 in. 0.56 in. 2.50 in. 2.00 in. 1.00 in. 1.56 in.
500-2000 lb 255.8 mm 26.2 mm 63.5 mm 50.8 mm 38.1 mm 62.0 mm 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-20 UNF
10.07 in. 1.03 in. 2.50 in. 2.00 in. 1.50 in. 2.44 in.
3000 lb 283.7 mm 26.2 mm 101.6 mm 76.2 mm 38.1 mm 62.0 mm 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-20 UNF
11.17 in. 1.03 in. 4.00 in. 3.00 in. 1.50 in. 2.44 in.
5000-10,000 lb 331.5 mm 33.3 mm 101.6 mm 76.2 mm 57.2 mm 92.2 mm 1-8 UNC 3/4-16 UNF
13.05 in. 1.31 in. 4.00 in. 3.00 in. 2.25 in. 3.63 in.
15,000 lb 465.1 mm 52.3 mm 139.7 mm 101.6 mm 88.9 mm 130.3 mm 1.375-6 UNC 1-14 UNS
18.31 in. 2.06 in. 5.50 in. 4.00 in. 3.50 in. 5.13 in.
20,000 lb 496.8 mm 52.3 mm 177.8 mm 127.0 mm 88.9 mm 130.3 mm 1.375-6 UNC 1.25-12 UNF
19.56 in. 2.06 in. 7.00 in. 5.00 in. 3.50 in. 5.13 in.
50-100 kg 177.2 mm 12.5 mm 63.5 mm 50.8 mm 25.4 mm 41.5 mm M8x1.25 M8x1.25
6.98 in. 0.49 in. 2.50 in. 2.00 in. 1.00 in. 1.63 in.
9.34 in. 1.04 in. 2.50 in. 2.00 in. 1.50 in. 2.52 in.
2500 kg 340.1 mm 32.0 mm 101.6 mm 76.2 mm 57.2 mm 96.0 mm M27x3 M20x1.5
13.39 in. 1.26 in. 4.00 in. 3.00 in. 2.25 in. 3.78 in.
12.99 in. 1.26 in. 4.00 in. 3.00 in. 2.25 in. 3.78 in.
7500 kg 410.7 mm 40.0 mm 139.7 mm 101.6 mm 76.2 mm 95.0 mm M30x3.5 M24x2
16.17 in. 1.57 in. 5.50 in. 4.00 in. 3.00 in. 3.74 in.
SLS410 Load Cell

Cable Colors
Color Function
Red + Excitation
Black - Excitation
Green + Signal
White - Signal
Bare Shield
202 METTLER TOLEDO © 03/2013 - SWS310 Tension Weigh Module / SLS410 Load Cell
SWS310 Ordering Information SLS410 Ordering Information
Description Item No. Description Item No.

Weigh module (including load cell), model no. SWS310 50kg 61041110 Load cell, model no. SLS410, 50kg 61040291
Weigh module (including load cell), model no. SWS310 50lb 61041096 Load cell, model no. SLS410, 50lb 61041049
Weigh module (without load cell), model no. SWS310 50~100kg 61040763
Weigh module (without load cell), model no. SWS310 7500kg 61040766
Weigh module (without load cell), model no. SWS310 50~300lb 61040758
Weigh module (without load cell), model no. SWS310 15000lb 61040761
Weigh module (without load cell), model no. SWS310 20000lb 61040762
Full Connectivity
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099185
203
Accurate, Repeatable Weighing
SWS310 / SLS510
for Suspended Hoppers and Vessels
Hopper & Vessel Weighing
SWS310 tension weigh modules are
easy to install in a variety of industrial
applications. They adapt to any
suspended hopper or vessel to provide
accurate weighing.
Load Cells
Model SLS510 stainless steel tension
load cells provide exceptional weighing
accuracy in a wide range of process
Suspension Hardware
Each weigh module is equipped with a
pair of clevis and rod assemblies that are
designed to measure only vertical loads
and restrain the vessel from moving.
The zinc-plated carbon steel hardware is
strong enough to support a vessel safely.
SWS310 Tension Weigh Module
with SLS510 Load Cell
Tension weigh modules enable you to convert a
Electrical Isolation
The mounting hardware includes a suspended hopper or vessel into a scale. The moun-
bonding strap, PTFE-lined bearings, ting hardware is durable enough to withstand harsh
and nylon washers to reduce the risk of
electrical damage. The bonding strap industrial environments and support the vessel safely.
helps to protect the load cell by shun- The clevis and rod assemblies compensate for slight
ting electrical currents directly from the
misalignment to help provide accurate and repeatable
top clevis to the bottom clevis, instead
of through the load cell. weighing.
• Stainless steel load cells
• Zinc-plated carbon steel mounting hardware
• OIML, ATEX und FM approvals standard
204
SWS310 / SLS510 Weigh Module Specifications
WEIGH MODULE Unit of Measure Specification

Model No. SWS310 + SLS510
50 (110) 250 500 1000 2500 5000 7500 10000
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg (lb, nominal)
100 (220) (551) (1102) (2205) (5512) (11023) (16535) (22046)
Load Limit, safe 1) %R.C. 150
Direction of Loading tension
0.73 1.95 5.4 11.7 21
Weight (including load cell), nominal kg (lb)
(1.6) (4.3) (12) (25.8) (46.4)
Material carbon steel
Finish Zinc Plated
LOAD CELL Unit of Measure

Model No. SLS510
Rated Capacity (R.C.) kg 50, 100 250 500 1000 2500 5000 7500 10000
Rated Output mV/V @R.C. 3.000 ± 0.25%
Zero load Output %R.C. 1
Min. Dead load 0.002 0.0014 0.0012
%R.C./°C (../°F)
Temperature Effect on Output (0.001) (0.0008) (0.0006)
Sensitivity 3) %A.L./°C (../°F) 5) ≤ 0.0009 (0.0005)
Class C3
Y 7000 10000 12000
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ta =-20°C to +40°C; IP67
ATEX Approval 4) Rating II 1 D Ex iaD T73°C; IP67
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4 Ta =-20°C to +40°C; IP67
I,II,III / 2 / ABCDFG / T4
Rating
Class 1, Zone 0, AEx, ia IIC T4
FM Approval, USA / Canada 4)
Class 1, Zone 0, Ex, ia IIC T4
Rating (USA only) Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC T4
Rating (Canada only) Ex nL IIC T4
Recommended 10
Max. 18
Output 350 ± 3
Type potted
NEMA Rating NEMA 6 / 6P
Safe 150
Load Limit %R.C.
Ultimate 300
0.65 0.7 0.9 1.6 1.8 3 7.3
Weight, nominal kg (lb)
(1.4) (1.6) (2.0) (3.4) (4.0) (6.6) (16.1)
1)
Max. tensile force
2)
3)
4)
5)
A.L. = Applied Load
METTLER TOLEDO © 03/2013 - SWS310 Tension Weigh Module / SLS510 Load Cell 205
SWS310 Weigh Module Dimensions
L Typical Support Structure
L/2
Fixed end
(stationary)
Double Nuts
T2 Thread
(each end) Backing Plate
Safety Rod
H H2
Hopper or Vessel
9.9 mm
(0.39 in.)
H1
T1 Thread
L1 L1
(each end)
L2
Shoulder screw/lock nut assembly as shown is typical for all assemblies except 7500 kg. Note: Always use a secondary means of support such as safety
That capacity uses a clevis/hitch pin in place of the shoulder screw. chains or rods to prevent the hopper or vessel from falling due to
component failure.
Capacity H (Nominal) H1 H2 L Max L1 L2 T1 T2

6.98 in. 0.49 in. 2.40 in. 2.00 in. 1.00 in. 1.63 in.
9.34 in. 1.04 in. 2.40 in. 2.00 in. 1.50 in. 2.52 in.
13.39 in. 1.26 in. 3.90 in. 3.00 in. 2.25 in. 3.78 in.
12.99 in. 1.26 in. 3.90 in. 3.00 in. 2.25 in. 3.78 in.
7500 kg 410.7 mm 40.0 mm 139.7 mm 101.6 mm 76.2 mm 95.0 mm M30x3.5 M24x2
16.17 in. 1.57 in. 5.50 in. 4.00 in. 3.00 in. 3.74 in.
10,000 kg 490.0 mm 50.0 mm 177.8 mm 112.8 mm 88.9 mm 112.0 mm M36x4 M30x2
19.3 in. 1.97 in. 7.00 in. 4.44 in. 3.50 in. 4.41 in.
SLS510 Load Cell

Cable Colors
Color Function
Red + Excitation
Black - Excitation
Green + Signal
White - Signal
+ Sense
- Sense
Bare Shield
206 METTLER TOLEDO © 03/2013 - SWS310 Tension Weigh Module / SLS510 Load Cell
SWS310 Ordering Information SLS510 Ordering Information
Description Item No. Description Item No.

Weigh module (including load cell SLS510), model no. SWS310 50kg 61041268 Load cell, model no. SLS510, 50kg C3 61040282
Full Connectivity
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099399
207
The Precise Link
Accuracy and Stability
All components are designed for high
accuracy and long term stability.
Precision SMT resistors and gold plated
switches guarantee trouble free opera-
tion.
CalFree™
Precision Junction boxes can be
set to be absolutely neutral. Thus initial
shift error is low and all boxes are
capable for CalFree™ test weight free
calibration. Precision Junction Boxes
When Accuracy Matters
Junction boxes are often underestimated in terms of
their accuracy impact. Precision junction boxes com-
Easy Shift Adjustment bine the best of two worlds. Discrete resistors provide
All components for shift adjustment are
on board, no soldering or additional high accuracy and long term stability while rotary
resistors are needed. Rotary switches switches combine them to a simple user interface
can be operated like trim pots without
their trade-offs in terms of stability and similar to trim pots.
temperature impact. • Accurate and stable discrete resistors
• Rotary switches for easy user interface
• No soldering, no loose resistors
• Neutral initial setup for CalFree™ calibration
Stainless Steel Housing • 304 or 316 stainless steel enclosure
All junction boxes are made from stain-
less steel and provide best reliability • IP65 or IP69K protection class
even in harsh industrial environments. • Easy connection to screw type terminal blocks
Version in IP65 and IP69K are available.
• ATEX Versions Zone 1/21 & 2/22
208
Precision Junction Boxes Specificatons

Type Precision Junction Box Precision Junction Boxes ATEX
Model No. AJB540S AJB641S AJB841S AJB541M AJB540L AJB641SX AJB841SX
Size small medium large small
Item No. 30206112 30206108 30070226 30206111 30206113 30070224 30070225
No. of load cells 2,3,4
Load cell resistance range Ω 120 - 1200 120 - 4000 120 - 1200
Method Encoding rotary switches with precision discrete resistors
Inital Error 1) < 1/6000
Range (nominal) % 1.3 1.3 (3.5 extended @ 1000Ω) 1.3
Number of Steps 256
Shift Adjustment
Smallest Adjustment Step 1/19000
Shift Adjustment Methods On-load – Adjustment without calculation similar to trim pot adjustment
Available Inital – Compensation of multiple junction box connection
Pair/Section shift adjustment yes
Legal For Trade Sealing sealing wire or sticker
Operating -20 ~ +65 (-4 ~ +150)
Temperature Range
Safe Storage -40 ~ +80 (-40 ~ +176)
Excitation Voltage
Max. 20 17.4
via mounting via mounting
Earthing/Grounding dedicated stud dedicated stud dedicated stud
screws screws
Number, Cat. 2 DEKRA 03ATEX1396X
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb
Ratings, Cat. 2
II 2D ib IIIC T70°C … T90°C Db
Ui = 17.3V, Ii = 302mA,
Pi = 1W, Ci= Li= 0
Entity Parameters, Cat. 2
Ui = 8.6V, Ii = 300mA,
Pi = 340mW, Ci=Li=0
ATEX Approval 4)
Number, Cat. 3 DEKRA 03ATEX1397X
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Ratings, Cat. 3 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
II 3 D tc IIIC T70°C … T90°C Dc
Ui = 17.3V, Ii = 302mA,
Entity Parameters, Cat. 3 Pi = 1W, Ci=Li= 0
Ui = 30V, Ii = 1A
In preparation for Cat 2GD and
IECEx Approval 4)
Cat 3GD
stainless steel stainless steel
Enclosure stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel
316 316
Material
carbon steel,
Cable entry fitting Polyamide (Nylon) Polyamide (Nylon)
zinc plated
Type rubber gasket
Protection IP Rating IP65 IP69K IP65 IP69K
NEMA Rating NEMA 4/4X
Weight, nominal kg (lb) 1.1 1.2 1.7 3.8 1.2
No. Conductors 4 and 6 + Shield
Load Cell Cable Conductor Size mm2 (AWG) ≤ 3 (12)
Diameter mm (in) 4-8 (0.16-0.32) 3-6.5 (0.12-0.26) 4.8-6.5 (0.19-0.26) 3-6.5 (0.12-0.26)
No. Conductors 6 + Shield
Home-Run and Conductor Size mm2 (AWG) ≤ 3 (12)
AUX Cable 6-12
Diameter mm (in) 4-8 (0.16-0.32) 6.4-9.5 (0.25-0.48) 4-8 (0.16-0.32)
(0.24-0.48)
Possible no yes no yes
Max. no. of load cells for 1st box 4 4
AUX cable max. recommended
Ω 0.5 1.5 0.5
Extension wire resistance 2)
via AUX port AUX cable max. recommended – –
m (ft) 2.5 (8.3) 8 (26) 2.5 (8.3)
length of 0.14mm2 (AWG24)
m (ft) 10 (33) 30 (100) 10 (33)
Suitable 3) yes
Impact of J box on Signal % < 0.1%
CalFree™
calibration without Ω 0.05 0.05
wire resistance for CalFree™
test weights – –
m (ft) 1.5 (5) 1.5 (5)
1)
Impact of junction box due to resistor tolerances
2)
Assuming 50 % shift adjustment range left
3)
In conjunction with MT CalFree™ terminals
4)
METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - Precision Junction Boxes 209

Dimensional Drawings mm [in]
6.4
[0.25]
AJB540S AJB641S, AJB641SX, AJB841SX 6.4 FOR ATEX VERSIO
[0.25] TWO PLACES
134 [5.28]
40.4
[1.59]
[1.71]
43.5
194 [7.64]
95.3 [3.75]
209.3 E
[8.24]
228.6 28.6 [1.12]
130 [5.12]
[9.00]
70 [2.76]
7
[1.42]
241.3
36
[9.50]
6.4 28.6 [1.12]
[0.25] 14.2
[0.56] 11.4
6.4
[0.25] [0.45]
174 [6.85] 15.0

[0.59]
40.4
[1.59]
65.8
[2.59]
209.3
[8.24] 44.0
[1.73]
228.6
[9.00] 80.8
241.3 [3.18]
[9.50]
AJB541M
305 [12.0]
127 [5.0] TYP
104 [4.1] TYP

47 [1.9]
279.4 [11.00] 12.7 [0.50]
41.3 [1.63]
53.2 [2.10]
D A
LC2 LC4
47.6 [1.88]
41.1 [1.62] 76.2 [3.00]
INPUT
AUX
130.9 [5.15]
E 159 [6.3]
B
47.6 [1.88] 11.2 [0.44] TYP
LC1 LC3
15.9 [0.63] F C
7.9 [0.31] TYP
15.2 [.060]
15.2 [0.60]
194.4 [7.65] 55.2 [2.17]
210 METTLER TOLEDO © 07/2016 - Precision Junction Boxes

AJB540L
14.2 255 [10.0] 125 [4.9]

ON ONLY [0.56] 11.4 15.9 [0.63]
[0.45] 235.0 [9.25] 10.0 [0.39] ATEX Version only
See Note
15.0
[0.59] 40.1
[1.58] 50.8 [2.00]
5932 [2.33] 40.4 9.5 [0.38]
[1.59]
65.8 143.7 [5.66]
[2.59] A
F 63.5 B 82.6 [3.25]
34.9 [1.38] Ø 12.7 [Ø 0.50] [2.50]
12.7 [ 0.50]
2 Places
2 Places
Ø 6.4 [Ø 0.25]
6.4
4 Places C
28.6 [1.12]
D
44.0
[1.73]
80.8
2 Hole plugs supplied to close any unused cable entry fittings. 34.9 [1.38] For threaded44.5 [1.75]with 1/2“-14 NPT thread
conduit
[3.18] 219.9 [8.66] 17.5 [0.69]
28.6 [1.12]
(255 [10.0])
Precision Junction Boxes Order Information 102 [4.0] TYP
79 [3.1] TYP
Model Description Item No.
AJB540S Precision Junction Box, small, IP65 30206112
AJB641S Precision Junction Box, small, IP69K 30206108
AJB841S Precision Junction Box, small, IP69K, 316SS 30070226
AJB541M Precision Junction Box, medium, IP65 30206111 LC2 LC4
AJB540L Precision Junction Box, large, IP65 30206113
AJB641SX Precision Junction Box, small, ATEX, IP69K 30070224
INPUT
AUX
AJB841SX Precision Junction Box, small, ATEX, IP69K , 316SS 30070225

Bolded entries are stocked LC1 LC3

The Precision Junction Box is provided with all listed approvals. METTLER TOLEDO offers a complete family of electronics from simple
No need to think about options and additional charges. Simplifies weighing to application solutions for filling, stock control, batching,
the conduct of global business, order processing and service-part formulation, counting, checkweighing.
stocking.
(4X) 10-32 X 12.7 [0.50] LG
47.6 [1.88]
47.6 [1.88]
15.9 [0.63]
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098448
211
Direct Interface to PLCs
and Other Control Equipment
Connect
Easy integration into process-based
network architectures provides valuable
plant-floor information that can be used
to optimize production and help reduce
down-time.
Comply
with global regulations and standards.
Harsh and 7/9 enclosure optionally
available. 7/9 enclosure is certified safe
for use in most Division 1 or 2 hazardous
classified areas.
IND110
Weight Transmitter
Customer benefits:
• Compact footprint uses minimal amount of valuable
enclosure space
• DIN rail mounting for easy, fast installation
• Setpoint outputs included
• Remote sense inputs provide load cell cable
resistance compensation and allow for use with
intrinsically safe barrier
• Digital filtering increases accuracy across entire
weight range and in applications with vibration
• Simple and fast calibration, with zero calibration
independent of span calibration value
• Global approvals provide product acceptance in
local markets
• Harsh and 7/9 enclosure optionally available
212
IND110 Weight Transmitter
Specifications
Parameter Specification
Model No. IND110
Display none
LED Indicators Power ON with external power supplied
HI ON when load cell signal > high setpoint
LO ON when load cell signal < low setpoint
Temperature Range Operating -10 ~ +45 °C (14 ~ +113°F)
ATEX Approval (1) Number (7/9 enclos. only) DEMCO ATEX 0303070U (certificate for flameproof enclosure)
Rating EExd IIB H2 IP66.
Haz Approval (1) Number (7/9 enclos. only) UL number QUZW.E152336
Rating Class I, Div 1, Groups C-D
Class II, Div 1, Groups E-G
Class III Div 1
Remarks HazLoc approval only in conjunction with ISB15 or ISB15x barrier.
Approvals UL, cUL, CE marked (UL file E139501 for module, E152336 for 7/9 ecnlosure)
Load Cell Input Excitation Voltage 10 VDC, 120 mA max. (4x 350 Ohm cells)
Load Cell Range 1.5 to 3 mV/V with full bridge
Span Adjustment Range 25% to 110% of cell capacity @ 2 mV/V
Zero Adjustment Range 0 to 100% of load cell output @ 2 mV/V
Outputs Discrete 1 low & 1 high level output, open collector type, 5 to 25 VDC, 60 mA max sink current
Analogue Signal: 4 to 20 mA (1 mA to 24 mA limits)
Load resistance 0 to 500 Ohm max
Linearity +/- 0.012% max
Temperature Stabillity <20 ppm/°C (span), 50 ppm/°C (zero)
Update Rate 20/second
Calibration DIP switch mode selection enables front panel calibration of load cell zero/span and setpoint low/high limits
Protection IP65 (optional Type 4x enclosure)
Power Supply 20 to 28 VDC, 300 mA max., 8 watts Class 2 power supply
Weight 0.18 kg (0.39 lb)
Mounting 35mm DIN rail (module only) or wall mount (optional enclosure)
1)
IND110 Weight Transmitter

Ordering Information

IND110 Load Cell Signal Converter DIN Rail 71208076
Type 4X Enclosure for IND110 64053670
IND110 Load Cell Signal Converter incl. 7/9 enclosure 64053672
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/IND110
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313191
213
Process More, Faster
ACT350 Weight Transmitter
Without Sacrificing Accuracy
Speed
The ACT350 provides an exceptional
600 Hertz update rate to a PLC. It is
ideal for fast filling and sorting appli-
cations.
Connectivity
The ACT350 supports easy connectivity
to most common fieldbuses with com-
prehensive description files.
The ACT350 analog weight transmitter delivers
precision measurement at an exceptional speed.
Transmitter features include:
Compact Housing • 600Hz PLC update rate at full accuracy
The small DIN-rail housing saves
• Efficient configurable FIR filter
valuable cabinet space. Keys and
display allow setup and control directly • PROFIBUS® DP, PROFINET® IO, EtherNet IP
at the unit. • Keypad and OLED display
• Compact housing
• OIML 6000e, NTEP 10'000d (in preparation)
• RS232 service interface
• 12-30 VDC operation
Installation • CalFree™ weightless calibration
Installation is supported by PC setup
software via a RS232 service interface
allowing for saving, restoring and
cloning settings.
214
Parameter Unit of measure ACT350

Enclosure Type DIN-Rail mount, plastic, with setup and monitoring interface
WxHxD mm (in) 40 x 110 x 100 (1.6x 4.3 x 4)
Shipping Weight kg (lb) 0.5 (1.1)
Housing Environmental protection IP20, Type 1
Legal for Trade °C / °F -10 to 40 / 14 to 104 10% to 90% rel. Humidity, non-condensing
Operation °C / °F -10 to 50 / 14 to 122 10% to 90% rel. Humidity, non-condensing
Storage °C / °F -40 to 60 / -40 to 140 10% to 90% rel. Humidity, non-condensing
Analog/Digital update rate Hz internal: 1200 / PLC interface: up to 600
Measuring Rate
Digital Filtering FIR low pass filter, corner frequency adjustable 1-20 Hz
Fieldbus interface PROFIBUS® DP, PROFINET® IO, EtherNet IP
Ethernet Switch External
Connectivity Cyclic PLC update - SAI - Standard Automation Interface incl. Clear, Tare, Zero
Protocol
Acyclic ASCII commands for setup
Service interface RS232
Power Requirement VDC / mA 12-30; nominal 24 / 0.22
Scale type Analog load cells, mV/V
Number of load cells up to 8x 350Ω or 20x 1'000Ω; 1-3 mV/V
Number of scales 1
Scale Number of scale ranges 1
Load cell excitation voltage VDC 5
µV Build Minimum/Approved microvolts 0.1 / 0.5 1)
Calibration Type Zero/Span with Linearization up to 5 points; Step; CalFree
Green OLED incl. weight display, weight units, gross/net indication and graphic symbols
Type
for motion, center of zero. 10 updates/sec
Display Character height mm (in) 5.6 (0.22)
Status LEDs Scale (SCL), Power (PWR), Network (NW), Device (DEV)
Weight Display Maximum displayed resolution 100,000 divisions
4 keys (Up, Down, Left, Enter); 0.9 mm thick polyester overlay (PET) with 0.178mm thick
Keypad
polycarbonate display lens
Europe: OIML Class III, 6,000e R76/2006-NL1-09.26
Weights and Measures 1)
USA: Class III - n max. 10000; AM-5744
Approvals ATEX /IECEX
Hazardous n/a
FM
Product Safety 2) UL, cUL, CE
Software Comparators 5x Output
Digital Input/Output
Physical n/a
1) in preparation
2) Only use recommended 12-24 VDC power supply approved as NEC Class 2 or rated as Limited Power per IEC60950-1
Order Information ACT350
Order Information ACT350 Item No.

PROFIBUS 30076688
PROFINET IO 30076689
EtherNet IP 30076690
Spare Connector Kit 30232356
Suitable NEC Class 2 / IEC Limited Power Supply Item No.

In 100-240VAC, Out 24VDC 2.5A for up to 5x ACT350 64090848
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30246738
215
Max Connectivity, Mini Footprint
IND131 / IND331
Easy Integration for Weighing
Weigh
The IND131 and IND331 terminals
deliver excellent accuracy, reliability
and efficiency for process weighing
applications.
Comply
These superior weighing terminals
feature the performance and reliability
expected of instruments designed to
comply with Weights & Measures and
product safety regulations. They include
features and functionality never before
offered in such a compact and versatile
form factor.
IND131 and IND331
Weighing Terminals
Control
The inherent qualities of process The IND131 and IND331 analog scale terminals
weighing terminals from METTLER
TOLEDO make it easier for OEMs and deliver precision measurement data in a single,
system integrators to build best- cost-effective package. Terminal features include:
in-class weighing systems cost-effec-
• Organic LED display readable in all light
tively.
conditions Ultra-fast A/D conversion rate
and TraxDSP® digital filtering
• Enclosures designed to match application
Connect environment − modular design enables multiple
Easy integration into process-based mounting possibilities
network architectures provides
• Choice of AC or 24 VDC operation
valuable plant-floor information to
process owners to optimize production • Support for a wide variety of options, including DIO,
and reduce down-time. additional serial port, and PLC interfaces
• Portable calibration/configuration settings
and firmware upgrades via an SD memory card
• Scale calibration through PLC interface.
Multiple PLC CalFREE® allows scales to be calibrated
interfaces without test weights
All IND131 and IND331
terminals can be equipped
with any of a wide array
of PLC options.
216
IND131 and IND331 Packaged Solutions
Enhanced Terminals in Robust Enclosures
Weighing Terminals
• IND131 and IND331 in enclosures configured with optional COM2/DIO

and optional PLC interface
• Packages include AC terminal/s or terminal/s with DC power supply
Enclosure Specifications
Fiberglass, painted mild steel (shown at left) or stain- includes integrated mounting brackets, and for
less steel enclosures (at right) can be used, depending the DC-powered terminals, an internal 24 VDC
on the installation environment. Each enclosure type power supply can be added.
Enclosure material Fiberglass Painted Mild Steel Type 304 Brushed Stainless Steel
NEMA 4/4x/12/13 4/12 3R/4/4x/12/13
Environmental rating
IP 66 66 66
Approvals UL, cUL UL, cUL UL, cUL
METTLER TOLEDO © 06/2013 - IND131 / IND331 Weighing Terminals 217

Customized Interfaces Multiple Terminal Installations
Configure the packaged IND131 and IND331 terminals Reduce both mounting space and cabling runs by
for specific applications with convenient operators combining multiple terminals into one enclosure. Each
for I/O, such as annunciators and pushbuttons. This terminal can be configured for the exact application
makes operator interactions even easier, more consis- required, including DC power supply and optional
tent and safer. second serial port with DIO and PLC interface.
Direct High Voltage Control

Using the dry contact relay option, the IND131 and
IND331 terminals can provide high voltage control
signals directly to devices such as ball valves
and vibratory feeders. Select latched or coincidence
targets in combination with user-defined limit values
for up to three comparators, to create
a time-saving and cost-effective
basic process controller.
218 METTLER TOLEDO © 06/2013 - IND131 / IND331 Weighing Terminals

IND131 and IND331 Weighing Terminals
Technical Data IND131/DIN IND331/Panel IND131/JBox IND331/Harsh
Stainless steel Stainless steel desk-

DIN rail-mount, Panel mount,
Unit of enclosure including or wall-mountable
Enclosure types plastic, stainless steel
Measure internal board enclosure, with
with operator interface + plastic chassis
to sum load cells operator interface
Front panel:
mm 68 × 138 × 111 251 × 261 × 123 220 × 131 × 177
Dimensions L×H×D 168 × 68 × 12
in. 2.7 × 5.4 × 4.4 9.9 × 10.3 × 4.8 8.7 × 5.2 × 7.0
6.6 × 2.7 × 0.5
Shipping weight kg / lb 1 / 2.2 1.5 / 3.3 5.5 / 12.1 3 / 6.5
Environmental protection IP20, Type 1 IP65, Type 4x and 12 IP69k IP66
Operation °C / °F -10 to 40 / 14 to 104, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing
Ambient environment
Storage °C / °F -20 to 60 / -4 to 140, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing
AC version VAC / Hz / mA 85-264 / 49-61 / 27-73
Power requirements
DC version VDC / mA 18-36; nominal 24 / 84-170; nominal 120 (IND131), nominal 130 (IND331)
Green OLED including weight display, weight units, gross/net indication
Type
Display and graphic symbols for motion and center of zero. 10 updates/sec.
Character height mm / in. 5.6 / 0.22 12 / 0.47 5.6 / 0.22 (internal) 12 / 0.47
Weight display Maximum displayed resolution of 100 ,000 divisions
Scale type Analog load cells
Number of cells Up to 8 350 Ω load cells (AC version), up to 4 350 Ω load cells (DC version), 2 or 3 mV/V
Number of scales 1
Analog/Digital update rates Hz Internal analog: 366 / Target comparison: 50 / PLC Interface: 20
Digital Filtering TraxDSP®
Memory Stores two-speed target control values and limit values for three comparators
Applications Basic process weighing for gain-in-weight (filling), loss-in-weight (dosing) and level indication
μV Build Minimum/Approved microvolts 0.1 / 0.6
4 keys (Clear, Zero, Tare, Print); 1.22 mm thick polyester overlay (PET) with polycarbonate display
Keypad
lens
Standard: One serial port (COM1), RS-232, 300 to 115,200 baud
Serial interfaces
Optional: Serial port (COM2), RS-232/485, 300 to 115,200 baud
Communications
Serial inputs: ASCII commands for CTPZ (Clear, Tare, Print, Zero), SICS (most commands, levels 0
Protocol
and 1); Serial outputs: Continuous, Extended continuous, or Demand (limited formats)
USA: NTEP Class III/IIIL - 10,000d; CoC 09-051
Weights and Europe: OIML, Class III, 6000e;
Canada: Class III/IIIHD - n max. 10000/20000;
Measures R76/2006-NL1-09.26
Approvals AM-5744
MID OIML R51 (Automatic Catchweighing) T10262; OIML R61 (Automatic Gravimetric Weighing) T10261
Product Safety UL, cUL, CE
Options
COM2 RS-232/485 serial
COM2 / DIO, includes: 4 discrete outputs, solid state or relay Modbus RTU capability
2 discrete inputs (selectable active or passive)
4-20 mA Analog Output Ethernet/IP™* DeviceNet™
Programmable Logic Control PROFIBUS® DP Modbus TCP
(PLC) interfaces Allen-Bradley RIO™ ControlNet™ (24 VDC units only)*
CC-Link® (Division and Integer data formats only) IND331 with PTPN adapter plate
* Class 1 Cyclic and Class 3 Discrete / Explicit messaging supported
Accessories Wall mounting bracket (for IND331 Harsh unit) PTPN Terminal adapter plate for IND331 Panel unit
Swivel mounting bracket (for IND331 Harsh unit) 2GB SD Memory Card
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098183
219
Max Connectivity, Mini Footprint
IND131xx / IND331xx
Process Weighing in Hazardous Areas
Weigh
The IND131xx and IND331xx terminals
Zone 2/22, Division 2
deliver excellent accuracy, reliability and
efficiency for process weighing applica-
tions in hazardous areas.
Comply
These superior weighing terminals
feature the performance and reliability
expected of instruments designed
to comply with Weights & Measures,
hazardous area and product safety
regulations. They include features and
functionality never before offered
in such a compact and versatile form IECEx
factor.
IND131xx and IND331xx

Control
The inherent qualities of process Weighing Terminals
weighing terminals from METTLER
TOLEDO make it easier for OEMs The IND131xx and IND331xx analog scale terminals
and system integrators to build deliver precision measurement data in a single,
best-in-class weighing systems
cost-effectively. cost-effective package, safe for use in Zone 2/22
and Division 2/Zone 2 hazardous areas. Terminal
features include:
Connect • Organic LED display readable in all light conditions

Easy integration into process-based • Ultra-fast A/D conversion rate and TraxDSP® digital
network architectures provides filtering
valuable plant-floor information
to process owners to optimize • Enclosures designed to match application
production and reduce down-time. environment − modular design enables multiple
mounting possibilities
• 24 VDC operation
• Support for a wide variety of options, including
Multiple PLC DIO, additional serial port, and PLC interfaces
interfaces • Portable calibration/configuration settings and
All IND131xx and IND331xx firmware update via an SD memory card
terminals can be equipped
with any of a wide array • Scale calibration through PLC interface. CalFREE®
of PLC options. allows scales to be calibrated without test weights
220
IND131xx / IND331xx Packaged Solutions
Enhanced Terminals in Robust Enclosures
• Packaged IND131xx and IND331xx
in Enclosures Approved for Division 2,
Zone 2 and Zone 22
• Each version can be configured with
any of the terminals’ multiple interface
and connectivity options
• Packages include an agency-approved
24 VDC power supply
Enclosure Specifications
The stainless steel enclosure housing the IND131xx
DIN and IND331xx panel packaged solutions is
FM-approved for use in safe areas, and in Division 2,
Zone 2 hazardous areas. The enclosure is ATEX/IECEx
certified for Zone 22 (dust) hazardous areas. Cable
entry points can be either conduit hubs for use
in the U.S., or ATEX-approved glands for European Multiple Terminal Configurations Available
applications. When a single terminal is not enough, multi-terminal
designs are available, with agency-approved power
supply, optional ISB (Intrinsically Safe Barrier)
• FM-certified enclosure, gas and dust
and additional features as required for the application.
• ATEX and IECEx certified for Zone 2 / 22
environments
Load Cells in Hazardous Areas
• Rated IP66, IP65 when used
In applications with load cells installed in Division 1 /
with panel-mount terminal
Zone 1 or Zone 1 / 21 areas, an intrinsically safe
• T5 temperature class rating
analog load cell barrier (ISB) is required. IND131xx
and IND331xx terminals packaged with a METTLER
TOLEDO ISB05 intrinsically safe barrier provide an
integrated solution for such applications. Refer to the
control drawing for load cell compatibility.
METTLER TOLEDO © 05/2014 - IND131xx / IND331xx Weighing Terminals 221

Table FM-approved conduit hubs ATEX-approved glands
Terminal Single /Dual terminal Single /Dual terminal
IND131xx Standard* Standard*
DIN-mount with ISB05(s) with ISBO5(s)
IND331xx Standard* Standard*
Panel-mount with ISB05(s) with ISB05(s)
* Terminal with agency-approved 24VDC power supply
Packaged Model Configurations Figure 1
IND131xx and IND331xx packages are highly cus-

tomizable. Table shows the array of available primary
configurations.
Two possible variants are illustrated below. Figure 1

shows a system comprising an IND131xx with optional
ISB05 barrier. Figure 2 shows an IND331xx panel-
mount terminal (its front panel interface not shown).
The packaged model configurations are available with
any of the PLC interfaces (EtherNet/IP, PROFIBUS DP,
Modbus TCP, Allen-Bradley RIO, ControlNet, Device-
Net), and Solid State DIO. Figure 2
IND131xx-based package
• ISB05 (optional)
• FM/CSA/ATEX approved power supply,
24VDC at 1.3 A, 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• ATEX glands (for European installations)
• FM, ATEX and IECEx- certified enclosure
IND331xx-based standard package

(front panel display not shown)
• FM/CSA/ATEX approved power supply,
24VDC at 1.3 A, 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
• Conduit hubs (for installation in US/Canada)
• FM, ATEX and IECEx-certified enclosure
Customized Interfaces
The packaged IND131xx and IND331xx can be
customized for specific uses, to include agency-
approved operators for I/O, such as annunciators
and pushbuttons, making operator interactions
even easier, more consistent and safer.
222 METTLER TOLEDO © 05/2014 - IND131xx / IND331xx Weighing Terminals

IND131xx and IND331xx Weighing Terminals
Technical Data IND131xx DIN mounted IND331xx Panel mounted IND131xx JBox enclosure
Panel mount, stainless steel Stainless steel enclosure

Unit of DIN rail-mount, plastic,
Enclosure types with operator interface including internal board
Measure with operator interface
+ plastic chassis to sum load cells
Front panel:
mm 68 × 138 × 111 251 × 261 × 123
Dimensions L×H×D 168 × 68 × 12
in. 2.7 × 5.4 × 4.4 9.9 × 10.3 × 4.8
6.6 × 2.7 × 0.5
Shipping weight kg / lb 1 / 2.2 1.5 / 3.3 5.5 / 12.1
Environmental protection IP20, Type 1 IP65, Type 4x and 12 IP65
Operation °C / °F -10 to 40 / 14 to 104, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing
Ambient environment
Storage °C / °F -20 to 60 / -4 to 140, 10 % to 90 % relative humidity, non-condensing
Power requirements VDC / mA 18-36; nominal 24 / 84-170; nominal 120 (IND131xx), nominal 130 (IND331xx)
Green OLED including weight display, weight units, gross/net indication
Type
Display and graphic symbols for motion and center of zero. 10 updates/sec.
Character height mm / in. 5.6 / 0.22 12 / 0.47 5.6 / 0.22 (internal)
Weight display Maximum displayed resolution of 100 ,000 divisions
Scale type Analog load cells
Number of cells Up to 4 350 Ω load cells, 2 or 3 mV/V
Number of scales 1
Analog/Digital update rates Hz Internal analog: 366 / Target comparison: 50 / PLC Interface: 20
Digital Filtering TraxDSP®
Memory Stores two-speed target control values and limit values for three comparators
Applications Basic process weighing for gain-in-weight (filling), loss-in-weight (dosing) and level indication
μV Build Minimum/Approved microvolts 0.1 / 0.6
4 keys (Clear, Zero, Tare, Print); 1.22 mm thick polyester overlay (PET)
Keypad
with polycarbonate display lens
Standard: One serial port (COM1), RS-232, 300 to 115,200 baud
Serial interfaces
Optional: Serial port (COM2), RS-232/485, 300 to 115,200 baud
Communications
Serial inputs: ASCII commands for CTPZ (Clear, Tare, Print, Zero), SICS (most commands,
Protocol
levels 0 and 1) Serial outputs: Continuous, Extended continuous, or Demand (limited formats)
Weights and USA: NTEP Class III/IIIL - 10,000d; CoC 09-051 Europe: OIML, Class III,
Measures Canada: Class III/IIIHD - n max. 10,000/20,000; AM-5744 6000e; R76/2006-NL1-09.26
USA - FM Canada - FM ATEX IECEx NEPSI
NI / I, II, III / 2 / NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5 Ta = II 3 G Ex nA nL [nL] IIC T5 Ex nA nL [nL] IIC T5 Pending
Approvals Hazardous ABCDEFG / T5 Ta = 40°C 40°C; DIP / II, III / 2 / EFG II 3 D Ex tD A22 IP 65 T Ex tD A22 IP65 T100°C
locations I / 2 / IIC / T5 Ta = 40°C / T5 Ta = 40°C 100°C
Install per Control Drawing 72238303R Install per Installation Drawing 72246295R
MID OIML R51 (Automatic Catchweighing) T10262; OIML R61 (Automatic Gravimetric Weighing) T10261
Product Safety UL, cUL, CE
Options
COM2 / DIO, includes: COM2 RS-232/485 serial Modbus RTU capability
4 solid state discrete outputs 2 discrete inputs (selectable active or passive)
4-20 mA Analog Output Ethernet/IP™* DeviceNet™
Programmable Logic Control
PROFIBUS® DP Modbus TCP
(PLC) interfaces
Allen-Bradley RIO™ ControlNet™*
* Class 1 Cyclic and Class 3 Discrete / Explicit messaging supported
IND331 with PTPN adapter plate
Accessories Agency-approved (FM/CSA/ATEX) 24VDC DIN rail mount Power Supply PTPN Terminal adapter plate (for IND331 Panel unit)
ISB05 Intrinsically Safe Barrier when Load Cells 2GB Memory SD Card for configuration
are in Zone 1/21 or Div 1 areas and calibration data backup and restore
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44098190
223
Ready to Work
Weighing Terminal
Performance and Versatility Delivered
Solutions for a Perfect Fit
Highly versatile in function. Constructed
and approved for the harshest industrial
environments. The IND570 is easily ex-
panded with software, communication
and control interfaces to meet process
requirements – adding cost only when
needed.
Flexible Control Options

Support for manual and automated
weighing processes. Use operator routines
to collect transaction data and guarantee
consistency, quality and traceability. In
automated systems, allow fast-updating
digital I/O and integrated applications to
take control, freeing operators for other
assignments.
Secure, Efficient Access to Data

Convenient data management solutions IND570 Industrial Weighing Terminal
provide data as you want it, when you
need it. PLC, network, USB and standard One Terminal, Many Solutions
serial communication interfaces availa-
ble. Adapt data collection and transfer to
meet the unique requirements of each
Designed for performance and versatility, the IND570
weighing application. industrial terminal is the easy choice for even the most
challenging industrial weighing applications.
Performance Monitoring The IND570 features a broad offering of functions to

Improve system performance and avoid manage weighing applications. Introducing advances
expensive down-time with proactive
system monitoring. Smart, user-friendly in connectivity, performance verification and efficient,
diagnostic screens and reports provide secure access to critical process data, the IND570
important data to service personnel and
satisfies ever-increasing demand for measurement ac-
system engineers, to help keep the
system running at maximum potential. curacy, reliability, efficiency and traceability.
224
Technical Specifications
Physical and Electrical

Enclosures Harsh environment model: 304L Stainless steel, IP69K certified. Includes fixed-angle brackets for wall
Weighing Terminals
mounting
Panel mount model: Stainless steel front panel, aluminum chassis and integrated mounting hardware.
Certified IP65 protection
Weight 3.2 kg (7 lbs)
Operating environment -10°C to +40°C (14°F to 104°F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Input power AC: 85-264 VAC, 49-61 Hz, 750 mA (harsh and panel enclosure types)
DC: 20-29 VDC, 1.25A (panel-mounted enclosure only)
Scale Interface
Supported scale types Analog: Up to 12 350 Ω load cells, 2 or 3 mV/V cells supported. 10 VDC excitation. Analog/Digital
update rate >366 Hz
IDNet: High-Precision K-Line, +12V versions only, including T-Brick cell, M-Cell and Point-ADC
Units kg, lb, tons, metric tons, g, dwt, lb-oz, oz, ozt, custom unit. Unit switching and multiple unit printing
supported
Capacity & increments 2,000,000 maximum capacity; maximum 100,000 display increments
Human-Machine Interface
Display High contrast, high resolution OLED display with 25mm-high weight indication. Decreased power con-
sumption with OLED technology
Status indicators Gross, Net, active Range/Interval, Units, Motion, Center of Zero, MinWeigh, Service Icon
Metrology line Displays capacity, increments and approval class
System line Displays weighing system messages and application information
Auxiliary display Select from SmartTrac™ (graphic display of weighing status), rate (weight/time) or discrete I/O status
Keypad Tactile keypad for enhanced operator experience. Clear, Tare, Print, Zero keys. Navigation keyset.
Alphanumeric keypad. 5 softkeys, programmable with up to 15 unique functions to customize operator
interaction with a weighing application
Connectivity
USB Host USB Host (standard): Type A connection, +5V at 500mA for connected devices. Supports external key-
boards, barcode scanners and USB memory devices Use a USB hub for multiple device connection
Serial COM1 serial port (standard) supports RS-232/422/485. Optional COM2 & COM3 serial ports support
RS-232 and RS-232/422/485
Network Optional Ethernet interface supports speeds of 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s using 10 Base-T, 100
Base-TX, 100 Base-FX, and 100 Base-T4. Fully compliant with IEEE standard 802.3 and 802.3x. Full
duplex flow control supported. Supports 3 simultaneous socket connections.
Protocols MT Continuous Output, MT Continuous Extended, CTPZ input, Demand Print, Continuous Template out-
put, ARM100 Remote I/O, Shared Data Server access, SICS, ASCII input
Fieldbus Supports any one of the following options: EtherNet/IP, Analog Output (4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC), Profi-
bus® DP, ControlNet™, DeviceNet™, Modbus TCP
Discrete I/O Either 2 inputs and 5 outputs or 5 inputs and 8 outputs available internally
ARM100 Remote I/O modules can be used to expand total I/O support to 13 inputs and 20 outputs
Interface update rates PLC cyclic data: 25 Hz. Int. Discrete I/O: 50 Hz. Ext. Discrete I/O (ARM100): 25 Hz
METTLER TOLEDO © 05/2015 - IND570 Industrial Weighing Terminal 225

Integrated Applications
General Simple, manual weighing, transaction counter, accumulation/totalization, automatic tare/print/clear, auto-zero maintenance, x10
weight display
Material Transfer Standard software supports single material filling or dosing with integrated I/O control
Checkweighing Static checkweighing with intuitive graphical display and integrated I/O support
Remote Display Functions as a remote display (via a serial or ethernet connection) for another METTLER TOLEDO terminal. Simple function con-
trol (clear, tare, zero, print) provided through the HMI
Data tables Target Table stores values for up to 200 material IDs. Tare Table stores up to 99 tare weights
Alibi Memory Stores individual transaction data. Export as .csv file for further use
Printing 10 customizable templates. Manual and automatic print triggers. Standard data and service reports available. Print via serial
and Ethernet ports. Direct print to connected USB memory device. Direct print to USB printer is not supported
ID Prompting Store up to four 30-step custom routines to guide users through an operating sequence. Use to assure consistency and collec-
tion of transaction data. Add external keyboard or barcode scanner to facilitate data entry
USB File Transfer
Optional Application PACs

Fill-570 Advanced control of automatic filling, dosing and blending of up to six materials. Refer to Fill-570 data brief for details
Drive-570 Supports Inbound/Outbound vehicle weighing. Refer to Drive-570 data brief for details
COM-570 Retains advanced features and functions of the IND570 while communicating with existing systems via legacy METTLER
TOLEDO product protocols, including 8142 Host, 8530 Host, PT6S3 and SMA. Input Command Template allows the IND570 to
recognize and respond to customer-specific commands
TaskExpert™ TaskExpert gives qualified programmers the ability to adapt the standard capabilities of the IND570 to more closely align with a
user’s specific application requirements
Performance
Diagnostics Error and Maintenance Logs record system events. Service icon ( ) displays to indicate an event requiring user/service
attention. Terminal Status Report provides real-time system performance data
Email Integrated email function can deliver system notifications to designated recipients. Proxy server login supported
Test Manager GWP® Supports routine testing of weighing system for performance verification and compliance. Test procedures with performance
tolerances are stored in the terminal. Recommended testing periods are monitored and users prompted when routine testing is
needed. Standard test reports and GWP Log provide documentation for compliance efforts
Web Server Built-in web server provides tools for examining terminal operation over the network using just a web browser
Approvals
Weights and USA NTEP Class II 100,000d, Class III/IIIL 10,000d, CoC 13-123
Measures Canada Class II 100,000d, Class III 10,000d, Class IIIHD 20,000d, AM-5593
Europe OIML R76 Class II approved divisions determined by platform; Classes III and IIII 10,000e, TC8458
Pending MID R51, MID R61, Australia, South Africa, Brazil
Hazardous areas Please contact a METTLER TOLEDO representative for information about the IND570xx models for Division 2 and Zone 2/22
hazardous areas
Product Safety
226 METTLER TOLEDO © 05/2015 - IND570 Industrial Weighing Terminal

Terminal Dimensions
Panel-Mounted Enclosure
Enclosure for Harsh Environments
Brackets and Accessories
Wall Mounting Brackets Positionable Bracket USB Extension Kit Ethernet Extension Kit
[Included with harsh terminal] [22015188] [301139560] [30139562]
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/IND570
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30254029
227
Conveyor Scale Controller
IND560Dyn
for Reliable In-Motion Weighing
Multiple I/O options for easy,
flexible operation
include visible and audible status indica-
tors which enhance and improve opera-
tor control.and efficiency for process
High speed dynamic

weighing controller
provides approved weighing accuracy at
conveyor speeds of up to 77 m/min (240
ft/min), allowing for use in high-volume
transport and logistics application.
offered in such a compact and versatile
form factor.
IND560Dyn
Data integration
Conveyor Scale Controller
allows for automatic transmission of
package-specific information such as The IND560Dyn controller provides a robust, reliable
bar code, RFID tag data, and dimen-
sional data. Data output to peripheral
and flexible interface to conveyor scales for in-motion
devices via serial, Ethernet and PLC weighing. Items can be weighed while crossing an
interface is available. analog load cell-based conveyor at speeds up to
100m/minute. A variety of I/O controls and indicators
ensure easy and accurate operation. Data from bar
code scanners, RFID readers, or dimensioning equip-
Superior in-motion
ment can be integrated with the IND560dyn to provide
performance
provided by the METTLER TOLEDO 9477 a complete transaction record. Optional Ethernet and
scale conveyor. Its robust frame and PLC connectivity options provide flexibility when inter-
conveyor construction withstand the
impact of heavy packages making it an
facing to other control or data analysis equipment.
ideal choice for weighing large boxes,
cartons, cases, bags and sacks within
tough, industrial environments.process
owners to optimize production and
reduce down-time.
228
IND560dyn Conveyor Scale Controller Technical data 9477 Scale Conveyor
Features and benefits In-motion weighing of large packages
• High-speed A/D plus TraxDSP™ filtering achieves accurate Construction Powder-coated mild steel or stainless steel for washdown
weighments in the shortest possible time, even under adverse Line speed and rate* 30 - 240 fpm
conditions with high vibration Conveyor belt Seamless Habasit black for mild steel, USDA white for wash-
• Flexible interface to peripheral data sources allows user to inte- materials down
grate bar code and dimensional data with package weight into
Fixed speeds 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 150, 160, 180,
the transaction record. Input data string can be parsed automati- 200, 220, 240 fpm
cally, allowing user customization
Variable speeds 30 to 100, 80 to 160, 120 to 200, 150 to 240 fpm; up to
• Multiple connectivity options allow communication of trans- 600 fpm (Mach II option)
action data to a wide variety of devices
Photoeyes Send/receive type, IP67
• Objects of analysis such as daily weighments, number of in-tol-
erance items weighed by product ID, error logging and tracking, Operating 14°F to 104°F (-10°C to 40°C), 10% to 95% humidity,
environment 1 non-condensing
can be recalled or exported to a PC-based application
• IND9D56 packaged system includes IND560dyn with power Power requirements 2 230/3φ, 460/3φ 230/3φ, 460/3φ, 575/3φ
supply and I/O for photo-eye interface Motor and drive 3 0.4 HP IP65 motor with in-line 1/2 HPIP553 motor with
• Optional LED status lights and rugged pushbuttons can be con- reducer. right angle reducer.
figured to provide operators with additional visual system status Taper-lock timing belt drive Taper-lock timing belt drive
cues, minimizing confusion and increasing productivity Load cells Four 5000 division, 50 kg load Four 5000 division, 250 lb
• 25-target ID memory with tolerance check allows user to pro- cells load cells
gram and monitor 3-zone toleranced ranges specific to each Hazardous Not available Class I or II, Division I or II,
target ID. A discrete output can be configured for outof-tolerance environment Groups C, D, E, F and G
weighments, to trigger reject timers Rate capability Up to 100 ppm Up to 80 ppm Up to 60 ppm Up to 50 ppm
• Bright, multi-line VFD display ensures easily readable scale data Conveyor belt widths 12” 18” 24” 30”
and status information, error messages, last package average
Conveyor belt lengths 4 21, 24, 30” 24, 30, 36” 36, 48, 60” 48, 60, 72”
weight, and setup menu
• Error logging is configurable, to provide flexible handling of scale Line height 5 18 - 36, ±2” 18 - 40, ±2” 24 - 44”, ±2” 24 - 44”, ±2”
alarms and errors Nominal weighing 40 kg 40 kg 100 kg 100 kg
• Weights and Measures approvals permit use in legal-for-trade capacities
applications Accuracy** From ±10 g From ±15 g From ±30 g From ±45 g
Pulley diameter 2.5” 2.5” 4” 4”
Standard Features Data integration * Depends on the design and dimensions of the weighing belt used
• Powder-coated mild steel allows for automatic integration ** Depends on the weight, dimensions and transport of the product to be weighed
construction of package-specific information 1 Describes environment for a mild steel construction. Stainless steel construction is rated IP65,
• Seamless Habasit black such as bar code, RFID tag data, and suitable for clean-up with low pressure and mild detergent
conveyor belt and dimensional data. Data 2 575V option is special order
• IP54 ingress protection communication to peripheral 3 Motor for stainless steel construction is IP56
• Unique design makes belt devices via serial, Ethernet and 4 Conveyor length sizes are also available as non-weighing infeed and outfeed conveyors
replacement simple and easy PLC interface is available. 5 Heights given are the standard range. For special lower or higher machines, consult factory
IND560dyn Specifications
IND560dyn Enclosure dimensions: H x W x D: 406.4 x 406.4 x 152.4 mm (16 x 16 x 6 in.)
Shipping weight 14 kg (30 lb)
Enclosure construction/ CRS ANSI 61Gray, optional 304 stainless steel, certified IP54
environmental protection Mounts to wall or a machine using optional brackets
Display Vacuum Fluorescent 128 x 64 dot graphical; 21 mm high weight display
Power Universal power supply, 87 to 264 VAC at 49 to 61Hz, 750 mA consumption maximum (IND560 terminal only)
Keypad Clear, Tare, Print, Zero, navigation keyset, full numeric keypad, 5 physical softkeys (15 total assignments, alphanumeric capability)
Scale types Supports single scale interface: Analog scale, 10 VDC excitation, up to 8 x 350W load cells (87W minimum resistance),
2 or 3 mV/V, 100,000d maximum resolution
Interface provided via connection within IND560dyn terminal to two external photo-eyes
Package throughput Up to 130 ppm
Connectivity Standard: COM1 - RS-232/422/485. Optional: 10Base-T Ethernet TCP/IP port; COM2: RS-232; COM3: RS-232/422/485 or
Ethernet/USB/COM3 (RS-232/422/485)
I/O Four standard discrete inputs: entrance photo-eye, exit photo-eye, run permissive, silence alarm. Six standard discrete outputs:
scale running, scale empty, fatal error, non-fatal error, weighment complete, reject output. Optional inputs: clear alarm, send
weight data
Serial interface Outputs: METTLER-TOLEDO Continuous or Demand; continuous template using 1 of 5 configurable templates
PLC optional interface Allen-Bradley, Remote I/O, DeviceNet™, Profibus®, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP-IP
Operating environment -10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non condensing
Approvals cULUS, CE, 3000d, NTEP COC # 05-065
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/IND560-Dyn
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 44099318
229
Uncompromised Weighing
IND560x
in Hazardous Areas
Increase speed
The IND560x features an ultra-fast A/D
conversion rate. With TraxDSP™ tunable
digital filtering to suppress environmental
effects on weighing accuracy, enjoy
precise, repeatable measurements from
milligrams to tons.
Control process
Internal discrete I/O options establish
direct control of automatic and semi-
automatic processes fully within hazard-
ous areas.
IND560x
Industrial Terminal
Connect easily The intrinsically safe IND560x weighing terminal

Fast PLC integration and network access brings uncompromising power and versatility into Divi-
into the hazardous area available via the
ACM500 communication module. sion 1, Zone 1 and Zone 21 classified areas. Choose
from analog or digital weighing technologies and
communicate via serial, Ethernet and a variety of PLC
interfaces. Easily program the feature-rich IND560x
or create custom software applications. Whatever the
need, the IND560x is the perfect solution for hazard-
Weigh intuitively ous area weighing.
SmartTrac™ graphical display, opera-
tor prompting and one-touch access to
terminal features through softkeys work
to improve productivity and minimize
Zone 1/21, Division 1
errors.
230
IND560x – Features and Functions
• Intrinsically safe design means no barriers or enclosures required when placing terminal in hazardous areas
classified Zone 1, Zone 21 or Division 1
• Mobile weighing available when harsh/analog model is used with the IND560x-PAB (power adapter board)
and external NiMH battery pack
• TraxEMT™ (Embedded Maintenance Technician) automatically logs critical system information to aid with
stringent process validation requirements and compliance to regulatory controls. Built in diagnostic tests im-
prove serviceability
• ACM500 safe area communication module supports a variety of PLC interfaces along with Ethernet and serial
ports, allowing for easy integration of the IND560x into facility networks and broader control systems
• Reduce installation costs by utilizing the ACM200 communication module when only serial communication
to the safe area is required
• Communication hardware options include both current loop and fiber optics. Interface with legacy
METTLER TOLEDO data converters is ensured, providing a clean
migration path from legacy equipment
• 15 programmable softkeys help eliminate operation errors and increase productivity
• Easily accessed memory tables store target and tare records, eliminating the need for external data storage
and improving process efficiency
• Programmable on-screen prompts guide operators consistently through complex operations, supporting facil-
ity SOPs and improving overall process quality
• Operation and function similar to IND560, reducing need for training when operating both safe and hazardous
area applications
• Over/Under mode of operation is enhanced with graphical display and programmable I/O to clearly indicate
transaction status
• Material Transfer mode supports latched target control I/O, making the IND560x an excellent hazardous area
filling or dosing controller
• Optional application software modules add enhanced features when required:
− Fill-560: Advanced filling and dosing
− COM-560: Support for legacy communication protocols
− Drive-560: Simple (In/Out) vehicle weighing
− TaskExpert™: To create custom applications
METTLER TOLEDO © 10/2016 - IND560x Industrial Terminal 231

IND560x – Specifications
Enclosure dimensions Panel mount: 160 x 265 x 92 mm (6.3 x 10.4 x 3.6 in.)
(H x W x D) Harsh environment/desk/wall: 184 x 289 x 160 mm (7.2 x 11.4 x 6.3 in.)
Enclosure construction / Panel mount: Stainless steel front panel, aluminum chassis. Certified IP65. Low profile front panel reduces contamination
environmental protection Harsh environment: Full stainless steel housing. Certified IP69k, IP68, IP65
Operating environment -10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Display 128 x 64 dot matrix Liquid Crystal Display with backlight standard. 21mm high weight display
Power Works with PSUx or APS768x intrinsically safe power supply. 120 VAC and 240 VAC models available.
Harsh/analog model compatible with external NiMH battery pack when optional IND560x-PAB (power adapter board)
is installed.
Keypad Power on/off. Clear, Tare, Print, Zero. Numeric keys. Navigation keyset. 5 softkeys
Scale types Supports single scale interface:
– Analog scale, 5 VDC excitation, up to 4 x 350 W load cells (87 W minimum resistance), 2 or 3 mV/V, 100,000d maximum
resolution
– IDNet scale, current high-precision TBrick-Ex bases
Calibration Separate single-step Zero and Span, available 5-point linearity adjustment, step calibration or CalFREE™ (no test weights
needed). Program and save a 25-step calibration test sequence for guaranteed repeatability. Configurable calibration expiration
and email alerts available
Update Rates A/D conversion ≤366 Hz. Target up to 50 Hz. PLC up to 20 Hz. Discrete I/O up to 25 Hz
Serial connectivity Standard: One standard intrinsically safe RS-232 port (COM1).
Optional: COM4/COM5: Bi-directional, dual-channel fiber optic or intrinsically safe current loop interface for communication to
safe area
Peripheral Fiber optic or current loop connection to ACM500 in safe area; Current loop connection to ACM200 in safe area; Fiber optic con-
communication devices nection to legacy
METTLER TOLEDO fiber optic converter. Can operate as a remote display for other terminals located in the Ex or safe area
Supported Serial (RS-232/422/485), Ethernet 10 Base-T, PLC (A-B RIO, Analog Output, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP)
communication* Inputs: ASCIII, CPTZ, SICS Level 0/1, Remote display
Outputs: METTLER TOLEDO Continuous, Demand, Continuous template, 5 configurable templates
* Some communication options only available with ACM500
I/O Internal solid state discrete I/O options offer a total of 4 inputs and 6 outputs. Choose from one of three options:
Active Inputs/Active Outputs, Active Inputs/Passive Outputs, Passive Inputs/Passive Outputs
– Active Inputs are powered internally by the IND560x and are designed for use with simple hazardous area switches
– Active Outputs are powered internally by the IND560x and provide 12 VDC switching at 50 mA total. These are intended for
use with low-power, intrinsically safe solenoids
– Passive Inputs and Passive Outputs require power to be provided externally through an appropriate barrier. Entity parameters
must be confirmed
Total I/O control expandable to 12 inputs and 18 outputs using ARM100 modules and RS-485 from the ACM500
Ex approvals US: IS, Class I, II, III; Div 1; Canada: IS, Class I, II, III; ATEX: Certificate BVS 09 ATEX IECEx Certificate IECEx BVS
Groups A-G T4 Div 1; E 010 and first supplement 10.0096X
Ta = -10°C to +40°C; Groups A-G T4 II 2 G Ex ib [op is Ga] IIC T4 Ex ib [op is Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Type 4 I/1/AEx ib IIC T4 Ta = -10°C to +40°C; Gb Ex ib [op is Da] IIIC T60°C Db
Control drawing 72191600 Control drawing 72191600 II 2 D Ex ib [op is Da] IIC IP65
T60°C Db
Agency approvals Weights and Measures:
USA: Class II, 100,000d; Class III/IIIL, 10,000d; CoC #05-057A3
Canada: Class II, 100,000d; Class III, 10,000d; Class IIIHD, 20,000d; AM-5593 Rev 2
Europe: Class II, resolution determined by platform approval; Class III, 10,000e; TC6812 Rev 8
MID: Catchweighing - T10230; Gravimetric Filling-T10231
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/IND560-Ex
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30313192
232
233
Maximize the potential of the IND560x
ACM500
with the ACM500
Globally recognized
approvals
certify the ACM500 as a safe area
accessory for the IND560x, mak-
ing it available for use worldwide.
Safe connection
over fiber optic or intrinsically
safe current loop to the IND560x
in the hazardous area, allows for
fast, bi-directional communication
without the need for additional
signal barriers.
Flexible connectivity
including Ethernet and additional
serial interfaces. Numerous PLC
interfaces are available, allowing
integration of hazardous area
ACM500 Communication Module
applications into larger facility The ACM500 accessory communication module
management systems.
exists to expand the capabilities and connectivity of
the IND560x industrial terminal.
The ACM500 is designed for installation only within

Industrial housing
is constructed of stainless steel the safe area. The module provides a safe communi-
and certified IP66. The housing cation link between the IND560x terminal in the haz-
will withstand harsh environ-
ments, and includes integrated ardous area and safe area peripheral devices such
mounting brackets to simplify as PLCs, PCs, printers or another METTLER TOLEDO
installation.
terminal. It can be equipped with one of a variety of
PLC interfaces, and also provides expanded serial
communication and Ethernet connectivity.
234
ACM500 communication module
ACM500 Features and Benefits
• Choose to communicate via an intrinsically safe current loop con-
nection or fiber optics. Both interfaces offer two dual-channel com-
munication ports
• Scalable to application need − Ethernet TCP/IP option includes two
additional serial ports. Multiple PLC connectivity options available
• Ethernet and serial connections support these standard protocols:
Serial Ethernet
Demand Printing x x
METTLER TOLEDO continuous x x
Continuous Template x x
Report Printing x x
Remote I/O x
Remote Display x
ASCII Input x
CPTZ Printing x
SICS x
Totals Report Printing x x
EPrint Outputs x
• PLC interfaces offer direct communication to a variety of control systems, providing a high level of real-time information and control options
• Common accessories − Ethernet/Serial and PLC interface available for use with ACM500 are the same interfaces used with the IND560
• Interfaces installed in the ACM500 are configured from within the user-friendly setup menu of the IND560x
• Potential ACM500 configurations:
Interface slot Expansion slot 2

[choose 1] Expansion slot 1 [choose 1]
Intrinsically safe current loop x

Fiber optic x W
Ethernet TCP/IP, COM2/COM3 Serial x
H
A-B RIO® x
PROFIBUS® DP x
DeviceNet™ x
Analog output x
EtherNet/IP™ x
D
Modbus TCP x
Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) 210 x 265 x 106 mm (8.3 x 10.4 x 4.2 in.)

Overall footprint (Y x Z) Includes integrated mounting brackets: 320 x 217 mm (12.6 x 8.5 in.) Z
Shipping weight 5.5 kg (11.2 lb) approximate gross Y
Enclosure construction/ Stainless steel enclosure, certified IP66
environmental protection
Operating environment 10° to 40° C (14° to 104° F) at 10% to 95% relative humidity, noncondensing
Power Operates at 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 250 mA
Integrated universal power supply; includes cord for country of use
Connection to terminal Maximum distance from the IND560x terminal: 300m (1000 ft)
Maximum 115k baud communication rate between ACM500 and IND560x
Discrete I/O options Communicate with up to three ARM100 remote I/O modules through optional COM3 serial port
Will communicate with 2 ARM100s if the IND560x is utilizing an internal, hazardous area I/O option
The IND560x in conjunction with the ACM500 can manage a maximum of 12 inputs and 18 outputs
Ex approvals US & Canada: AIS / I, II, III / 1 / ABCDEFG; IECEx: BVS 15.0069 Europe: BVS_08_ATEX_E_100
Entity; IP66 With current loop interface With current loop interface
Control drawing 72191600 [Ex ib Gb] IIC II (2) G [Ex ib] IIC
[AIS = Associated apparatus with intrinsically safe [Ex ib Db] IIIC II (2) D [Ex ibD]
connection] With fiber optic interface With fiber optic interface
[Ex op is Gb] IIC II (2) GD [Ex op is] IIC
[Ex op is Db] IIIC]
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/IND560x
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

MTSI 30226848
235
Power and Performance
for Advanced Weighing Operations
Graphics display
with SmartTrac™
Optimize the amount of visible process
information with the QVGA graphical
Active TFT color LCD display. This helps
to reduce operational errors and im
proves productivity.
Multitude of scale and

communication interfaces
Various connectivity options for different
scale interface technologies, PLC inter
faces, Serial interfaces and Ethernet
communications increases flexibility in
meeting a combination of measurement
and data integration requirements.
IND780
Stainless Steel Enclosure Process Terminal
Wall/Desk Mount enclosure style with
IP69k rating ideal for pressurized
cleaning and heavy washdown in food The IND780 is a terminal whose flexibility of config
and pharmaceutical manufacturing uration and fast multitask processing makes it the
environments.
perfect match for a wide range of specific applications.
It features connectivity for multiple sensor technol
ogies, networking, PLCs, and much more, and pro
vides a platform for solutions that can be customized
Predictive Maintenance using the terminal’s basic functionality, optional appli
Embedded predictive maintenance cations, or the TaskExpert™ programming tool.
and diagnostics tools such as scale
and load cell condition monitoring,
calibration management, web server,
error logs and email alerts.
236
IND780
Specifications
Enclosure Dimensions Panel mount: 220 x 320 x 105 mm (8.7 x 12.6 x 4.1 in.), stainless steel front panel, certified Type 4x/12
(L x W x D) and type Harsh environment/desk/wall/column mount: 200 x 299 x 235 mm (7.8 x 11.8 x 9.3 in), stainless steel, IP69k certified
Keypad 30key tactile keyboard with numeric keypad, navigation keys, function keys, softkeys and application keys
Display Backlit LCD graphic display; 320 x 240 pixels; QVGA, 145 mm (5.7 in.) diagonal; active TFT color
Shipping weight 5 kg (11 lb)
Power Universal power supply; 100 to 240 VAC at 49 to 61 Hz, 400 mA consumption
Scale types Analog scale: 10 VDC excitation, powers up to (8) 350Ω load cells, 2 or 3 mV/V, per channel
POWERCELL® PDX®, POWERCELL® MTX®, RAAD Box MTX
IDNet Scale: PikBrick and TBrick bases for high precision weighing
SICS Scale (4 series, Excellence balances, XBase, WM/WMH)
Flow meter/pulse counter interface: counting input pulses at up to 50 kHz on each of two isolated input channels
Update rates A/D of 366 Hz, Target (setpoint) of 50 Hz, PLC interface up to 20 Hz, Serial up to 20 Hz
Standard Connectivity (1) RS232, (1) RS232/422/485; Ethernet 10/100 BaseT; USB Master (external keyboard or memory stick)
Communication Protocols Inputs: ASCII commands for Clear, Tare, Print, Zero; barcode; keyboard; SICS level 0 and partial level 1
Outputs: METTLER TOLEDO continuous or Demand with up to 10 configurable templates; Continuous template, report
printing; interfaces external ARM100 Input/Output module
Operating environment 10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F), 10% to 95% relative humidity, noncondensing
Weights and Measures approvals USA: Class II 100,000d; Class III/IIIL 10,000d; CoC 06017
Canada: Class II 100,000d; Class III/IIIHD 10,000d/20,000d; CoC #AM5592
Europe: Class II depends on platform base; Class III, IIII 10,000e; TC6944
Safety approvals cUL, UL, CE
Hazardous approvals Analog/IDNet/Flow Meter: CL I GP AD DIV 2; CL II GP F,G DIV 2; CL III; CL I ZONE 2 GP IIC locations when installed per
METTLER TOLEDO drawing 64069877
PDX: CL I GP C,D DIV 2; CL II GP F,G DIV 2; CL III; CL I ZONE 2 GP IIB locations when installed per METTLER TOLEDO
drawing 64069877.
MTX: Not approved for use in hazardous areas.
II 3 G Ex nA nL [nL] IIB T4
II 3 D Ex tC IIIC T85°C Dc IP69K (harsh)/ IP65K (panel)
Communication interface options PLC (one option only): Analog Output (2channel, 420 mA), Allen Bradley® RIO, ControlNet™, Profibus™ DP, ProfiNet,
EtherNet/IP™, DeviceNet™, Ethernet / IP®, Modbus TCP, CCLink via 64084648 External Bridge
A100 Analog Output Module: converts METTLER TOLEDO Continuous or SICS serial signal to a 4/20 mA signal
ARM100 Digital Input/Output Module: Extends the discrete input and output control of the IND780 to remote locations
Pulse counter/Flow meter interface option
Digital I/O options Discrete I/O: Maximum of 40 inputs, 56 outputs
Local (Relay or Solid State): One or two modules, each with 4 inputs, external sink 530 VDC; 4 outputs @ 30 VAC/VDC,
1 A max.
Remote: Up to (8) ARM100 I/O modules, 4 in/6 out @ 60 VDC/250 VAC, 1 A max.
IND780
Software Features and Functions
Connection for up to four scale channels plus metrologically correct sum
Single or multiple range or interval weighing
Rate calculation for each scale channel, with selectable weight and time units
Selectable over/under classifying mode of operation with graphics
Selectable material transfer mode
Comparators – simple targets for comparison of weight or rate with target values or ranges
ID mode for prompted transaction sequencing
SmartTrac™ graphical display
Memory tables for storage of tare and target values
Unit switching, including custom units
Alibi memory with storage for up to 256,000 records
Grand total and subtotal registers for accumulating weight
Ten customizable print templates and report printing
TraxDSP™ digital filtering for analog load cells
TraxEMT™ performance monitoring and recording, including webbased tools
Traditional calibration with 5point linearization
CalFREE™ calibration without test weights
Step calibration procedure
Ethernet network clustering, with up to 20 linked terminals for remote console, data and interface sharing
Support for TaskExpert™ application development software and InSite™ configuration tool
Support for the following Application Software Modules:
• Axle780 for vehicle weighing on a singleplatform axle scale
• Batch780 for manual formulation and fully automatic batching applications
• Drive780 for inbound/outbound vehicle weighing
• COM780 for legacy communications protocols
• Q.iMPACT 780 advanced material transfer control for batching, blending and filling
METTLER TOLEDO © 01/2013 - IND780 Process Terminal 237

IND780
Panel Mount Dimensional Drawings, In [mm]
IND780
Harsh Enclosure Dimensional Drawings, In [mm]
238 METTLER TOLEDO © 01/2013 - IND780 Process Terminal

IND780 Full Connectivity
Model Identification METTLER TOLEDO supplies various
data communication interfaces
that enable our sensors and instru
ments to communicate with your
PLC, MES, or ERP systems.
Mettler-Toledo AG
Industrial Division
www.mt.com/IND780
CH8606 Nänikon, Switzerland
Tel. + 41 44 944 22 11

© 01/2013 MettlerToledo AG
MTSI 30313193
239
Weighing Components 2010/11
Knowledge and Tools
for Effective Solutions
METTLER TOLEDO provides a wealth of free tools and documentation

about the latest techniques, how to optimize applications and for
training. Our Website www.mt.com is a great resource for know-how
and best practice, such as industry magazines, online library,
white papers, and webinars.
METTLER TOLEDO Library portal for:
Food Industry: } www.mt.com/ind-food-library

Chemical Industry: } www.mt.com/ind-chem-library
Pharmaceutical Industry: } www.mt.com/ind-pharma-library
Manufacturing Industry: } www.mt.com/ind-mfg-library
Machine Building Industry: } www.mt.com/ind-oem-library
Logistics Industry: } www.mt.com/logistics-library
Raw Material Industry: } www.mt.com/ind-raw-materials-library
OEM & System 12

Integration
Weighing Components
News
September 2014
Stop Vibrations
From Harming Your Quality
A food producer could not risk unreliable weight results due to

vibrating mixers used in its production process. An upgrade to new
innovative weigh modules helped the company ensure consistent
quality and improved productivity.
For consistently delicious ready-made Self-aligning weigh modules

macaroni and cheese, it’s critical to use ensure accuracy
the right amount of each ingredient in “The Antibus Scales team came to
each batch. us with the new MultiMount™ weigh
modules from METTLER TOLEDO
Kettle Creations, an American food man- as a solution to our problem,” says
ufacturer, saw its weigh modules gener- Grant. These self-aligning weigh mod-
ating incorrect results because vibrations ules are designed for dynamic weigh-
from the mixer set the weigh modules ing applications, allowing movement
loose. Therefore, the company had to while still ensuring accuracy and re-
increase efforts for quality control and peatability.
extend cycle times.
The MultiMount weigh modules allow
That’s why Kevin Grant, maintenance the mixer inside the vessel to vibrate
supervisor for Kettle Creations, called without causing damage to the weigh
on Scott Clark from Antibus Scales modules, ensuring weighing accuracy.
and Systems, an experienced METTLER “Now, we have both lateral motion
TOLEDO distributor, to solve this and suspension issues under control,”
problem. says Grant.
www.mt.com/
ind-weighing-components
METTLER TOLEDO
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Industrial Division

44099884

Producten Mettler Toledo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Producten Mettler Toledo

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Producten Mettler Toledo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Weighing Components

High Precision Weigh Modules

Our state-of-the-art facilities build your weighing components and deliver

Global headquarter in Greifensee,

Precision Weighing Platforms

Tailor Made for Automation

WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules 10

WMC High-Precision Weigh Modules 18

WMF High-Precision Weigh Modules 22

WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules 26

WKC High-Precision Weigh Modules 32

WKR/WKL High-Precision Weigh Kits 36

WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules 50

* Approved in combination with terminal

Automated Precision Weighing

The handbook educates engineers about selecting and

SLF6 High-Precision Load Cell 42

PBK and PFK High-Resolution Platforms 56

PBD655 Bench Scales 64

* Approved in combination with terminal

To Design Customized Scales

Beam Load Cells 80

Canister Load Cells 116

Tension Load Cells 124

Single Point Aluminum Load Cells 132

Single Point Stainless Steel Load Cells 148

Single Point Stainless Steel Smart Load Cell 46

Weigh Module Systems

The handbook is the most complete set of recommendations

Compression Weigh Modules 160

SWB505 C3/C6 OIML, 5 - 4,400 kg

SWB605 C3/C6/C10 OIML, 220 - 4,400 kg

C3/C6 OIML, 250 - 10,000 kg

0970 RingMount™ C3/C6 OIML, 250 - 5,000 kg

SWC515 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 7.5 - 100 t

SWC615 C3 OIML, 5k NTEP 7.5 - 90 t

3390 0.06 % 200 - 300 t

Tension Weigh Modules 200

SWS310/ 0.03% 50 - 7,500 kg

SWS310/ C3/OIML, 5k NTEP 50 - 10,000 kg

Precision Junction Boxes 208

Precision Junction Boxes

For Automated and Manual Weighing

Model IND110 ACT350 IND131/331

Application Simple weighing Simple weighing Simple weighing

Legal for Trade OIML, NTEP OIML, MID, NTEP

Housing Material Plastic Plastic DIN-Rail model in plastic,

Protection IP20, Type 1 IP20, Type 1 DIN-Rail mount: IP20, Type 1

Interfaces 4 - 20 mA PROFINET® IO, PROFIBUS® DP, PROFINET® IO, PROFIBUS® DP,

Hazardous Area Approvals ATEX Zone 2/22

Number of Scales 1 scale 1 scale 1 scale

Page 212 214 216, 220

Successful Weighing Data Integration

Increased transparency can improve asset use, reduce

The white paper provides important aspects for evaluating

This paper explores weighing process integration

data-exchange needs early in the design process for successful

integration of weighing equipment into PLC/ERP systems.

IND560Dyn IND560x IND570 IND780

WXS High-Precision Weigh Modules 10

WMC High-Precision Weigh Modules 18

WMF High-Precision Weigh Modules 22

WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules 26

WKC High-Precision Weigh Modules 32

WKR/WKL High-Precision Weigh Kits 36

WMS High-Precision Weigh Modules 50

SLF6 High-Precision Load Cell 42

PBK and PFK High-Resolution Platforms 56

PBD655 Bench Scales 64

Beam Load Cells 80

Canister Load Cells 116

Tension Load Cells 124

Single Point Aluminum Load Cells 132

Single Point Stainless Steel Load Cells 148

Compression Weigh Modules 160

Tension Weigh Modules 200

Precision Junction Boxes 208